Page Range | 31887-32121 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
82 FR 31887 - International Entrepreneur Rule: Delay of Effective Date | |
82 FR 32038 - Sunshine Act Meeting | |
82 FR 32014 - Sunshine Act Meeting | |
82 FR 32016 - Sunshine Act Meeting Notice | |
82 FR 32046 - Public Notice for Waiver of Aeronautical Land Use Assurance Arlington Municipal Airport, Arlington, WA | |
82 FR 32046 - FAA Approval of Noise Compatibility Program; Westfield-Barnes Regional Airport, Westfield, Massachusetts | |
82 FR 32048 - Notice of Opportunity for Public Comment on Disposal of 4.9 Acres of Airport Land at Southbridge Municipal Airport in Southbridge, MA | |
82 FR 32013 - Meetings of Humanities Panel | |
82 FR 32017 - FirstEnergy Nuclear Operating Company; Beaver Valley Power Station, Units 1 and 2 | |
82 FR 31932 - Labeling Relief; Formaldehyde Emission Standards for Composite Wood Products | |
82 FR 31922 - Labeling Relief; Formaldehyde Emission Standards for Composite Wood Products | |
82 FR 31903 - Special Local Regulations; Safety Zones; Recurring Marine Events in Sector Columbia River | |
82 FR 31956 - Applications for New Awards; American History and Civics Education-National Activities Grants | |
82 FR 32044 - Request for Comments on Operation of the Caribbean Basin Economic Recovery Act and the Caribbean Basin Trade Partnership Act | |
82 FR 31933 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
82 FR 31974 - Formations of, Acquisitions by, and Mergers of Bank Holding Companies | |
82 FR 31973 - Change in Bank Control Notices; Acquisitions of Shares of a Bank or Bank Holding Company | |
82 FR 31939 - Notice of Availability of the Mississippi Trustee Implementation Group 2016-2017 Restoration Plan/Environmental Assessment and Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI) | |
82 FR 31948 - Endangered Species; File No. 21111 | |
82 FR 32008 - 60-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Continuum of Care Homeless Assistance Grant Application-Continuum of Care Registration | |
82 FR 32013 - Aerospace Safety Advisory Panel; Meeting | |
82 FR 32012 - NASA Advisory Council; Meeting | |
82 FR 32011 - Hardwood Plywood From China; Scheduling of the Final Phase of Countervailing Duty and Antidumping Duty Investigations | |
82 FR 32012 - [Investigation Nos. 701-TA-563 and 731-TA-1331-1332 (Final)] HEADFinished Carbon Steel Flanges From India and Italy; Supplemental Schedule for the Subject Investigations | |
82 FR 32009 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Application for Mortgage Insurance for Cooperative and Condominium Housing | |
82 FR 32009 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Compliance Inspection Report and Mortgagee's Assurance of Completion | |
82 FR 32007 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: FHA-Insured Mortgage Loan Servicing Involving the Claims and Conveyance Process, Property Inspection/Preservation | |
82 FR 32010 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Condominium Project Approval Document Collection | |
82 FR 31906 - Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Willamette River at Portland, OR | |
82 FR 31972 - Agency Information Collection Activities: 60-Day Public Comment Request | |
82 FR 32016 - Information Collection: Licenses, Certifications, and Approvals for Nuclear Power Plants | |
82 FR 31941 - Notice of Public Meeting of the New Hampshire Advisory Committee | |
82 FR 31907 - Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Lake Washington Ship Canal, Seattle, WA | |
82 FR 31948 - Evaluation of State Coastal Management Programs and National Estuarine Research Reserves | |
82 FR 31934 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
82 FR 31952 - Marine Protected Areas Federal Advisory Committee; Public Meetings | |
82 FR 32014 - Diversified Scientific Services, Inc. | |
82 FR 31925 - Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Reallocation of Pollock in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands | |
82 FR 31928 - Commercial Fishing Safety Advisory Committee-Input To Support Regulatory Reform of Coast Guard Regulations-New Task | |
82 FR 31963 - Combined Notice of Filings #1 | |
82 FR 31965 - CB Energy Park, LLC; Notice of Intent To File License Application, Filing of Pre-Application Document, and Approving Use of the Traditional Licensing Process | |
82 FR 31965 - North American Electric Reliability Corporation; Notice of Filing Taking Effect by Operation of Law | |
82 FR 31965 - PE Berkeley, Inc.; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
82 FR 31964 - Pure Energy USA, LLC; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
82 FR 31964 - Robinson Energy, LLC; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
82 FR 31966 - Combined Notice of Filings #2 | |
82 FR 31890 - Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedures for Compressors | |
82 FR 32050 - Hazardous Materials: Notice of Applications for Special Permits | |
82 FR 32051 - Hazardous Materials: Notice of Applications for Special Permits | |
82 FR 32052 - Hazardous Materials: Notice of Applications for Special Permits | |
82 FR 31950 - Marine Mammals; File No. 21143 | |
82 FR 31968 - Information Collections Being Reviewed by the Federal Communications Commission | |
82 FR 31971 - Information Collection Being Reviewed by the Federal Communications Commission Under Delegated Authority | |
82 FR 31967 - Information Collection Being Submitted for Review and Approval to the Office of Management and Budget | |
82 FR 31970 - Information Collection Being Reviewed by the Federal Communications Commission Under Delegated Authority | |
82 FR 31969 - Information Collection Being Reviewed by the Federal Communications Commission | |
82 FR 31907 - Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Willamette River at Portland, OR | |
82 FR 32003 - Draft Standardization of Pharmaceutical Quality/Chemistry Manufacturing and Control Data Elements and Terminologies; Request for Comments | |
82 FR 32002 - Determination of Regulatory Review Period for Purposes of Patent Extension; Intercept Blood System for Platelets | |
82 FR 31974 - Determination of Regulatory Review Period for Purposes of Patent Extension; Intercept Blood System for Plasma | |
82 FR 31976 - Medical Devices; Exemptions From Premarket Notification: Class II Devices | |
82 FR 31971 - Notice of Termination; 10187 Marco Community Bank, Marco Island, Florida | |
82 FR 32005 - Proposed Collection; 60-Day Comment Request; The National Institute of Mental Health Data Archive (NDA), (NIMH) | |
82 FR 32053 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; Multiple Internal Revenue Service Information Collection Requests | |
82 FR 31952 - Proposed Amendments to the Manual for Courts-Martial, United States (2016 ed.) | |
82 FR 31954 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request; Annual State Application Under Part B of the Individuals With Disabilities Education Act | |
82 FR 31955 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request; Annual State Application Under Part C of the Individuals With Disabilities Education Act as Amended in 2004 | |
82 FR 31953 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request; State Lead Agency Record Keeping and Reporting Requirements Under Part C of the Individuals With Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) | |
82 FR 31955 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request; State and Local Educational Agency Record and Reporting Requirements Under Part B of the Individuals With Disabilities Education Act | |
82 FR 31949 - Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone off Alaska; Stock Assessment of Eastern Bering Sea Tanner Crab; Center for Independent Experts Peer Review Meeting | |
82 FR 31924 - Fisheries of the Caribbean, Gulf of Mexico, and South Atlantic; 2017 Commercial Accountability Measures and Closure for Blueline Tilefish in the South Atlantic Region | |
82 FR 32041 - Notice of Issuance of a Presidential Permit to NuStar Logistics, L.P. | |
82 FR 32039 - Notice of Issuance of a Presidential Permit to NuStar Logistics, L.P. | |
82 FR 32021 - Submission of Information Collection for OMB Review; Comment Request; Mergers and Transfers Between Multiemployer Plans | |
82 FR 31972 - Petition of Maersk Line A/S for an Exemption From 46 CFR 530.8; Notice of Filing and Request for Comments | |
82 FR 32042 - African Growth and Opportunity Act (AGOA): Request for Public Comments on Annual Review of Country Eligibility for Benefits Under AGOA in Calendar Year 2018; Scheduling of Hearing, and Request for Public Comments | |
82 FR 31974 - Change in Bank Control Notices; Acquisitions of Shares of a Bank or Bank Holding Company | |
82 FR 31973 - Formations of, Acquisitions by, and Mergers of Bank Holding Companies | |
82 FR 32006 - National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
82 FR 32005 - National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
82 FR 32005 - Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
82 FR 32022 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; New York Stock Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing of Amendment No. 2 and Order Granting Accelerated Approval of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 2, to Amend Listing Standards for Special Purpose Acquisition Companies to Modify the Initial and Continued Distribution Requirements | |
82 FR 32026 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Investors Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing of Proposed Rule Change To Introduce a New Market Maker Peg Order | |
82 FR 32024 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1 Thereto, To List and Trade Shares of the GraniteShares Gold Trust Under NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.201 | |
82 FR 32037 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; ICE Clear Europe Limited; Order Approving Proposed Rule Change Relating to Clearing House Contributions to CDS Default Resources | |
82 FR 32036 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; ICE Clear Europe Limited; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change Relating to Amendments to the ICE Clear Europe Finance Procedures | |
82 FR 32030 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The Depository Trust Company; Fixed Income Clearing Corporation; National Securities Clearing Corporation; Notice of Filings of Proposed Rule Changes To Adopt the Clearing Agency Model Risk Management Framework | |
82 FR 31908 - Safety Zone; Red Bull Flugtag, Allegheny River, Pittsburgh, PA | |
82 FR 31929 - Periodic Reporting | |
82 FR 31930 - Periodic Reporting | |
82 FR 32021 - Product Change-Priority Mail and First-Class Package Service Negotiated Service Agreement | |
82 FR 32049 - Michelin North America, Inc., Receipt of Petition for Decision of Inconsequential Noncompliance | |
82 FR 31935 - Coconino County Resource Advisory Committee | |
82 FR 31938 - Southwest Mississippi Resource Advisory Committee | |
82 FR 31939 - Southwest Mississippi Resource Advisory Committee | |
82 FR 31937 - Southwest Mississippi Resource Advisory Committee | |
82 FR 31936 - Huron-Manistee Resource Advisory Committee | |
82 FR 31936 - National Advisory Committee for Implementation of the National Forest System Land Management Planning Rule | |
82 FR 31937 - Coconino County Resource Advisory Committee | |
82 FR 31938 - Coconino County Resource Advisory Committee | |
82 FR 31949 - Fisheries of the South Atlantic; South Atlantic Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting | |
82 FR 31950 - Fisheries of the South Atlantic; South Atlantic Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting | |
82 FR 31951 - Fisheries of the South Atlantic; Southeast Data, Assessment, and Review (SEDAR); Public Meeting | |
82 FR 32039 - Administrative Declaration of a Disaster for the State of Nebraska | |
82 FR 32047 - Petition for Exemption; Summary of Petition Received; Ela Aviation USA | |
82 FR 32048 - Petition for Exemption; Summary of Petition Received; Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University | |
82 FR 31931 - Air Plan Approval; Ohio; Control of Emissions of Organic Materials That Are Not Regulated by VOC RACT Rules | |
82 FR 31916 - Air Plan Approval; Ohio; Control of Emissions of Organic Materials That Are Not Regulated by VOC RACT Rules | |
82 FR 31931 - Air Plan Approval; Illinois; Emissions Statement Rule Certification for the 2008 Ozone Standard | |
82 FR 31913 - Air Plan Approval; Illinois; Emissions Statement Rule Certification for the 2008 Ozone Standard | |
82 FR 31892 - Airworthiness Directives; Piper Aircraft, Inc. Airplanes | |
82 FR 32006 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
82 FR 31899 - Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Helicopters | |
82 FR 31910 - Rosa's Law | |
82 FR 31942 - Sugar From Mexico: Amendment to the Agreement Suspending the Countervailing Duty Investigation | |
82 FR 31945 - Sugar From Mexico: Amendment to the Agreement Suspending the Antidumping Duty Investigation | |
82 FR 32056 - Civilian Acquisition Workforce Personnel Demonstration (AcqDemo) Project; Department of Defense (DoD) | |
82 FR 31901 - Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Helicopters | |
82 FR 31952 - Notice of Meeting |
Forest Service
Natural Resources Conservation Service
International Trade Administration
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Food and Drug Administration
National Institutes of Health
Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration
Coast Guard
National Endowment for the Humanities
Federal Aviation Administration
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or manage your subscription.
U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services, DHS.
Final rule with request for comment; delay of effective date.
The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) is temporarily delaying the effective date of the International Entrepreneur Final Rule (82 FR 5238). This delay will provide DHS with an opportunity to obtain comments from the public regarding a proposal to rescind the rule pursuant to Executive Order (E.O.) 13767, “Border Security and Immigration Enforcement Improvements.”
The effective date of the regulation entitled International Entrepreneur Rule, published in the
You may submit comments, identified by DHS Docket No. USCIS-2015-0006, by any one of the following methods:
•
•
Steven Viger, Adjudications Officer, Office of Policy and Strategy, USCIS, DHS, 20 Massachusetts Avenue NW., Suite 1100, Washington, DC 20529-2140; telephone (202) 272-8377.
On August 31, 2016, the Department of Homeland Security (DHS or Department), U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) published the International Entrepreneur Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in the
The IE Final Rule amended DHS regulations to include criteria that would guide the implementation of the Secretary of Homeland Security's discretionary case-by-case parole authority as applied to international entrepreneurs. Specifically, it applied to international entrepreneurs who can demonstrate that their parole into the United States under section 212(d)(5) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA) would provide a significant public benefit to the United States. In accordance with the final rule's criteria, such potential would be indicated by, among other things, the receipt of significant capital investment from U.S. investors with established records of successful investments, or obtaining significant awards or grants from certain Federal, State or local government entities. In addition to defining criteria for the favorable exercise of the Secretary's discretionary parole authority, the IE Final Rule established a period of initial parole stay of up to 30 months (which may be extended by up to an additional 30 months) to facilitate the applicant's ability to oversee and grow his or her start-up entity in the United States.
On January 25, 2017, the President issued Executive Order (E.O.) 13767,
After review of E.O. 13767, DHS decided to delay the effective date of the IE Final Rule, to further consider it in light of E.O. 13767. The new effective date for the IE Final Rule, with one minor exception, is March 14, 2018. Additionally, DHS will issue a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking soliciting public comments on the proposal to rescind the IE Final Rule. The delayed effective date will provide an opportunity for the notice and comment rulemaking to take place.
As indicated above, DHS is not delaying the effective date with respect to one provision in the IE Final Rule. In the IE Final Rule, DHS revised 8 CFR 274a.2(b)(1)(v)(C)
The Administrative Procedure Act (APA) authorizes agencies to issue a rule without notice and comment upon a showing of good cause. 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B). The APA's good cause exception to public participation applies upon a finding that those procedures are “impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.” 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B).
DHS has good cause to forego notice and comment rulemaking to delay the effective date for the implementing provisions of the IE Final Rule, because
Undertaking notice and comment rulemaking to delay the IE Final Rule is contrary to the public interest for multiple reasons. If DHS does not delay the effective date immediately, USCIS would be required to expend limited agency resources to implement the IE Final Rule. Those resources are otherwise needed for USCIS to effectively and efficiently carry out its many existing immigration benefit programs facilitating lawful migration into United States. For example, implementing the program would require USCIS to establish a new business line for the processing of entrepreneur parole applications, hiring and training additional adjudicators, modifying intake and case management information technology systems, modifying application and fee intake contracts, developing guidance for the adjudicators, and communicating with the public. Given that DHS will be proposing to rescind the IE final rule, and may ultimately eliminate the program, the expenditure of these resources is unlikely to ever be recouped from filing fees under the new program. USCIS derives approximately 96 percent of its operating budget from fees, and would be required to absorb the costs of the IE program within its existing operating budget, possibly impacting efficiency and effectiveness in other programs. An inefficient use of limited resources is not conducive to the security and economic interests of the United States. Therefore, it is necessary for DHS to immediately suspend the effective date of the IE Final Rule.
Undertaking notice and comment rulemaking to delay the IE Final Rule while DHS considers rescinding the rule also would be contrary to the public interest for other reasons: doing so would sow confusion and would likely cause the waste of resources by multiple stakeholders with interests in this rulemaking.
Allowing the IE Final rule to go into effect while the agency undertakes notice and comment rulemaking to delay its effective date in order to consider a rescission would lead the public to continue to rely on the rule. Such reliance would include expending significant effort and resources in order to establish eligibility under the criteria promulgated by the IE Final Rule. These criteria include establishing a start-up entity in the United States and demonstrating that the entity has secured significant U.S. capital investment or government funding. In the event the IE Final Rule is rescinded—which the Department believes is highly likely—individuals who satisfied these and other requirements of the IE Final Rule would quite possibly do so without being able to reap benefits from the rule. Therefore, providing notice and comment in this case is contrary to public interest.
This rule is not “significant” under E.O. 12866,
DHS is delaying the effective date for all proposed changes to the Form I-131, I-765, and I-941, from July 17, 2017, to March 14, 2018. Proposed changes to the Form I-9, with the exception to those changes specific to IE parole, will be effective July 17, 2017.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), Public Law 104-13, all Departments are required to submit to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), for review and approval, any reporting requirements inherent in a rule.
The IE Final Rule published on January 17, 2017, requires that an applicant requesting entrepreneur parole complete an Application for Entrepreneur Parole, Form I-941 which is a new information collection under the PRA. USCIS did receive one comment regarding the time burden of this form and, upon review of the work involved to review the form, gather necessary information to support the submission, and the time required to complete and submit the form, USCIS revised the estimated hour burden per response to 4.7 hours. The Form I-941 is being delayed until March 14, 2018.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
The IE Final Rule published by DHS on January 17, 2017 revised this information collection (
In addition to revising the form and form instructions, the IE Final Rule revised the estimate of total burden
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
The total number of respondents includes the additional population of 3,234 individuals as estimated previously in the analysis in Section IV.C.
g.
h.
In accordance with revised 8 CFR 274a.2(b)(1)(v)(C)(
The changes made to Form I-9 and instructions associated with new 8 CFR 274a.2(b)(1)(v)(A)(
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
□ Time Burden for Employees—10 minutes (.17 hours) total;
□ Time Burden for Employers—20 minutes (.33 hours) total;
□ Time Burden for Recordkeeping—5 minutes (.08 hours) total.
h.
The IE Final Rule published on January 17, 2017 made minor revisions to the form instructions to reflect changes made by that rule that allow spouses of an entrepreneur parolee to request employment authorization. Those changes to Form I-765 are being delayed until March 14, 2018.
a.
b.
This form was developed for individual aliens to request employment authorization and evidence of that employment authorization. The form is being amended to add a new class of aliens eligible to apply for employment authorization, specifically a spouse of an entrepreneur parolee described as eligible for employment authorization under this rule. Supporting documentation demonstrating eligibility must be filed with the application. The form lists examples of relevant documentation.
c.
d.
e.
f.
This total represents the aggregate estimate for this information collection, to include the additional estimate of 2,940 respondents under this rule.
g.
h.
Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of Energy.
Request for information (RFI).
On January 4, 2017, the U.S. Department of Energy (“DOE”) published a final rule establishing new test procedures for certain varieties of compressors. The final rule established definitions, materials incorporated by reference, sampling plans, representations requirements, enforcement provisions and test procedures for certain varieties of compressors. Since that time, DOE has received correspondence, raising concerns that certain issues and information may not have been fully considered during the original rulemaking proceeding and also indicating further clarification may be needed to implement the rule as adopted. As a result, by this RFI, DOE is soliciting further data and information regarding the compressor test procedure and announcing that DOE will not seek to enforce the test procedure rule for 180 days (
Comments: DOE will accept comments, data, and information regarding this RFI until September 11, 2017.
Interested parties are encouraged to submit comments using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
•
•
•
•
No telefacsimiles (faxes) will be accepted. For detailed instructions on submitting comments and additional information on the rulemaking process, see section II of this document (Public Participation).
Mr. James Raba, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies Office, EE-5B, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 586-8654. Email:
Ms. Mary Greene, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the General Counsel, GC-33, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 586-1817. Email:
For further information on how to submit a comment, or review other public comments and the docket, contact the Appliance and Equipment Standards Program staff at (202) 586-6636 or by email:
Title III of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act of 1975, as amended (“EPCA”), sets forth a variety of provisions designed to improve energy efficiency. (42 U.S.C. 6291,
DOE may develop test procedures to measure the energy efficiency, energy use, or estimated annual operating cost of each covered equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6314). Manufacturers of covered equipment must use the prescribed DOE test procedure as the basis for certifying to DOE that their equipment complies with the applicable energy conservation standards adopted under EPCA and when making any representations regarding the energy use or efficiency of that equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6295(s), 6316(a) and 6314(d)).
On January 4, 2017, DOE published a final rule to establish new test procedures for certain varieties of compressors. 82 FR 1052. The final rule established definitions, materials incorporated by reference, sampling plans, representations requirements, enforcement provisions and test procedures for certain varieties of
Effective on February 1, 2017, DOE temporarily postponed the effective date of its January 4th final rule. See 82 FR 8985 (February 2, 2017). On March 21, 2017, the effective date of the test procedure final rule was further extended to July 3, 2017, the date on which EPCA (through 42 U.S.C. 6314(d)) requires compliance with that procedure. (82 FR 14426).
A number of small businesses have written DOE expressing concern about the economic burden of the test procedure rule (
Further, CAS also has raised questions regarding implementation of the test procedure, specifically the application of the ancillary equipment required for testing in Table 1 and Table 2 of section B4 within appendix A to subpart T of part 431 (See 82 FR 1103.). CAS claims to need clarification on appropriate filters and drains necessary to conduct the required test, as well as information on the interaction between DOE's test requirements and regulations already in force issued by the Environmental Protection Agency and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (see data and information in docket).
DOE also received other comments pertaining to the compressor test procedure final rule both supporting the rule and voicing concerns about the rule, which can be viewed in the docket.
Given the issues raised by small businesses, DOE is requesting additional data and information regarding the cost of implementing the existing test procedure, whether the specific mechanics of implementing the existing test procedure are sufficiently clear, and issues, if any, with the interaction of the DOE test procedure with existing rules of other Federal agencies. DOE will not seek to enforce compliance of the test procedure final rule for a period of 180 days from the July 3, 2017, compliance date of the test procedure final rule, as DOE gathers the requested data and information and determines how it will choose to proceed with the existing test procedure in light of such data and information.
DOE will accept comments, data, and information regarding this request no later than the date provided in the
However, your contact information will be publicly viewable if you include it in the comment or in any documents attached to your comment. Any information that you do not want to be publicly viewable should not be included in your comment, nor in any document attached to your comment. Persons viewing comments will see only first and last names, organization names, correspondence containing comments, and any documents submitted with the comments.
Do not submit to
DOE processes submissions made through
Comments, data, and other information submitted to DOE electronically should be provided in PDF (preferred), Microsoft Word or Excel, WordPerfect, or text (ASCII) file format. Provide documents that are not secured, written in English and free of any defects or viruses. Documents should not contain special characters or any form of encryption and, if possible, they should carry the electronic signature of the author.
Factors of interest to DOE when evaluating requests to treat submitted information as confidential include: (1) A description of the items; (2) whether and why such items are customarily treated as confidential within the industry; (3) whether the information is generally known by or available from other sources; (4) whether the information has previously been made available to others without obligation concerning its confidentiality; (5) an explanation of the competitive injury to the submitting person which would result from public disclosure; (6) when such information might lose its confidential character due to the passage of time; and (7) why disclosure of the information would be contrary to the public interest. See 10 CFR 429.7. It is DOE's policy that all comments be included in the public docket, without change and as received, including any personal information provided in the comments (except information deemed to be exempt from public disclosure).
The Secretary of Energy has approved publication of this request for information.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
We are superseding Airworthiness Directive (AD) 95-26-13 for certain Piper Aircraft, Inc. Models PA-28-140, PA-28-150, PA-28-151, PA-28-161, PA-28-160, PA-28-180, PA-28-181, PA-28-235, PA-28-236, PA-28R-180, PA-28R-200, PA-28R-201, PA-28S-160, PA-28S-180, PA-32-260, PA-32-300, PA-32-301, PA-32-301T, PA-32R-300, PA-32R-301 (SP), PA-32R-301 (HP), PA-32R-301T, PA-32RT-300, PA-32RT-300T, and PA-32S-300 airplanes equipped with oil cooler hose assemblies that do not meet certain technical standard order (TSO) requirements. AD 95-26-13 required inspections, replacement, and adjustment of the oil cooler hose assemblies, as well as providing for a terminating action. This AD retains all of the requirements of AD 95-26-13 and adds language to clarify those requirements. This AD was prompted by several inquiries asking for clarification of the AD's applicability and compliance requirements. We are issuing this AD to correct the unsafe condition on these products.
This AD is effective August 15, 2017.
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Gary Wechsler, Aerospace Engineer, FAA, Atlanta Aircraft Certification Office, 1701 Columbia Avenue, College Park, Georgia 30337; telephone: (404) 474-5575; fax: (404) 474-5606; email:
We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 to supersede AD 95-26-13, Amendment 39-9472 (60 FR 67321, December 29, 1995) (“AD 95-26-13”). AD 95-26-13 applied to certain Piper Aircraft, Inc. Models PA-28-140, PA-28-150, PA-28-151, PA-28-161, PA-28-160, PA-28-180, PA-28-181, PA-28-235, PA-28-236, PA-28R-180, PA-28R-200, PA-28R-201, PA-28S-160, PA-28S-180, PA-32-260, PA-32-300, PA-32-301, PA-32-301T, PA-32R-300, PA-32R-301 (SP), PA-32R-301 (HP), PA-32R-301T, PA-32RT-300, PA-32RT-300T, and PA-32S-300 airplanes equipped with oil cooler hose assemblies that do not meet technical standard order C53a (TSO-C53a) Type D requirements. The NPRM published in the
We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. The following presents the comments received on the NPRM and the FAA's response to each comment.
G. Fenton requested this unsafe condition be addressed through the Department of Commerce instead of the Federal Aviation Administration because the NPRM applied to airplanes used for commercial purposes.
We disagree with this comment because the Federal Aviation Administration is charged by Congress to provide for the safe and efficient use of national airspace by commercial and private airplane operators.
We have not changed the AD based on this comment.
G. Fenton requested we change the labor rate in the Cost of Compliance section to $72.50 per hour instead of $85 per hour. He thought the increased
We disagree with this comment. The rate of $85 per hour is provided by the FAA Office of Aviation Policy and Plans for us to use when estimating the labor costs of complying with AD requirements.
We have not changed the AD based on this comment.
Jonathan Hartley requested we put all of the changes to this AD from AD 95-26-13 in a conspicuous location to reduce confusion and workload associated with compliance.
We partially agree with this comment. We agree there are instances where compliance confusion and workload could exist with the wording in the NPRM. However, we disagree with compiling the changes into one location because of formatting constraints in the AD structure.
We have made language changes to the regulatory text in the AD to clarify the compliance confusion and to reduce workload.
Jonathan Hartley requested we include in this AD an outline maintaining specific requirements for other types of oil cooler hoses.
We disagree with this comment. The unsafe condition addressed by this AD applies only to Type C and Type D oil cooler hoses. The requirements for maintaining other types of oil cooler hoses are not required to comply with the actions of this AD.
We have not changed the AD based on this comment.
George Ballard requested we include in the AD information explaining what constitutes a Type C and Type D hose assembly. He doesn't think the TSO adequately explains the difference between the Type C and Type D hose assemblies.
We disagree with this comment. The differences between the Type C and Type D hoses are provided in great detail in TSO-C53a and its referenced documents. This AD does not require that level of detail to comply with the inspections or corrective actions specified in the AD.
We have not changed the AD based on this comment.
Greg Dodson stated the requirement to inspect the oil cooler hose assembly installation for an oil cooler mounted in a location other than at or aft of the rear of the engine any time the oil cooler hose assembly is replaced conflicts with the installation of a Type D oil cooler hose assembly being terminating action for the AD.
We agree with this comment. The installation of the Type D oil cooler hose assembly terminates the requirement for the installation inspection.
We have changed the language in the AD to address the contradiction.
We reviewed the relevant data, considered the comments received, and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting this AD with the changes described previously and minor editorial changes. We have determined that these minor changes:
• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM for correcting the unsafe condition; and
• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM.
We also determined that these changes will not increase the economic burden on any operator or increase the scope of this AD.
We estimate that this AD affects 23,643 airplanes of U.S. registry.
This AD retains the same actions as AD 95-26-13 and the costs do not add any cost burden than that already in effect by AD 95-26-13. The difference in the Costs of Compliance with this AD and AD 95-26-13 is that we use $85 an hour as a labor rate in 2016 as opposed to $60 per hour in 1995.
We estimate the following costs to comply with this AD:
The estimated cost of the inspection of the clearance between the oil cooler hose assembly and the front exhaust stacks is for all airplanes affected by this AD; however, the inspection applies only to airplanes with the oil cooler mounted in a location other than at or aft of the rear of the engine. We have no way of knowing how many affected airplanes have that particular installation.
We estimate the following costs to do any necessary adjustments that would be required based on the results of the inspection. We have no way of determining the number of aircraft that might need these adjustments:
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, Section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701, “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We have determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,
(2) Is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),
(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and
(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD is effective August 15, 2017.
This AD replaces AD 95-26-13, Amendment 39-9472 (60 FR 67321, December 29, 1995) (“AD 95-26-13”).
This AD applies to Piper Aircraft, Inc. Models PA-28-140, PA-28-150, PA-28-151, PA-28-161, PA-28-160, PA-28-180, PA-28-181, PA-28-235, PA-28-236, PA-28R-180, PA-28R-200, PA-28R-201, PA-28S-160, PA-28S-180, PA-32-260, PA-32-300, PA-32-301, PA-32-301T, PA-32R-300, PA-32R-301 (SP), PA-32R-301 (HP), PA-32R-301T, PA-32RT-300, PA-32RT-300T, and PA-32S-300 airplanes, all serial numbers, that are:
(1) Equipped with one or more oil cooler hose assemblies that do not meet technical standard order C53a (TSO-C53a), Type D requirements; and
(2) Certificated in any category.
Joint Aircraft System Component (JASC)/Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 79, Engine Oil.
AD 95-26-13 was prompted by numerous incidents/accidents caused by rupture or failure of the oil cooler hose assemblies. This AD action was prompted by requests to clarify the intent of AD 95-26-13. We are issuing this AD to prevent rupture or failure of the oil cooler hose assemblies, which could result in engine stoppage with consequent loss of control.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done. You may review the flow chart found in appendix 1 to assist you in complying with the actions of this AD.
Although not required by this AD, the FAA recommends that an oil cooler hose assembly flexibility test be done at 100-hour TIS intervals by gently lifting each oil cooler hose assembly in several places along its bottom surface, ideally at the center of an arc. If the oil cooler hose assembly moves slightly, either from side-to-side or upward, then some flexibility remains. If the oil cooler hose assembly appears hardened or inflexible, replacement is recommended.
(1)
(2)
(i) The oil cooler hose assemblies pass underneath and behind the electrical ground cable and in front of the lower of the two engine mounts.
(ii) The oil cooler hose assemblies are secured to the engine mount strut and a clearance of at least 2 inches exists between the oil cooler hose assemblies and the exhaust stack.
(iii) Oil cooler hose assemblies with a minimum outer diameter of 0.75 inch are installed with a bend radius of at least 6.5 inches.
(1) If any of the conditions described in paragraph (g) or (h)(1) of this AD are found on an oil cooler hose assembly during the inspection required in paragraph (g) or (h)(1) of this AD, as applicable, before further flight, replace the oil cooler hose assembly with a serviceable new or used TSO-C53a Type D oil cooler hose assembly or TSO-C53a Type C oil cooler hose assembly. If a used TSO-C53a Type C oil cooler hose assembly is installed, it must have documented hours TIS.
If only one of the two oil cooler hose assemblies requires replacement, the FAA recommends replacing both of the oil cooler hose assemblies to simplify tracking the hours TIS of the assemblies.
(2) If a newly installed oil cooler hose assembly is a TSO-C53a Type C oil cooler hose assembly and it is mounted in a location other than at or aft of the rear of the engine, then replacement of the oil cooler hose assembly must meet the conditions listed in paragraphs (h)(2)(i) through (iii) of this AD.
(3) If compliance with paragraphs (i)(1) and (i)(2) of this AD results in both oil cooler hose assemblies of an airplane meeting TSO-C53a Type D requirements, then the requirements of this AD are terminated for the airplane.
(1) When a TSO-C53a Type C oil cooler hose assembly accumulates 8 years or 1,000 hours TIS, whichever occurs first, replace the oil cooler hose assembly with a serviceable new or used TSO-C53a Type D oil cooler hose assembly or TSO-C53a Type C oil cooler hose assembly. If a used TSO-C53a Type C oil cooler hose assembly is installed, it must have documented hours TIS. If the newly installed oil cooler is a TSO-C53a Type C oil cooler hose assembly and it is mounted in a location other than at or aft of the rear of the engine the installation must meet the conditions listed in paragraphs (h)(2)(i) through (iii) of this AD.
(2) You may at any time before a TSO-C53a Type C oil cooler hose assembly exceeds the life limit in paragraph (j)(1) of this AD, replace a TSO-C53a Type C oil cooler hose assembly with a TSO-C53a Type D oil cooler hose assembly.
(3) If compliance with paragraphs (j)(1) or (j)(2) of this AD results in both oil cooler hose assemblies of an airplane meeting TSO-C53a Type D requirements, then the requirements of this AD are terminated for the airplane.
(1) The Manager, Atlanta Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the ACO, send it to the attention of the person identified in paragraph (k) of this AD.
(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.
(3) AMOCs approved for AD 95-26-13 (60 FR 67321, December 29, 1995) are not approved as AMOCs for the corresponding provisions of this AD.
For more information about this AD, contact Gary Wechsler, Aerospace Engineer, FAA, Atlanta Aircraft Certification Office, 1701 Columbia Avenue, College Park, Georgia 30337; telephone: (404) 474-5575; fax: (404) 474-5606; email:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule; request for comments.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for Airbus Helicopters Model SA330J helicopters. This AD requires replacing certain hydraulic pumps and is prompted by reports of broken screws that attach the cover of the hydraulic pump. The actions of this AD are intended to prevent an unsafe condition on these products.
This AD becomes effective July 26, 2017.
We must receive comments on this AD by September 11, 2017.
You may send comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
For service information identified in this final rule, contact Airbus Helicopters, 2701 N. Forum Drive, Grand Prairie, TX 75052; telephone (972) 641-0000 or (800) 232-0323; fax (972) 641-3775; or at
Matt Fuller, Senior Aviation Safety Engineer, Safety Management Group, Rotorcraft Directorate, FAA, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy, Fort Worth, TX 76177; telephone (817) 222-5110; email
This AD is a final rule that involves requirements affecting flight safety, and we did not provide you with notice and an opportunity to provide your comments prior to it becoming effective. However, we invite you to participate in this rulemaking by submitting written comments, data, or views. We also invite comments relating to the economic, environmental, energy, or federalism impacts that resulted from adopting this AD. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the AD, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data. To ensure the docket does not contain duplicate comments, commenters should send only one copy of written comments, or if comments are filed electronically, commenters should submit them only one time. We will file in the docket all comments that we receive, as well as a report summarizing each substantive public contact with FAA personnel concerning this rulemaking during the comment period. We will consider all the comments we receive and may conduct additional rulemaking based on those comments.
EASA, which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, has issued EASA Emergency AD No. 2016-264-E, dated December 22, 2016, to correct an unsafe condition for Airbus Helicopters Model SA330J helicopters. EASA advises of reports of broken screws that attach the cover of the hydraulic pump. A subsequent investigation identified a batch of screws delivered between July 1, 2015, and November 1, 2016, that have intrinsic embrittlement and reduced mechanical properties. Hydrogen was introduced into this batch of screws during production, causing the screws to become brittle and lack sufficient strength. These screws were installed in a batch of hydraulic pumps, part number (P/N) FR65WEO2005-175A, identified by certain serial numbers, EASA advises.
This condition, if not detected and corrected, could lead to the failure of a cover bolt and loss of fluid from the hydraulic pump, resulting in loss of the hydraulic system and subsequent loss of helicopter control. As a result, EASA AD No. 2016-264-E requires replacing the hydraulic pumps.
These helicopters have been approved by the aviation authority of France and are approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with France, EASA, its technical representative, has notified us of the unsafe condition described in the EASA AD. We are issuing this AD because we evaluated all information provided by EASA and determined the unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other helicopters of these same type designs.
We reviewed Airbus Helicopters Emergency Alert Service Bulletin No. SA330-29.12, Revision 0, dated December 22, 2016 (Airbus EASB), for Model SA330J helicopters and military model SA330L, SA330Jm, SA330S1, and SA330Sm helicopters. The Airbus EASB specifies removing Nexter Mechanics hydraulic pumps P/N FR65WEO2005-175A with certain serial numbers. If both the right-hand (RH) and left-hand (LH) hydraulic pumps have an affected P/N and serial number, the Airbus EASB specifies replacing the RH hydraulic pump before further flight and the LH hydraulic pump within 110 flying hours or 6 months. If only one hydraulic pump has an affected P/N and serial number, the Airbus EASB specifies replacing it within 110 flying hours or 6 months. The Airbus EASB also specifies that, for 6 months after receipt of the Airbus EASB, before installing an affected hydraulic pump it must be “returned to conformity” by complying with Nexter Mechanics Alert
This AD requires, within 15 hours time-in-service (TIS), removing the RH hydraulic pump if both hydraulic pumps are listed in the applicability section of this AD. This AD also prohibits installing an affected hydraulic pump on any helicopter.
The EASA AD requires replacing the LH hydraulic pump with a serviceable part within 110 hours TIS or 6 months, whichever comes first, if both the LH and RH hydraulic pumps are affected parts. The EASA AD also requires, if only one hydraulic pump is an affected part, replacing it with a serviceable part within 110 hours TIS or 6 months, whichever comes first. This AD makes no such requirements. We are considering requiring those actions. However, the planned compliance time for those actions would allow enough time to provide notice and opportunity for prior public comment. The EASA AD allows a hydraulic pump to be installed if it has been repaired in accordance with the Nexter ASB, while this AD does not.
We estimate that this AD affects 24 helicopters and that labor costs average $85 per work-hour. Based on these estimates, we expect that replacing a hydraulic pump requires 2 work-hours and parts cost $2,500 for a total cost of $2,670 per helicopter and $64,080 for the U.S. fleet.
Providing an opportunity for public comments prior to adopting these AD requirements would delay implementing the safety actions needed to correct this known unsafe condition. Therefore, we find that the risk to the flying public justifies waiving notice and comment prior to the adoption of this rule because the required corrective actions must be accomplished within 15 hours TIS, a very short time period based on the typical utilization rate of these helicopters in off-shore oil operations.
Since an unsafe condition exists that requires the immediate adoption of this AD, we determined that notice and opportunity for prior public comment before issuing this AD are impracticable and contrary to the public interest and that good cause exists to make this AD effective in less than 30 days.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed, I certify that this AD:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska to the extent that it justifies making a regulatory distinction; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD applies to Airbus Helicopters Model SA330J helicopters, certificated in any category, with a left-hand and a right-hand hydraulic pump part number FR65WEO2005-175A with a serial number 4108, 4141, 4177, 4227, 4241, 4284, 4377, 4422, 4570, 4573, 4574, 4641, 4649, 4668, 4766, 4802, 4821, 4831, 4837, 4888, 4896, 4946, 4985, 5023, 5071, 5304, 5366, 5376, 5409, 5442, 5486, 5599, 5630, 94075/01, or 94048/01 installed.
This AD defines the unsafe condition as failure of a screw attaching the hydraulic pump cover. This condition could result in failure of a cover bolt and loss of fluid from the hydraulic pump, resulting in loss of the hydraulic system and subsequent loss of helicopter control.
This AD becomes effective July 26, 2017.
You are responsible for performing each action required by this AD within the specified compliance time unless it has already been accomplished prior to that time.
(1) Within 15 hours time-in-service, replace the right-hand hydraulic pump with an airworthy hydraulic pump that is not listed in paragraph (a) of this AD.
(2) After the effective date of this AD, do not install on any helicopter a hydraulic pump that is listed in paragraph (a) of this AD.
Special flight permits are prohibited.
(1) The Manager, Safety Management Group, FAA, may approve AMOCs for this AD. Send your proposal to: Matt Fuller, Senior Aviation Safety Engineer, Safety Management Group, Rotorcraft Directorate, FAA, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy, Fort Worth, TX 76177; telephone (817) 222-5110; email
(2) For operations conducted under a 14 CFR part 119 operating certificate or under 14 CFR part 91, subpart K, we suggest that you notify your principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of
(1) Airbus Helicopters Emergency Alert Service Bulletin (EASB) No. SA330-29.12, Revision 0, dated December 22, 2016, and Nexter Mechanics Alert Service Bulletin No. NM/INGE/16-140, Revision 0, dated December 22, 2016, which are not incorporated by reference, contain additional information about the subject of this AD. For service information identified in this AD, contact Airbus Helicopters, 2701 N. Forum Drive, Grand Prairie, TX 75052; telephone (972) 641-0000 or (800) 232-0323; fax (972) 641-3775; or at
(2) The subject of this AD is addressed in European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD No. 2016-264-E, dated December 22, 2016. You may view the EASA AD on the Internet at
Joint Aircraft Service Component (JASC) Code: 2913, Hydraulic Pump (Electric/Engine) Main.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for Airbus Helicopters Model AS332C, AS332C1, AS332L, AS332L1, AS332L2, and EC225LP helicopters. This AD requires repetitive inspections of the intermediate gear box (IGB) fairing. This AD was prompted by separation of the IGB fairing from the fairing gutter and subsequent interference with the drive shaft. The actions of this AD are intended to prevent an unsafe condition on these products.
This AD is effective August 15, 2017.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of certain documents listed in this AD as of August 15, 2017.
For service information identified in this final rule, contact Airbus Helicopters, 2701 N. Forum Drive, Grand Prairie, TX 75052; telephone (972) 641-0000 or (800) 232-0323; fax (972) 641-3775; or at
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
David Hatfield, Aviation Safety Engineer, Safety Management Group, Rotorcraft Directorate, FAA, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy, Fort Worth, TX 76177; telephone (817) 222-5116; email
On January 5, 2017, at 82 FR 1260, the
The NPRM was prompted by AD No. 2015-0092, dated May 26, 2015, issued by EASA, which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, to correct an unsafe condition for the Airbus Model AS332C, AS332C1, AS332L, AS332L1, AS332L2, and EC225LP helicopters with certain part-numbered IGB fairings installed. EASA advises of occurrences involving separation of the angle section of the IGB fairing from the IGB fairing gutter, which caused interference with the tail rotor (T/R) inclined drive shaft. EASA states that this condition, if not detected and corrected, could lead to failure of the T/R drive shaft, loss of the T/R drive, and consequent reduced control of the helicopter. To address this condition, EASA issued a series of ADs, including AD No. 2015-0092, to require repetitive inspections of the IGB fairing and its attachment supports and installation of a new IGB fairing, P/N 332A24-0322-00, as terminating action for the inspections.
An individual commented that he supports the NPRM.
These helicopters have been approved by the aviation authority of France and are approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with France, EASA, its technical representative, has notified us of the unsafe condition described in the EASA AD. We are issuing this AD because we evaluated all information provided by EASA and determined the unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other helicopters of these same type designs and that air safety and the public interest require adopting the AD requirements as proposed.
The EASA AD requires replacing the IGB fairing with the composite fairing within 31 months. This AD requires this
We reviewed Airbus Helicopters Emergency Alert Service Bulletin (EASB), Revision 5, dated March 9, 2015, which is one document with three different identification numbers. EASB No. 53.01.47 is for Model AS332C, C1, L, L1, L2, and military model B, B1, M, M1, and F1 helicopters. EASB No. 53.00.48 is for military Model AS532-series helicopters. EASB No. 53A001 is for Model EC225 LP and the military Model EC725AP helicopter. EASB Nos. 53.01.47 and 53A001 are incorporated by reference in this AD. EASB No. 53.00.48 is not incorporated by reference in this AD.
This service information specifies repetitive inspections of the IGB fairing, attachment supports, and fairing gutter. This service information also advises that IGB fairing P/Ns 332A24-0303-05XX, 332A24-0303-06XX, 332A08-1391-00, and 332A08-1391-01 are unfit for flight beginning December 1, 2017, and that these fairings should be replaced with a new composite fairing P/N 332A24-0322-00.
We also reviewed Airbus Helicopters Service Bulletin No. AS332-53.01.78, Revision 0, dated March 9, 2015, for FAA type-certificated Model AS332C, C1, L, L1, and L2 helicopters and military Model AS332B, B1, F1, M, and M1 helicopters, and Airbus Helicopter Service Bulletin No. EC225-53-041, Revision 0, dated March 9, 2015, for the Model EC225LP helicopter. The service information specifies replacing each IGB fairing with a newly designed fairing. Airbus Helicopters identifies replacement of the IGB fairing under these service instructions as Modification 0726819.
This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We reviewed Airbus Helicopters EASB No. 53.01.47, Revision 4, for Model AS332C, C1, L, L1, L2, and military model B, B1, M, M1, and F1 helicopters and EASB No. 53A001, Revision 4, for Model EC225 LP and the military Model EC725AP helicopters. Both EASBs are part of one document that is dated September 27, 2011. The EASBs introduce periodic maintenance on the fairings and on the fairing's attachment angles.
We estimate that this AD affects 11 helicopters of U.S. Registry and that labor costs average $85 per work-hour. Based on these estimates, we expect the following costs:
• Visually inspecting each IGB fairing and the left- and right-hand attachment supports for a crack require a 0.5 work-hour for a total cost of $43 per helicopter and $473 for the U.S. fleet, per inspection cycle.
• Replacing the IGB fairing requires 2 work hours and parts cost $2,600, for a total cost of $2,770 per helicopter and $30,470 for the U.S. fleet.
• Replacing the attachment supports requires 2 work hours, and parts cost $1,100 for a total cost of $1,270 per helicopter.
• Visually inspecting for a crack in the fairing gutter requires 0.5 work hour for a total cost of about $43 per helicopter.
• Inspecting for interference and separation of the fairing gutter requires 0.5 work hour for a total cost of $43 per helicopter.
• Replacing the inclined drive shaft tube requires 2 work hours, and parts cost $18,399, for a total cost of $18,569 per helicopter.
• Replacing a hydraulic pipe requires 2 work hours, and parts cost $1,322, for a total cost of $1,492 per helicopter.
• Repairing the flight control assembly requires 2 work hours, and parts cost $484, for a total cost of $654 per helicopter.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on helicopters identified in this rulemaking action.
This AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
(2) Is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska to the extent that it justifies making a regulatory distinction; and
(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
We prepared an economic evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this AD and placed it in the AD docket.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD applies to Model AS332C, AS332C1, AS332L, AS332L1, AS332L2, and EC225LP helicopters with an intermediate gear box (IGB) fairing part number (P/N) 332A24-0303-05XX, 332A24-0303-06XX, 332A08-1391-00, or 332A08-1391-01 installed, where “XX” is any two alphanumeric characters, certificated in any category.
This AD defines the unsafe condition as detachment of the angle section of an IGB and subsequent interference between an IGB fairing and tail rotor inclined drive shaft. This condition could result in failure of a tail rotor drive shaft, loss of the tail rotor drive,
This AD becomes effective August 15, 2017.
You are responsible for performing each action required by this AD within the specified compliance time unless it has already been accomplished prior to that time.
(1) Within 15 hours time-in-service (TIS) and thereafter at intervals not to exceed 15 hours TIS, visually inspect the IGB fairing and the left- and right-hand attachment supports for a crack as shown in Figure 2 of Airbus Helicopters Emergency Alert Service Bulletin (EASB) No. 53.01.47, Revision 5, dated March 9, 2015 (EASB No. 53.01.47) or EASB No. 53A001, Revision 5, dated March 9, 2015 (EASB No. 53A001), as appropriate for your model helicopter.
(i) If there is a crack in an attachment support, replace the attachment support.
(ii) If there is a crack in the fairing, replace the IGB fairing with IGB fairing P/N 332A24-0322-00 in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions, paragraph 3.B.2, of Airbus Helicopters Service Bulletin No. AS332-53.01.78, Revision 0, dated March 9, 2015 (SB No. AS332-53.01.78) or Service Bulletin No. EC225-53-041, Revision 0, dated March 9, 2015 (SB No. EC225-53-041), as appropriate for your model helicopter.
(2) For helicopters with IGB fairing P/N 332A24-0303-05XX or P/N 332A24-0303-06XX, within 15 hours TIS and thereafter at intervals not to exceed 15 hours TIS, visually inspect for a crack in the fairing gutter as shown in Figure 1 of EASB No. 53.01.47 or EASB No. 53A001. If there is a crack in the fairing gutter:
(i) Inspect for interference and separation of the fairing gutter. If there is any interference between the gutter and the tail rotor inclined drive shaft tube, replace the tail rotor inclined drive shaft tube. If there is any interference between the gutter and a hydraulic pipe, repair or replace the hydraulic pipe. If there is any interference between the gutter and the flight controls, repair the flight controls in accordance with FAA-approved procedures. If there is any separation of the gutter, remove the gutter.
(ii) Replace the IGB fairing with IGB fairing P/N 332A24-0322-00 in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions, paragraph 3.B.2, of SB No. AS332-53.01.78 or SB No. EC225-53-041.
(3) Within 150 hours TIS, replace the IGB fairing P/N 332A24-0303-05XX, 332A24-0303-06XX, 332A08-1391-00, or 332A08-1391-01 with IGB fairing P/N 332A24-0322-00 in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions, paragraph 3.B.2, of SB No. AS332-53.01.78 or SB No. EC225-53-041.
(4) Replacing the IGB fairing with IGB fairing P/N 332A24-0322-00 is terminating action for the repetitive inspections required by this AD.
(5) Do not install an IGB fairing P/N 332A24-0303-05XX, P/N 332A24-0303-06XX, P/N 332A08-1391-00, or P/N 332A08-1391-01 on any helicopter.
Compliance with Airbus Helicopters Emergency Alert Service Bulletin (EASB) No. 53.01.47, and EASB No. 53A001, both Revision 4, and both dated September 27, 2011, before the effective date of this AD is considered acceptable for compliance with the initial inspections specified in paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this AD, but does not constitute terminating action for the repetitive inspections required by this AD.
(1) The Manager, Safety Management Group, FAA, may approve AMOCs for this AD. Send your proposal to: David Hatfield, Aviation Safety Engineer, Safety Management Group, Rotorcraft Directorate, FAA, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy, Fort Worth, TX 76177; telephone (817) 222-5116; email
(2) For operations conducted under a 14 CFR part 119 operating certificate or under 14 CFR part 91, subpart K, we suggest that you notify your principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office or certificate holding district office, before operating any aircraft complying with this AD through an AMOC.
The subject of this AD is addressed in European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD No. 2015-0092, dated May 26, 2015. You may view the EASA AD on the Internet at
Joint Aircraft Service Component (JASC) Code: 5350 Aerodynamic Fairings.
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.
(i) Airbus Helicopters Emergency Alert Service Bulletin No. 53.01.47, Revision 5, dated March 9, 2015.
Airbus Helicopters Emergency Alert Service Bulletin No. 53.01.47 and No. 53A001, both Revision 5, and both dated March 9, 2015, are co-published as one document along with Airbus Helicopters Emergency Alert Service Bulletin No. 53.00.48, Revision 5, dated March 9, 2015, which is not incorporated by reference in this AD.
(ii) Airbus Helicopters Emergency Alert Service Bulletin No. 53A001, Revision 5, dated March 9, 2015.
(iii) Airbus Helicopters Service Bulletin No. AS332-53.01.78, Revision 0, dated March 9, 2015.
(iv) Airbus Helicopters Service Bulletin No. EC225-53-041, Revision 0, dated March 9, 2015.
(3) For Airbus Helicopters service information identified in this AD, contact Airbus Helicopters, 2701 N. Forum Drive, Grand Prairie, TX 75052; telephone (972) 641-0000 or (800) 232-0323; fax (972) 641-3775; or at
(4) You may view this service information at FAA, Office of the Regional Counsel, Southwest Region, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy, Room 6N-321, Fort Worth, TX 76177. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call (817) 222-5110.
(5) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call (202) 741-6030, or go to:
Coast Guard, DHS.
Final rule.
The Coast Guard is establishing a special local regulation in the Coast Guard Captain of the Port Columbia River Zone for recurring marine events. During the recurring events, these regulated areas would be activated and would restrict vessels from portions of the waterway. These events were previously published as safety zones, temporary safety zones or individual regulated areas and have been revised and consolidated into a single as special local regulation in order to expedite public notification of events and ensure the protection of the maritime public from hazards associated with the annual events.
This rule is effective July 11, 2017.
To view documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
If you have questions on this rule, call or email LCDR Laura Springer, Waterways Management Division, Marine Safety Unit Portland, Coast Guard; telephone 503-240-9319, email
The Coast Guard is establishing a new special local regulation for nine recurring marine events in the Sector Columbia River. On May 9, 2017, the Coast Guard published a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) titled, “Special Local Regulations; Safety Zones; Recurring Marine Events in Sector Columbia River” (82 FR 21495). There we stated why we issued the NPRM, and invited comments on our proposed regulatory action related to the regulated areas. During the comment period that ended June 8, 2017, we received no comments.
We are issuing this rule, and under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for making it effective less than 30 days after publication in the
The Coast Guard is issuing this rule under authority in 33 U.S.C. 1233. The Captain of the Port Sector Columbia River has determined that large numbers of spectator vessels and marine traffic are expected to congregate around these event locations, and regulated areas are needed to protect both spectators and participants from the safety hazards associated with the event.
As noted above, we received no comments on our NPRM published May 9, 2017. There are no changes in the regulatory text of this rule from the proposed rule in the NPRM.
The Coast Guard is revising and renaming 33 CFR 100.1302 to cover marine events within the Captain of the Port Zone Columbia River and removing §§ 100.1303 (Annual Kennewick, Washington, Columbia Unlimited Hydroplane Races), 100.1305 (Richland, Washington, west coast outboard championship hydro races), 165.1341 (Portland Dragon Boat Races, Portland, OR), and 165.1342 (Annual Roy Webster Cross-Channel Swim, Columbia River, Hood River, OR).
These changes convert two existing safety zones (those currently in §§ 165.1341 and 165.1342) and temporary safety zones established annually for four events (The Big Float, Swim the Snake, Richland Regatta, and Columbia Crossing) into regulated areas in § 100.1302. This will consolidate and simplify our existing special local regulations.
Additionally, this rule reorganizes and consolidates existing Sector Columbia River COTP Zone marine event regulations in 33 CFR part 100 and marine event safety zones under 33 CFR part 165. This action eliminates the burden and confusion caused by the current configuration of numerous individual regulations spread across two CFR parts.
As large numbers of spectator vessels and marine traffic are expected to congregate around the event location, the regulated areas are needed to protect both spectators and participants from the safety hazards associated with the event. During the enforcement period of the regulated areas, persons and vessels would be prohibited from entering, transiting through, remaining, anchoring or mooring within the zone unless specifically authorized by the COTP or the designated representative. The Coast Guard may be assisted by other Federal, State and local agencies in the enforcement of these regulated areas. These events are listed below in the text of the regulation.
Certain special local regulations are listed without known dates or times. Coast Guard Sector Columbia River will cause notice of the enforcement of these regulated areas to be made by all appropriate means to affect the widest publicity among the effected segments of the public, including publication in the
We developed this rule after considering numerous statutes and Executive orders related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on a number of these statutes and Executive orders, and we discuss First Amendment rights of protestors.
E.O.s 12866 (“Regulatory Planning and Review”) and 13563 (“Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review”) direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity. E.O. 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. Executive Order 13771 (“Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs”), directs agencies to reduce regulation and control regulatory costs and provides that “for every one new regulation issued, at least two prior regulations be identified for elimination, and that the cost of planned regulations be prudently managed and controlled through a budgeting process.”
The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has not designated this rule a significant regulatory action under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has not reviewed it.
This regulatory action determination is based on the size, location, duration, and time-of-day of the regulated areas. Vessels will only be restricted from special local regulation areas for a short duration of time. Vessels may transit in portions of the affected waterway except for those areas covered by the proposed regulated areas. Notifications of exact dates and times of the enforcement period will be made through notices of enforcements published in the
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, as amended, requires Federal agencies to consider the potential impact of regulations on small entities during rulemaking. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000. The Coast Guard received no comments
While some owners or operators of vessels intending to transit the regulated areas may be small entities, for the reasons stated in section V.A above, this rule will not have a significant economic impact on any vessel owner or operator.
Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), we want to assist small entities in understanding this rule. If the rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please contact the person listed in the
Small businesses may send comments on the actions of Federal employees who enforce, or otherwise determine compliance with, Federal regulations to the Small Business and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman and the Regional Small Business Regulatory Fairness Boards. The Ombudsman evaluates these actions annually and rates each agency's responsiveness to small business. If you wish to comment on actions by employees of the Coast Guard, call 1-888-REG-FAIR (1-888-734-3247). The Coast Guard will not retaliate against small entities that question or complain about this rule or any policy or action of the Coast Guard.
This rule will not call for a new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).
A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. We have analyzed this rule under that Order and have determined that it is consistent with the fundamental federalism principles and preemption requirements described in Executive Order 13132.
Also, this rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it does not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. If you believe this rule has implications for federalism or Indian tribes, please contact the person listed in the
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this rule will not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.
We have analyzed this rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.lD, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have determined that this action is one of a category of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. This rule involves regulated areas for swim events and other marine events. It is categorically excluded from further review under paragraph 34(h) of Figure 2-1 of the Commandant Instruction. An environmental analysis checklist supporting this determination and a Categorical Exclusion Determination are available in the docket where indicated under
The Coast Guard respects the First Amendment rights of protesters. Protesters are asked to contact the person listed in the
Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Waterways, Harbors, Security measures.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard amends 33 CFR parts 100 and 165 as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1233.
This section applies to the marine events listed in Table 1 of this section. The regulations in this section will be enforced for the duration of each event, on or about the dates indicated in Table 1 of this section. Annual notice of the exact dates and times of the effective period of the regulations in this section with respect to each event, the geographical description of each regulated area, and details concerning the nature of the event and the number of participants and type(s) of vessels involved will be provided to the local maritime community through the Local Notice to Mariners, Broadcast Notice to Mariners, or both, well in advance of the events. If the event does not have a date listed, then the exact dates and times of the enforcement will be announced through a Notice of Enforcement in the
(a) The Coast Guard may patrol each event area under the direction of a designated Coast Guard Patrol Commander (PATCOM). PATCOM may be contacted on Channel 16 VHF-FM (156.8 MHz) by the call sign “PATCOM.” Official patrol vessels may consist of any Coast Guard, Coast Guard Auxiliary, state, or local law enforcement vessels assigned or approved by the Captain of the Port, Sector Columbia River.
(b) PATCOM may control the movement of all vessels in the regulated area. When hailed or signaled by an official patrol vessel, a vessel shall come
(c) PATCOM may delay or terminate any marine event in this subpart at any time it is deemed necessary to ensure the safety of life or property. Such action may be justified as a result of weather, traffic density, spectator operation or participant behavior.
(d) Vessels may not transit the regulated areas without PATCOM approval. Vessels permitted to transit must operate at a no wake speed, in a manner which will not endanger participants or other crafts in the event.
(e) Spectators or other vessels shall not anchor, block, loiter, or impede the transit of event participants or official patrol vessels in the regulated areas during the effective dates and times, or dates and times as modified through LNM, unless authorized by an official patrol vessel.
33 U.S.C. 1231; 50 U.S.C. 191; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, and 160.5; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of deviation from drawbridge regulation.
The Coast Guard has issued a temporary deviation from the operating schedule that governs two Multnomah County bridges: Morrison Bridge, mile 12.8, and Hawthorne Bridge, mile 13.1, both crossing the Willamette River at Portland, OR. This deviation is necessary to accommodate the annual Portland Providence Bridge Pedal event. The deviation allows the bridges to remain in the closed-to-navigation position to allow safe roadway movement of event participants.
This deviation is effective from 6 a.m. to 12:15 p.m. on August 13, 2017.
The docket for this deviation, USCG-2017-0644 is available at
If you have questions on this temporary deviation, call or email Mr. Steven Fischer, Bridge Administrator, Thirteenth Coast Guard District; telephone 206-220-7282, email
Multnomah County (bridge owner) has requested a temporary deviation from the operating schedule for the Morrison Bridge, mile 12.8, and Hawthorne Bridge, mile 13.1, both crossing the Willamette River at Portland, OR. The requested deviation is to accommodate the annual Bridge Pedal event. To facilitate this event, the draws of theses bridges will be maintained as follows: Morrison Bridge provides a vertical clearance of 69 feet in the closed-to-navigation position; and Hawthorne Bridge provides a vertical clearance of 49 feet in the closed-to-navigation position; all clearances are referenced to the vertical clearance above Columbia River Datum 0.0. The normal operating schedule for these bridges is 33 CFR 117.897. This deviation allows the Morrison Bridge, and the Hawthorne Bridge to remain in the closed-to-navigation position, and need not open for maritime traffic from 6 a.m. to 12:15 p.m. on August 13, 2017. Waterway usage on this part of the Willamette River includes vessels ranging from commercial tug and barge to small pleasure craft.
Vessels able to pass through the bridges in the closed-to-navigation position may do so at any time. The bridges will be able to open for emergencies, and there is no immediate alternate route for vessels to pass. The Coast Guard will inform the users of the waterway, through our Local and Broadcast Notices to Mariners, of the change in operating schedule for the bridges so that vessels can arrange their transits to minimize any impact caused by the temporary deviation.
In accordance with 33 CFR 117.35(e), the drawbridges must return to their regular operating schedules immediately at the end of the effective period of this temporary deviation. This deviation from the operating regulations is authorized under 33 CFR 117.35.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of temporary deviation from drawbridge regulation.
The Coast Guard has issued a temporary deviation from the operating schedule that governs Seattle Department of Transportation's (SDOT) Fremont Bridge, across the Lake Washington Ship Canal, mile 2.6, at Seattle, WA. The deviation is necessary to accommodate heavy pedestrian crossing the bridge during the Lake Union 10K Run event. This deviation allows the bridge to remain in the closed-to-navigation position and need not open to maritime traffic.
This deviation is effective from 7:30 a.m. to 8:10 a.m. on August 13, 2017.
The docket for this deviation, USCG-2017-0641 is available at
If you have questions on this temporary deviation, call or email Mr. Steven Fischer, Bridge Administrator, Thirteenth Coast Guard District; telephone 206-220-7282, email
SDOT, the bridge owner, has requested a temporary deviation from the operating schedule for the Fremont Bridge, mile 2.6, crossing the Lake Washington Ship Canal at Seattle, WA. The deviation is necessary to accommodate heavy pedestrian traffic crossing the bridge during the Lake Union 10K Run event. To facilitate this event, the double bascule draw of the bridge will not open for vessel traffic during the stated date and times. The Fremont Bridge provides a vertical clearance of 14 feet (31 feet of vertical clearance for the center 36 horizontal feet) in the close-to-navigation position. The clearance is referenced to the mean water elevation of Lake Washington. The normal operating schedule for the Fremont Bridge is found in 33 CFR 117.1051. Waterway usage on the Lake Washington Ship Canal ranges from commercial tug and barge to small pleasure craft. No early Sunday morning bridge opening requests have been received during August for the Fremont Bridge in the last five years.
Vessels able to pass through the bridge in the closed-to-navigation position may do so at anytime. The bridge will be able to open for emergencies, and there is no immediate alternate route for vessels to pass. The Coast Guard will also inform the users of the waterway through our Local and Broadcast Notices to Mariners of the change in operating schedule for the bridge so that vessels can arrange their transits to minimize any impact caused by the temporary deviation.
In accordance with 33 CFR 117.35(e), the drawbridge must return to its regular operating schedule immediately at the end of the designated time period. This deviation from the operating regulations is authorized under 33 CFR 117.35.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of deviation from drawbridge regulation.
The Coast Guard has issued a temporary deviation from the operating schedule that governs the Hawthorne Bridge, mile 13.1, crossing the Willamette River at Portland, OR. This deviation is necessary to accommodate the Oregon Brewers' Parade event. The deviation allows the bridge to remain in the closed-to-navigation position to allow safe roadway movement of event participants.
This deviation is effective from 11:30 a.m. to noon on July 26, 2017.
The docket for this deviation, USCG-2017-0621 is available at
If you have questions on this temporary deviation, call or email Mr. Steven Fischer, Bridge Administrator, Thirteenth Coast Guard District; telephone 206-220-7282, email
Multnomah County (bridge owner) has requested a temporary deviation from the operating schedule for the Hawthorne Bridge, mile 13.1 crossing the Willamette River at Portland, OR. The requested deviation is to accommodate the Oregon Brewers' Parade event. To facilitate this event, the draw of this bridge will be allowed to be kept in the closed-to-navigation position to marine traffic from 11:30 a.m. to noon on July 26, 2017. The Hawthorne Bridge provides a vertical clearance of 49 feet in the closed-to-navigation position referenced to the vertical clearance above Columbia River Datum 0.0. The normal operating schedule is in 33 CFR 117.897(c)(3)(v). Waterway usage on this part of the Willamette River includes vessels ranging from commercial tug and barge to small pleasure craft. The Coast Guard provided notice of and requested objections to this deviation to local mariners via the Local Notice Mariners, and email. No objections were submitted to the Coast Guard.
Vessels able to pass through the bridge in the closed-to-navigation position may do so at any time. The bridge will be able to open for emergencies, and there is no immediate alternate route for vessels to pass. The Coast Guard will inform the users of the waterway, through our Local and Broadcast Notices to Mariners, of the change in operating schedule for the bridges so that vessels can arrange their transits to minimize any impact caused by the temporary deviation.
In accordance with 33 CFR 117.35(e), the drawbridge must return to its regular operating schedules immediately at the end of the effective period of this temporary deviation. This deviation from the operating regulations is authorized under 33 CFR 117.35.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Temporary final rule.
The Coast Guard is establishing a temporary safety zone for navigable waters of the Allegheny River 200 yards from the right descending bank, from mile marker (MM) 0.0 to MM 0.2. This safety zone is necessary to provide for the safety of life and protection of property from potential hazards associated with the Red Bull Flugtag event. Entry into this safety zone is prohibited unless specifically authorized by the Captain of the Port Marine Safety Unit Pittsburgh (COTP) or a designated representative.
This rule is effective from 10:30 a.m. through 4:30 p.m. on August 5, 2017.
To view documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
If you have questions on this rule, call or email MST1 Jennifer Haggins, Marine Safety Unit Pittsburgh, U.S. Coast Guard; telephone 412-221-0807, email
The Coast Guard is issuing this temporary rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment pursuant to authority under section 4(a) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553(b)). This provision authorizes an agency to issue a rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment when the agency for good cause finds that those procedures are “impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.” Under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for not publishing a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) with respect to this rule because it is impracticable. After receiving and fully reviewing the event information, circumstances and exact location, the Coast Guard determined that a safety zone is necessary to protect personnel, vessels, and the marine environment from potential hazards created during the Red Bull Flugtag event. It is impracticable to publish a NPRM because we must establish this safety zone by August 5, 2017, and lack sufficient time to provide a reasonable comment period and then consider those comments before issuing the rule.
Under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for making this rule effective less than 30 days after publication in the
The Coast Guard is issuing this rule under authority in 33 U.S.C. 1231. The Captain of the Port Marine Safety Unit Pittsburgh (COTP) has determined that the potential hazards associated with the Red Bull Flugtag event present a safety concern and that a safety zone is necessary on August 5, 2017. This rule is needed to provide for the safety of life and protection of vessels and the marine environment from potential hazards created from the Red Bull Flugtag event. The Coast Guard will notify the public and maritime community of the proposed safety zone and enforcement period via Broadcast Notice to Mariners (BNM).
This rule establishes a safety zone on August 5, 2017, from 10:30 a.m. through 4:30 p.m. The safety zone will cover all navigable waters on the Allegheny River 200 yards from the right descending bank mile marker 0.0 to mile marker 0.2. The duration of the safety zone is intended to protect personnel, vessels, and the marine environment from potential hazards created from the Red Bull Flugtag event. No vessel or person will be permitted to enter the safety zone without obtaining permission from the COTP or a designated representative.
We developed this rule after considering numerous statutes and Executive Order related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on a number of these statutes and Executive orders, and we discuss First Amendment rights of protestors.
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits. Executive Order 13771 directs agencies to control regulatory costs through a budgeting process. This rule has not been designated a “significant regulatory action,” under Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, this rule has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), and pursuant to OMB guidance it is exempt from the requirements of Executive Order 13771.
This regulatory action determination is based on the size, location, duration and time-of-year of the safety zone. This safety zone affects a small portion of these navigable waterways for a limited duration of six hours and still will not impede the channel allowing vessels to pass through. Due to the limited scope and short duration of the safety zone, the impact on routine navigation is expected to be minimal. Additionally, the Coast Guard will issue Broadcast Notices to Mariners via VHF-FM marine channel 16 about the zone and the rule allows vessels to seek permission to transit the zone.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, as amended, requires Federal agencies to consider the potential impact of regulations on small entities during rulemaking. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000. The Coast Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
While some owners or operators of vessels intending to transit the safety zone may be small entities, for the reasons stated in section V.A above, this rule will not have a significant economic impact on any vessel owner or operator.
Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), we want to assist small entities in understanding this rule. If the rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please contact the person listed in the
Small businesses may send comments on the actions of Federal employees who enforce, or otherwise determine compliance with, Federal regulations to the Small Business and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman and the Regional Small Business Regulatory Fairness Boards. The Ombudsman evaluates these actions annually and rates each agency's responsiveness to small business. If you wish to comment on actions by employees of the Coast Guard, call 1-888-REG-FAIR (1-888-734-3247). The Coast Guard will not retaliate against small entities that question or complain about this rule or any policy or action of the Coast Guard.
This rule will not call for a new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).
A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. We have analyzed this rule under that Order and have determined that it is consistent with the fundamental federalism principles and preemption requirements described in Executive Order 13132.
Also, this rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it does not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. If you believe this rule has implications for federalism or Indian tribes, please contact the person listed in the
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this rule will not result in such expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.
We have analyzed this rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.lD, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have determined that this action is one of a category of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. This rule involves a safety zone lasting six hours that will prohibit entry on the Allegheny River 200 yards from the right descending bank mile 0.0 to mile 0.2 during the Red Bull Flugtag event. It is categorically excluded from further review under paragraph 34 (g) of Figure 2-1 of the Commandant Instruction M16475.1D. A Record of Environmental Consideration (REC) supporting this determination is available in the docket where indicated under
The Coast Guard respects the First Amendment rights of protesters. Protesters are asked to contact the person listed in the
Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, Waterways.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard amends 33 CFR part 165 as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1231; 50 U.S.C. 191; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, and 160.5;
(a)
(b)
(c)
(2) Persons or vessels seeking entry into this safety zone must request permission from the COTP or a designated representative. The COTP or a designated representative may be contacted at 412-221-0807.
(3) All persons shall comply with the instructions of the COTP or their designated representative. COTP or designated representative includes a United States Coast Guard commissioned officer, warrant officer, and petty officer.
(d)
Office of the Secretary, Department of Education.
Final regulations.
Rosa's Law changes references to “mental retardation” in Federal law to “intellectual disability” or “intellectual disabilities.” These final regulations implement this statutory change in applicable Department of Education regulations.
These regulations are effective August 10, 2017.
Levon Schlichter, U.S. Department of Education, Office of the General Counsel, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 6E235, Washington, DC 20202-2241. Telephone: (202) 453-6387 or by email:
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay Service, toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
Individuals with disabilities can obtain this document in an accessible format (
Rosa's Law (Pub. L. 111-256) amended sections of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (Rehabilitation Act), the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (HEA), and the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as amended (ESEA), by removing the words “mental retardation” and replacing them with the words “intellectual disability” or “intellectual disabilities.” We are therefore revising applicable sections in title 34 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR). The following paragraphs describe the changes we are making to the regulations and the specific statutory changes on which the regulatory changes are based.
We have also substituted “intellectual disability” for “mental retardation” in Appendix A to part 104.
Under Executive Order 12866, the Secretary must determine whether the regulatory action is “significant” and therefore subject to the requirements of the Executive order and subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). Section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 defines a “significant regulatory action” as an action likely to result in a rule that may—
(1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more, or adversely affect a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or communities in a material way (also referred to as an “economically significant” rule);
(2) Create serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency;
(3) Materially alter the budgetary impacts of entitlement grants, user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or
(4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles stated in the Executive order.
This final regulatory action is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by OMB under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866.
Under Executive Order 13771, for each new regulation that the Department proposes for notice and comment or otherwise promulgates that is a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, it must identify two deregulatory actions. For Fiscal Year 2017, any new incremental costs associated with a new regulation must be fully offset by the elimination of existing costs through deregulatory actions. The final regulations are not a significant regulatory action. Therefore, the requirements of Executive Order 13771 do not apply.
We have also reviewed these regulations under Executive Order 13563, which supplements and explicitly reaffirms the principles, structures, and definitions governing regulatory review established in Executive Order 12866. To the extent permitted by law, Executive Order 13563 requires that an agency—
(1) Propose or adopt regulations only upon a reasoned determination that their benefits justify their costs (recognizing that some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify);
(2) Tailor its regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives and taking into account—among other things and to the extent practicable—the costs of cumulative regulations;
(3) In choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, select those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity);
(4) To the extent feasible, specify performance objectives, rather than the behavior or manner of compliance a regulated entity must adopt; and
(5) Identify and assess available alternatives to direct regulation, including economic incentives—such as user fees or marketable permits—to encourage the desired behavior, or provide information that enables the public to make choices.
Executive Order 13563 also requires an agency “to use the best available techniques to quantify anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as possible.” The Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of OMB has emphasized that these techniques may include “identifying changing future compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes.”
With respect to Executive Orders 12866 and 13563, the amendments we are making through this rulemaking merely change the terminology used in our regulations, and they do not change any substantive requirements. Additionally, this rulemaking merely implements the changes that are required by statute.
Under the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553), the Department generally offers interested parties the opportunity to comment on proposed regulations. However, these regulations merely reflect statutory changes and do not establish or affect substantive policy. Therefore, under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), the Secretary has determined that proposed regulations are unnecessary and contrary to the public interest.
The Secretary certifies that these regulations will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
These regulations do not contain any information collection requirements.
These regulations are subject to Executive Order 12372 and the regulations in 34 CFR part 79. One of the objectives of the Executive order is to foster an intergovernmental partnership and a strengthened federalism. The Executive order relies on processes developed by State and local governments for coordination and review of proposed Federal financial assistance.
This document provides early notification of our specific plans and actions for this program.
Based on our own review, we have determined that these final regulations do not require transmission of information that any other agency or authority of the United States gathers or makes available.
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
Civil rights, Equal educational opportunity, Equal employment opportunity, Individuals with disabilities.
Administrative practice and procedure, Civil rights, Equal employment opportunity, Federal buildings and facilities, Individuals with disabilities.
Administrative practice and procedure, Education of individuals with disabilities, Elementary and secondary education, Federally affected areas, Grant programs-education, Indians-education, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, School construction.
Administrative practice and procedure, Education of individuals with disabilities, Elementary and secondary education, Equal educational opportunity, Grant programs-education, Privacy, Private schools, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Grant programs-education, Grant programs-social programs, Manpower training programs, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vocational rehabilitation.
Grant programs-education, Vocational rehabilitation.
Grant programs-social programs, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vocational rehabilitation.
Administrative practice and procedure, Colleges and universities, Consumer protection, Grant programs-education, Loan programs-education, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Selective Service System, Student aid, Vocational education.
Loan programs-education, Reporting and recordkeeping, Student aid.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Secretary amends parts 104, 105, 222, 300, 361, 373, 385, 668, and 674 of title 34 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:
20 U.S.C. 1405; 29 U.S.C. 794; Pub. L. 111-256, 124 Stat. 2643.
29 U.S.C. 794; Pub. L. 111-256, 124 Stat. 2643; unless otherwise noted.
20 U.S.C. 7701-7714; Pub. L. 111-256, 124 Stat. 2643; unless otherwise noted.
20 U.S.C. 1221e-3, 1406, 1411-1419, and 3474; Pub. L. 111-256, 124 Stat. 2643; unless otherwise noted.
The revisions read as follows:
(c) * * *
(6)
The additions read as follows:
Section 12(c) of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; 29 U.S.C. 709(c); Pub. L. 111-256, 124 Stat. 2643; unless otherwise noted.
Section 303(b) of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; 29 U.S.C. 773(b); Pub. L. 111-256, 124 Stat. 2643; unless otherwise noted.
Sections 12(c), 301, and 302 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; 29 U.S.C. 709(c), 771, and 772; Pub. L. 111-256, 124 Stat. 2643; unless otherwise noted.
20 U.S.C. 1001-1003, 1070a, 1070g, 1085, 1087b, 1087d, 1087e, 1088, 1091, 1092, 1094, 1099c, and 1099c-1, 1221e-3, and 3474; Pub. L. 111-256, 124 Stat. 2643; unless otherwise noted.
20 U.S.C. 1070g, 1087aa-1087hh; Pub. L. 111-256, 124 Stat. 2643; unless otherwise noted.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Direct final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving a State Implementation Plan (SIP) submission from the Illinois Environmental Protection Agency (IEPA) dated May 9, 2017. The submission provides IEPA's certification that its existing emission statement program, titled “Annual Emissions Report”, remains in effect and satisfies the Clean Air Act (CAA) emissions statement requirement for the Illinois portions of the Chicago-Naperville, Illinois-Indiana-Wisconsin and St. Louis-St. Charles-Farmington, Missouri-Illinois nonattainment areas under the 2008 ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS). Under the CAA, states' SIPs must require stationary sources in ozone nonattainment areas classified as marginal or above to annually report emissions of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NO
This direct final rule is effective September 11, 2017, unless EPA receives adverse comments by August 10, 2017. If adverse comments are
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R05-OAR-2017-0278 at
Kathleen D'Agostino, Attainment Planning and Maintenance Section, Air Programs Branch (AR-18J), Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604, 312-886-1767,
Throughout this document, whenever “we,” “us,” or “our” is used, we mean EPA. This supplementary information section is arranged as follows:
On March 12, 2008, EPA promulgated a revised 8-hour ozone NAAQS of 0.075 parts per million (ppm). See 73 FR 16436 (March 27, 2008). Effective July 20, 2012, EPA designated nonattainment areas for the 2008 ozone NAAQS (77 FR 30088, May 21, 2012, and 77 FR 34221, June 11, 2012). The Chicago-Naperville, IL-IN-WI and St. Louis-St. Charles-Farmington, MO-IL areas were designated as marginal nonattainment areas for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. The Chicago-Naperville, IL-IN-WI was reclassified from marginal nonattainment to moderate nonattainment on May 4, 2016 (81 FR 26697).
Section 182(a)(3)(B) of the CAA requires states with ozone nonattainment areas classified as marginal and above to submit revisions to their SIPs to require the owner or operator of each stationary source of NO
Many states, including Illinois, adopted emissions statement rules for stationary sources in nonattainment areas under the 1-hour ozone NAAQS, which EPA approved as part of each state's SIP. In cases where an existing emission statement requirement is still adequate to meet the requirements under the 2008 ozone NAAQS, states may provide the rationale for that determination to EPA in a written statement for approval in the SIP to meet the requirements of section 182(a)(3)(B).
IEPA submitted a proposed SIP revision on May 9, 2017 certifying that the previously SIP-approved emissions statement regulations meet the emissions statement requirement for areas designated as nonattainment for the 2008 ozone standard pursuant to Sections 110 and 182 of the CAA. In its submission, IEPA stated that it has information collection authority under Section 4 of the Illinois Environmental Protection Act, and that IEPA collects NO
EPA approved the “Annual Emissions Report” rules into the Illinois SIP on May 15, 2002 (67 FR 34614). Based on this approval and IEPA's certification, the regulations at 35 Ill. Adm. Code part 254 are sufficient to meet the emissions statement requirements of CAA section 182(a)(3)(B) for the 2008 ozone NAAQS.
EPA is approving, as a SIP revision, IEPA's certification that Illinois' “Annual Emissions Report” rules at 35 IAC part 254 meet the requirements of CAA section 182(a)(3)(B) under the 2008 ozone standard for the Illinois portions of the Chicago-Naperville, IL-IN-WI and St. Louis-St. Charles-Farmington, MO-IL ozone nonattainment areas.
We are publishing this action without prior proposal because we view this as a noncontroversial amendment and anticipate no adverse comments. However, in the proposed rules section of this
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the CAA and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000).
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by September 11, 2017. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. Parties with objections to this direct final rule are encouraged to file a comment in response to the parallel notice of proposed rulemaking for this action published in the proposed rules section of today's
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Carbon monoxide, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Volatile organic compounds.
40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(e) * * *
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Direct final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving, under the Clean Air Act (CAA), revisions to the Ohio Administrative Code (OAC) rule as part of Ohio's State Implementation Plan (SIP). This rule has generally been revised to: make minor style changes to meet Ohio's legislative service commission style and formatting guidelines; add specific effective dates within the rule; correct certain errors and omissions introduced when the rule was last revised; remove facilities and units that have been permanently shut down; update the names of certain subject facilities; and modify certain source applicability exclusions. Sources controlled by this rule are not covered by existing Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Reasonably Available Control Technology (RACT) rules or other organic material emission control rules in Ohio's Administrative Code.
This direct final rule is effective September 11, 2017, unless EPA receives adverse comments by August 10, 2017. If adverse comments are received by EPA, EPA will publish a timely withdrawal of the direct final rule in the
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R05-OAR-2016-0272, at
Kathleen D'Agostino, Environmental Engineer, Attainment Planning and Maintenance Section, Air Programs Branch (AR-18J), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604, (312) 886-1767,
Throughout this document, whenever “we,” “us,” or “our” is used, we mean EPA. This supplementary information section is arranged as follows:
The rule at OAC 3745-21-07 was adopted by the state of Ohio to control airborne emissions of organic materials from existing (as of the effective date of the adopted rule) sources not covered by other VOC emission control rules in OAC 3745-21. Most recently, EPA approved revisions to OAC 3745-21-07 into the Ohio SIP on August 19, 2011 (76 FR 51901).
On April 29, 2016, the Ohio Environmental Protection Agency (OEPA) submitted an amended OAC 3745-21-07, requesting that EPA approve the rule amendments as a revision to the Ohio SIP. The following summarizes the rule revisions and discusses whether these rule revisions are approvable as SIP revisions.
Where we note “this rule” or “the rule,” unless otherwise noted, we mean OAC 3745-21-07.
The title of the rule has been revised to “Control of emissions of organic materials from stationary sources (
(A) Applicability:
(A)(1)—“RESERVED” modified to “Reserved.”
(A)(2)—“RESERVED” modified to “Reserved.”
(A)(3) — This paragraphs states that OAC 3745-21-07 applies to any source or operation for which installation commenced prior to February 18, 2008, and that is specified in paragraphs (K) through (N) of this rule. This rule does not apply to VOC emissions from sources or operations subject to rules 3745-21-09, 3745-21-12 to 3745-21-16, or 3745-21-18 to 3745-21-29. Any owner or operator of a source or operation identified in paragraphs (K) to (N) of this rule must have complied with the facility-specific and general emission control requirements of this rule by February 18, 2008. This paragraph was revised to reflect that new VOC emission control rules now cover some of the sources formerly covered by OAC 3745-21-07.
The other rule revision in this paragraph replaces what was previously “the effective date of this rule” by a specific date, February 18, 2008. February 18, 2008, was the effective date of the previous version of this rule; therefore, specifying this date retains and clarifies the date used to define the group of sources or operations subject to the requirements of this rule and the date by which subject emission control requirements must be implemented.
(A)(4)—This paragraph voids emission control requirements or operational restrictions contained in a permit-to-install, permit-by rule, permit-to-operate, or Title V permit if the requirements refer to photochemically reactive materials or the need to determine or document materials as being photochemically reactive materials or any recordkeeping and reporting requirements related to photochemically reactive materials. The revisions to this rule paragraph include the replacement of “the effective date of this rule” with the date February 18, 2008, grammatical corrections, and the addition of rule paragraph (N)(3) the list of emission limitations and control requirements in paragraph (A)(4). The list should include all paragraphs that contain an emission limitation or control requirement, but paragraph (N)(3) was inadvertently left out when Ohio last revised the rule.
(A)(5)—This paragraph states that this rule shall not apply to any source, including any new source, as defined in
(A)(6)—This paragraph lists the emission test methods or emission data sources that may be used to demonstrate compliance for sources subject to mass emission rates under the rule. This rule paragraph has been revised to clarify that the owner or operator of a subject source or operation may demonstrate compliance using one of the three compliance methods listed.
(B)-(J)—“RESERVED” modified to “Reserved” for all of these rule paragraphs.
(K) Facility-specific control requirements for storage tanks (stationary tank, reservoir, or other container):
(K)(1)—This paragraph lists source facility owners or operators, source facility IDs, and source emission unit IDs for emission units subject to the emission control requirements in paragraph (K)(2), which requires that the storage tanks containing any liquid organic material that has a vapor pressure of 1.5 pounds per square inch or greater, under actual storage conditions, be equipped with one of the following: (a) A floating pontoon or double-deck type cover that includes closure seals (not permitted if the liquid in the tank has a vapor pressure of 12.5 pounds per square inch absolute or greater under actual storage conditions); or (b) a vapor recovery system or control system that reduces the emissions of organic compounds by at least 90 percent by weight.
The owner or operator names in the table of facilities and emissions units subject to the requirements of paragraph (K)(2) have been revised as noted here: “The Glidden Company” has been revised to “Akzo Nobel Coatings, Inc.;” a subject emissions unit associated with Azko Nobel Coatings, “T066,” has been removed due to permanent shutdown; and “Marathon Ashland Petroleum, LLC” has been revised to “Marathon Petroleum Company LP—Brecksville Terminal.”
(K)(3)—This paragraph lists source facility owners or operators, source facility IDs, and source emission unit IDs for emission units consisting of storage tanks with capacities equal to or less than 65,000 gallons, subject to the control requirements in paragraph (K)(4), which requires subject sources to not place, store, or hold in any storage tank identified in (K)(3) any liquid organic material that has a vapor pressure of 1.5 pounds per square inch absolute or greater, under actual storage conditions, unless the storage tank is equipped with a permanent submerged fill pipe, or is loaded through the use of a portable loading tube, which can be inserted below the liquid level during loading operations, or is fitted with a vapor recovery system as described in paragraph (K)(2)(b) of this rule.
Rule paragraph (K)(3) has been amended to remove the following sources previously subject to the requirements of (K)(4) due to permanent shutdown: Newark Air Force Base/AGMC (source facility 0145020224, source units T012 and T013); the Lubrizol Corporation, Wickliffe Facility (source facility 0243150025, source units T224 and T225); Veolia Environmental Services, LLC (source facility 0857751346, source units P006, T001, T005, T007, T017, T026, T040, T042, T044, T049, T051, T065, and T068); Clorox Company (source facility 1318000864, source unit T012); and Strongsville Expressmart (source facility 1318554294, source unit T008). For “Hukill Chemical Corporation” (source facility 1318030172), emissions unit T062 has been removed due to permanent shutdown. The following subject owner/operator names have been revised: “Tremco, Inc.” has been revised to “Tremco, Inc.—Mameco Division”; “Marathon Ashland Petroleum Corporation” has been revised to “Marathon Petroleum Company LP—Brecksville Terminal”; and “Glastic Corporation, Cleveland Facility” has been revised to “Rochling Glastic Composites”.
(L) Facility-specific control requirements for oil-water separators (effluent water separators):
(L)(1)—The owner/operator name of the only subject facility listed has been revised from “Marathon Ashland Petroleum, LLC” to “Marathon Ashland, LLC—CLOW”.
(M) Facility-specific and general control requirements for emissions from operations using liquid organic materials:
Table “(M)(1) Emissions Units” under paragraph (M)(1) lists owners/operators, source facility IDs, and emission units subject to the emission control requirements of paragraph (M)(2). Table (M)(1) has been revised as follows:
a. The following owners/operators and their associated source facilities and emission units have been removed from the list of applicable sources due to permanent shutdown: TS Trim Industries, Incorporated; Plastech Engineered Products, Incorporated (two facilities); Clean Harbors PPM, LLC; Structural North America; PFF/MFD/STD of Avery Dennison; GE Quartz, Incorporated, Willoughby Plant; Cantar/Polyair Corporation; Roemer Industries, Incorporated; Peerless—Winsmith, Incorporated; Eaton INOAC, Company; Manufacturers Enameling Corporation; Mill's Pride, Incorporated; Delphi Chassis Systems, Needmore Operations; Delphi Classic Systems, Home Avenue; Pitney Bowes; Veolia Environmental Services, LLC; The Chemical Solvents, Incorporated; Queen City Barrel Company; Owens Corning Trumbull; Alex Fries and Bros., Incorporated; and Blackhawk Automotive Plastics, Incorporated.
b. The following owner/operator names were revised with no other revisions to the applicable source facility IDs or source units: “Akzo Nobel” has been revised to “Akzo Nobel Coatings, Inc.;” “Kraftmaid Cabinetry, Inc., Middlefield #1” has been revised to “Masco Cabinetry Middlefield LLC (KraftMaid Plant #1);” “Chem Development” has been revised to “The Kennedy Group;” “LESCO, Inc.” has been revised to “Turf Care Supply Corp.—Martins Ferry Plant;” “Merillat Industries, Inc.” has been revised to “Masco Cabinetry, Merillat, Jackson;” “CDR Pigments and Dispersions” has been revised to “Flint Group Pigments; and “Emerald Polymer Additives” has been revised to “Emerald Performance Materials LLC.”
c. The following subject sources have been removed because they were erroneously included in table (M)(1) when the rule was last revised:
d. The entries for the following subject sources have been revised as described:
1. “Safety Kleen Corp.—Hebron Recycle Center” has been revised to
2. Iten Industries, Incorporated, Plant 1 (facility ID 0204010112) has been removed because the only subject emissions unit (P003) does not meet the applicability requirements set forth in paragraph (M)(3);
3. Pinney Deck and Transport Company (facility ID 0204010172) has been removed because the source was erroneously included in table (M)(1) since the only subject emissions unit (P001), an air stripper for treating contaminated ground water, is the actual process and is not considered emissions control and should not have been listed in the rule;
4. “Ohio Sealants” has been revised to “Henkel Consumer Adhesives, Inc.,” emission unit P003 has been removed due to permanent shut down, and the facility ID (0243081155) remains unchanged;
5. “Noveen, Inc.” has been revised to “Lubrizol Advanced Materials,” emission units P020 and P026 have been removed due to shut down, and the facility ID (0247030004) remains unchanged;
6. Degussa Initiators, LLC has been removed because the subject units do not use photochemically reactive materials;
7. “The Glidden Company” has been revised to “Akzo Nobel Coatings, Inc.,” emission units P007 and P008 have been removed due to permanent shutdown, and the facility ID (0322000043) remains unchanged;
8. Guardian Manufacturing (facility ID 0339030016): Emission unit IDs P001, P002, and P004 have been renamed as P801, P802, and P804;
9. Union Tank Car Company (facility ID 0351010025) has been removed because its subject emissions unit, P002, does not employ a liquid organic material, which is a criterion for rule applicability;
10. BASF Corporation (facility ID 0819070134): Emission unit P011 has been removed because it is now part of P028 (which is listed);
11. Greenville Technologies, Inc. (facility ID 0819070190): Emission units K001, K002, K003, and K005 have been removed due to permanent shutdown;
12. Dupont Electronic Polymers, LP (facility ID 0857040727): For emission units P025 and P027, the applicability of paragraph (M)(2) has been restricted to when these units are in methylene chloride service (which is acceptable because emissions under non-methylene chloride operations are less than eight pounds per hour, which is lower than the applicability cut point in the original rule);
13. “Eurand” has been revised to “Aptalis Pharmatech, Inc.,” emission unit P013 has been removed due to permanent shutdown, and the facility ID (0857171794) remains unchanged;
14. Neaton Auto Products Manufacturing, Inc. (facility ID 08680300155): Emission unit R003 has been added because it was installed in 2007 and inadvertently omitted from the previous rule revision;
15. Rohm and Haas Chemicals, LLC (facility ID 0868090072): Emission unit P508 has been removed due to permanent shutdown.
16. Day-Glo Color Corp. (facility ID 1318006552): Emission units P001, P002, P008, P009, P024, P026, P027, and P030 have been added;
17. “Polymers Additives” with facility ID 1318030264 and emission units P027 and P034 has been added;
18. “Ineos ABS Corporation” has been revised to “Ineos ABS (USA) Corporation,” emission unit P021 has been removed because it was mistakenly included in the prior revision to this rule,
19. H.B. Fuller Company (facility ID 1431052206): Emission units P003-P006 have been removed due to permanent shutdown;
20. “Ruetgers Organics Corporation” has been revised to “Nease Corporation,” emission unit P025 has been removed due to permanent shutdown; and facility ID (1431111828) remains unchanged;
21. PMC Specialties, Inc. (facility ID 141390137): Emission unit P022 has been removed due to permanent shutdown;
22. St. Bernard Soap Company has been removed because the subject emission units at this source never employed any photochemically reactive materials and thus should never have been included in the rule; and,
23. “PPB Industries, Barberton Plant” has been split into two separate facilities, “PPG Industries, South Plant” (with facility ID 1677020162 and unit P099) and “PPG Industries, Teslin Plant” (with facility ID 1677020164 and units P110, P114, and P115
(M)(2)—This paragraph requires each article, machine, equipment or other contrivance identified in paragraph (M)(1) or meeting paragraph (M)(3)(a) of the subject rule (3745-21-07) to be equipped with a control system that reduces the organic compound emissions from the source by an overall control efficiency of at least 85 percent, by weight. If the emission reductions are achieved by incineration, the incineration must oxidate the carbon in the captured organic material to carbon dioxide by 90 percent or more. Paragraph (M)(2) has been edited to revise the phrase “meeting the specifications of paragraph (M)(3)(a)” to “meeting paragraph (M)(3)(a).”
(M)(3)—This paragraph covers other operations using liquid organic materials.
(M)(3)(a)—This paragraph lists nine conditions in (M)(3)(a)(i) to (M)(3)(a)(ix). Any article, machine, equipment or contrivance meeting all of these conditions must comply with the emission control requirements in (M)(2).
(M)(3)(a)(ii)—This paragraph has been revised from “Commenced installation prior to the effective date of the rule” to “Commenced installation prior to February 18, 2008.”
(M)(3)(a)(v)—This paragraph states that emissions are not subject to (M)(2) if they are subject to control requirements specified in other listed rules. The list of rules has been simplified and expanded by revising from “3745-21-09, 3745-12, 3745-13, 3745-14, 3745-15, 3745-16, or 3745-21-18” to “3745-21-09, 3745-12 to 3745-16, or 3745-21-18 to 3745-21-29.” This is acceptable because the emissions subject to the additional rules listed are being controlled under those rules.
(M)(3)(a)(ix)—This paragraph, which excludes fuel burning equipment as
(M)(3)(b)—This paragraph requires the owner/operator of a source meeting the conditions of this paragraph to notify OEPA of the need to include the subject owner/operator, facility ID, and source ID in the list of applicable sources under paragraph (M)(1). Paragraph (M)(3)(b) has been revised to include the following revisions: (1) “meeting the specifications of paragraph (M)(3)(a) of this rule” has been revised to “meeting paragraph (M)(3)(a) of this rule”; (2) “Ohio environmental protection agency” has been revised to “Ohio EPA”; and (3) the time limit for notifying OEPA has been revised from “within ninety days after the effective date of this rule” to “by May 18, 2008.” This corresponds with the revision in language elsewhere in the rule from “the effective date of this rule” to “February 18, 2008.”
(M)(3)(c)—This paragraph states that any article, equipment, or other contrivance that meets any of the conditions of this paragraph shall not be subject to the conditions and requirements of paragraphs (M)(3)(a) and (M)(3)(b). Paragraph (M)(3)(c) has been revised to convert “subject to the requirements of paragraphs (M)(3)(a) and (M)(3)(b)” to “subject to paragraphs (M)(3)(a) and (M)(3)(b).”
(M)(3)(c)(i)—This paragraph provides a source installation time cutoff, which has been revised from “commenced installation after the effective date of this rule” to “commenced installation after February 18, 2008.”
(M)(3)(c)(vi)—This paragraph exempts a heatset web offset printing line that is subject to and complying with a best available technology requirement pursuant to rule 3745-31-05, and that specifies the dryer(s) is to be equipped with a control device having either a control efficiency for organic compound or volatile organic compound emissions that is equal to or greater than 90 percent, by weight, or an outlet concentration of less than 20 parts per million, by volume, dry basis. This condition has been revised to replace “dryer(s)” with “dryer.”
(M)(3)(d)—This paragraph exempts specified articles, machines, equipment or other contrivances from the requirements of paragraphs (M)(3)(a) and (M)(3)(b). The beginning of this paragraph has been modified by the conversion of the phrase “subject to the requirements of paragraphs (M)(3)(a) and (M)(3)(b)” to the phrase “subject to paragraphs (M)(3)(a) and (M)(3)(b).”
(M)(3)(d)(i)—This paragraph exempts emission units identified in the remaining paragraphs in (M)(3)(d) that obtain an alternative emission limit or emission control requirement pursuant to paragraph (M)(5)(e). Paragraph (M)(3)(d)(x) has been deleted to correct an apparent typographical error.
(M)(3)(d)(iii)—The owner/operator listed in this paragraph has been revised from “The Nylonge Corporation” to “3M Elyria” and to remove emissions unit P005 due to permanent shutdown.
(M)(3)(d)(v)—This paragraph has been modified by the conversion of the phrase “to the levels specified” to the phrase “as specified.”
(M)(3)(d)(vi)—The owner/operator listed in this paragraph has been revised from “Honda Marysville Auto Plant” to “Honda of America Mfg., Inc., Marysville Auto Plant” and the subject facility ID has been revised from “0180000130” to “0180010193.”
(M)(3)(d)(vii) and (M)(3)(d)(viii)—These paragraphs have been removed due to the permanent shutdown of “Honda Anna Engine Plant” and “Florida Production Engineering.”
(M)(3)(d)(ix)—The owner/operator listed in this paragraph has been revised from “PPG Industries, Barberton Plant” to “PPG Industries, North Plant” and the subject facility ID has been revised from “1677020009” to “1677020163”.
(M)(3)(e)—This paragraph controls VOC emissions from the application of adhesives or other coatings at flock lines at the Cooper Standard Automotive, LLC facility in Bowling Green. This rule paragraph contains the following rule revisions: (1) Flock line 1 has been removed due to permanent shutdown and (2) the emissions units for flock lines 2, 3, and 4 have been renumbered to “P078, P079, and P080 in accordance with permit-to-install P0111501.”
(M)(3)(f)—This paragraph, which controlled the VOC emissions from a windshield glass system coating operation at the “GMC Truck and Bus Group Moraine” facility, has been deleted due to permanent shutdown of the facility.
(M)(3)(g)—This paragraph, except as provided in paragraphs (M)(3)(h) and (M)(5), applies to all existing sources located in a “Priority I” county, as identified in rule 3745-21-06 of the Ohio Administrative Code and to new sources, as defined in rule 3745-15-01 of the Ohio Administrative Code, regardless of location, for which installation commenced prior to the effective date this rule. This rule paragraph has been revised to replace “the effective date of this rule” with “February 18, 2008.”
(M)(3)(h)—This paragraph applied to emissions unit P027 at Venture Holdings Corporation—Conneaut Facility (currently known as Continental Structural Plastics, facility ID 0204020245). This paragraph was removed because the emissions unit is exempt from this rule per OAC rule 3745-21-25(A)(3), which states that “upon achieving compliance with this rule, the reinforced plastic composites production operations at the facility are not required to meet the requirements of rule 3745-21-07 of the Administrative Code.”
(M)(4)—This paragraph, except as provided in paragraph (M)(5) of this rule, applies to all existing sources in a “Priority I” county, as identified in rule 3745-21-06 of the Ohio Administrative Code, and to all new sources, as defined in rule 3745-15-01, regardless as location, for which installation commenced prior to the effective date of this rule. This rule paragraph has been revised to replace “the effective date of this rule” with “February 18, 2008.”
(M)(5) Exemptions.
(M)(5)(a)—This paragraph states that paragraph (M)(2) shall not apply to the use of any cleanup material in any article, machine, equipment or other contrivance described in paragraph (M)(2). This rule paragraph has been modified by the conversion of the phrase “The provisions of paragraph (M)(2)” to the phrase “Paragraph (M)(2).”
(M)(5)(b)—This paragraph states that paragraphs (M)(2), (M)(3)(a), and (M)(4) shall not apply for material used in sources described in paragraphs (M)(2), (M)(3)(a), and (M)(4) if the emission is not a VOC. This paragraph has been modified by the conversion of the phrase “The provisions of paragraph” to “Paragraph.”
(M)(5)(c)—The beginning of this paragraph has been modified by the conversion of the phrase “The provisions of paragraph” to “Paragraph.”
(M)(5)(d)—The beginning of this paragraph been modified by the conversion of the phrase “The provisions of paragraph” to “Paragraphs.” This paragraph contains two exemptions [(M)(5)(d)(i) and (ii)] based on the use of low VOC content material. Originally these exemptions only applied to paragraph (M)(4). Paragraph (M)(5)(d) now also applies these exemptions to paragraphs (M)(1), (M)(2), and (M)(3)(a). These exemptions were provided for in a previous SIP-approved version of the rule but were erroneously omitted in the last rule revision. In addition, the beginning of both paragraphs (M)(5)(d)(i) and
Note that recordkeeping provisions for these exemptions were also added in new paragraph (M)(5)(j) to allow subject emissions units to switch between exempt and non-exempt liquid organic materials with respect to paragraph (M)(5)(d).
(M)(5)(e)—The beginning of this paragraph has been modified by the conversion of the phrase “The provisions of paragraphs” to the phrase “Paragraphs.” This rule paragraph exempts sources from the emission controls in rule paragraphs (M)(2), (M)(3)(d), (M)(3)(e), (M)(3)(f), (M)(3)(g), (M)(3)(h), and (M)(4) if the conditions contained in (M)(5)(e)(i), (ii), and (iii) are met.
(M)(5)(e)(i)—This condition deals with a situation where best available control technology is less stringent than or inconsistent with the emission control requirements in rule paragraph (M). A number of revisions have been made in this condition, and the revised condition now reads as:
The director has determined that requirements equivalent to best available technology for the article, machine, equipment or other contrivance is a control requirement or emission limitation that is either less stringent than or inconsistent with paragraph (M) of this rule. The equivalent best available technology requirement shall be consistent with division (F) of section 3704.01 of the Revised Code, equivalent to best available technology under rule 3745-31-05 of the Administrative Code for the purpose of this paragraph, shall provide, where a control requirement or emission limitation is applicable, the lowest emission limitation that the article, machine, equipment or other contrivance is capable of meeting by the application of control that is reasonably available considering technological and economic feasibility. Also, for article, machine, equipment or other contrivance located within an ozone nonattainment area, the best available technology determination must comply with Section 193 of the Clean Air Act amendments of 1990, general savings clause.
This revision allows sources constructed before 1976 that do not trigger the applicability of OAC rule 375-31-05, to voluntarily accept best available technology requirements equivalent to those contained 375-31-05 and thus qualify for the same exemption that subject sources can obtain.
(M)(5)(e)(ii)—This condition applies when EPA has notified OEPA in writing, prior to the issuance of a final permit-to-install, that EPA has no objection to the issuance of the permit. In this paragraph “Ohio environmental protection agency” has been revised to “Ohio EPA;” and,
(M)(5)(e)(iii)—This condition applies where a final permit-to-install has been issued by OEPA pursuant to Chapter 3745-31 of the Administrative Code. In this paragraph, “Ohio environmental protection agency” has been revised to “Ohio EPA.”
(M)(5)(f)—This paragraph provides an exemption from paragraph (M) requirements for the use of liquid organic material whose emissions are regulated by specified emission control rules. This paragraph has been modified by the conversion of the phrase “The provisions of paragraph (M)” to the phrase “Paragraph (M).” The specified emission control rule list has been revised to include rules “3745-21-09, 3745-21-12 to 3745-21-16, or 3745-21-18 to 3745-21-29 of the Administrative Code.” This revision accounts for the addition of VOC emission control rules that now cover some of the sources formerly covered by OAC 3745-21-07.
(M)(5)(g)—This paragraph exempts sources located in Darke, Fairfield, Madison, Perry, Pickaway, Preble, or Union Counties and located within facilities having the potential to emit not more than 100 tons of organic material per year from the requirements of paragraphs (M)(3)(a), (M)(3)(b), (M)(3)(g), and (M)(4). The beginning of this paragraph has been modified by the conversion of the phrase “The provisions of paragraphs” to “Paragraphs.”
(M)(5)(h)—The beginning of this paragraph has been revised from “The provisions of paragraph” to “Paragraph.”
(M)(5)(i)—This paragraph been added: “Paragraph (M)(2) of this rule shall not apply to the use of phenolic urethane cold box resin binder system in foundry core-making and mold-making operations, provided the catalyst gas emissions are vented to a control device that is designed and operated to remove at least ninety-eight per cent by weight, of the catalyst gas emissions or maintain a maximum catalyst gas outlet concentration of one ppmv on a dry basis, whichever is less stringent. (In a phenolic urethane cold box resin binder system, sand is mixed with a two-part liquid urethane resin binder, and a catalyst gas is blown into the resin-coated sand to cause hardening.)” This exemption was contained in a previous SIP-approved version of this rule, but was erroneously omitted during the last revision.
(M)(5)(j)—This paragraph was added to require the owner or operator of an article, machine, equipment or other contrivance that is exempt per paragraph (M)(5)(d) of this rule to maintain the following records for all materials used. This addition ensures the enforceability of the rule provisions.
(M)(5)(j)(i)—The name and identification number of each liquid organic material used.
(M)(5)(j)(ii)—The composition of each material including the volatile content by volume percent of water. If exempt because of paragraph (M)(5)(d)(i) of this rule then the liquid organic material content, except water, relative to the volatile content (per cent by volume) or, if exempt because of paragraph (M)(5)(d)(ii) of this rule, the volatile content relative to the total material (per cent by volume).
(M)(5)(j)(iii)—All time periods (beginning and ending dates and time) for each material that is exempt per paragraph (M)(5)(d) of this rule.
(N) Facility-specific control requirements for waste gas flare systems:
(N)(1)—This paragraph specifies the owners/operators, facility IDs, and emission units subject to the control requirements of paragraph (N)(2). “CECOS International” (facility ID 1413000186) was removed from paragraph (N)(1) due to permanent shutdown of the facility.
(N)(3)—The owner/operator listed in this paragraph has been revised from “Aircraft Braking Systems, Corp.” to “Meggitt Aircraft Braking Systems, Corp.”.
EPA is approving, as part of Ohio's SIP, OAC rule 3745-21-07, as revised, now entitled “Control of emissions of organic materials from stationary sources (
We are publishing this action without prior proposal because we view this as a noncontroversial amendment and anticipate no adverse comments. However, in the proposed rules section of this
In this rule, EPA is finalizing regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, EPA is finalizing the incorporation by reference of the Ohio Regulations described in the proposed amendments to 40 CFR part 52 set forth below. Therefore, these materials have been approved by EPA for inclusion in the SIP, have been incorporated by reference by EPA into that plan, are fully federally enforceable under sections 110 and 113 of the CAA as of the effective date of the final rulemaking of EPA's approval, and will be incorporated by reference by the Director of the Federal Register in the next update to the SIP compilation.
Under the CAA the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the CAA and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000).
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by September 11, 2017. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. Parties with objections to this direct final rule are encouraged to file a comment in response to the parallel notice of proposed rulemaking for this action published in the proposed rules section of today's
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Ozone, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Volatile organic compounds.
40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(c) * * *
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Direct final rule.
EPA is taking direct final action to amend a final rule that published in the
This final rule is effective on August 25, 2017 without further notice, unless EPA receives adverse comment by July 26, 2017. If EPA receives adverse comment, we will publish a timely withdrawal in the
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPPT-2017-0243, is available at
You may be affected by this direct final rule if you manufacture (including import), sell, supply, or offer for sale hardwood plywood, medium-density fiberboard, particleboard, and/or products containing these composite wood materials in the United States. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:
• Veneer, plywood, and engineered wood product manufacturing (NAICS code 3212).
• Manufactured home (mobile home) manufacturing (NAICS code 321991).
• Prefabricated wood building manufacturing (NAICS code 321992).
• Furniture and related product manufacturing (NAICS code 337).
• Furniture merchant wholesalers (NAICS code 42321).
• Lumber, plywood, millwork, and wood panel merchant wholesalers (NAICS code 42331).
• Other construction material merchant wholesalers (NAICS code 423390),
• Furniture stores (NAICS code 4421).
• Building material and supplies dealers (NAICS code 4441).
• Manufactured (mobile) home dealers (NAICS code 45393).
• Motor home manufacturing (NAICS code 336213).
• Travel trailer and camper manufacturing (NAICS code 336214).
• Recreational vehicle (RV) dealers (NAICS code 441210).
• Recreational vehicle merchant wholesalers (NAICS code 423110).
If you have any questions regarding the applicability of this action, please consult the technical person listed under
Following promulgation of EPA's final rule addressing formaldehyde emission standards for composite wood products (81 FR 89674, December 12, 2016) (FRL-9949-90), industry stakeholders raised concerns to the Agency that the final rule's prohibition on labeling composite wood products and finished goods containing composite wood products as TSCA Title VI compliant before the December 12, 2017 compliance date would risk a substantial supply chain disruption for these products. These stakeholders requested that EPA allow labeling of compliant composite wood products and finished goods containing composite wood products as TSCA Title VI compliant before December 12, 2017. EPA shares the concerns of industry stakeholders regarding the prohibition on labeling composite wood products and finished goods containing composite wood products as TSCA Title VI compliant before December 12, 2017. EPA believes that the risk of unintentional supply chain disruption is substantial, though through prompt regulatory action, avoidable. As such, EPA will eliminate the prohibition at § 770.45(f) of the December 12, 2016 final rule (
The agency believes that removal of the labeling prohibition will have no impact on the ability of stakeholders to comply with the TSCA Title VI formaldehyde emission standards insofar as stakeholders are already working with their California Air Resources Board (CARB) approved Third Party Certifier (TPC) to ensure compliance with CARB's Airborne Toxic Control Measures (ATCM) to reduce formaldehyde emissions from composite wood products, and as the stakeholders suggest, they are currently labeling composite wood products and finished goods containing composite wood products as CARB-compliant, and thus are also meeting the TSCA Title VI formaldehyde emission standards.
In addition, EPA generally expects that the transition will be smooth for stakeholders already receiving certifications of product compliance by a CARB-approved TPC to also begin receiving product compliance certifications by EPA TSCA Title VI TPCs under § 770.15 of the December 12, 2016 final rule (
Although EPA is eliminating § 770.45(f) of the December 12, 2016 final rule that prohibits labeling composite wood products and finished goods containing composite wood products as TSCA Title VI compliant before December 12, 2017, the other labeling requirements at § 770.45 will still apply. Notably, anyone that would label composite wood products as TSCA Title VI compliant will still be required to include the CARB or EPA provided identification number of the EPA TSCA Title VI TPC and a statement that products are certified by that TPC as TSCA Title VI compliant. For this reason, this direct final rule is not expected to result in any reduction of environmental or public health protection. However, this action is expected to provide greater certainty to entities throughout the supply chain that composite wood products and finished goods containing composite wood product are compliant with TSCA Title VI and enhance consumer confidence earlier than currently provided for in the December 12, 2016 final rule. EPA acknowledges that the delay of the effective date of the December 12, 2016 final rule (
EPA is therefore publishing this direct final rule, and a notice of proposed rulemaking elsewhere in this issue of the
1.
2.
These regulations are established under authority of Section 601 of TSCA, 15 U.S.C. 2697.
Additional information about these statutes and Executive Orders can be found at
This action is not a significant regulatory action and was therefore not submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011). In addition, since this action does not contain a new requirement or impose any new burden or costs, the action qualifies as a burden reduction action under Executive Order 13771 (82 FR 9339, February 3, 2017). Although the change reduces burden, EPA did not attempt to determine the extent of that burden reduction. As such, this action can only be used for the 2 for 1 off-set described in Executive Order 13771.
This action does not impose any new information collection burden under the PRA, 44 U.S.C. 3501
The Agency certifies that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA, 5 U.S.C. 601
This action does not contain any unfunded mandate as described in UMRA, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538, and does not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. The action imposes no enforceable duty on any state, local or tribal governments or the private sector.
This action does not have federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999). It will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
This action does not have tribal implications as specified in Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000). This final rule will not impose substantial direct compliance costs on Indian tribal governments. Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this action.
This action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997) because it is not economically significant as defined in Executive Order 12866, and because EPA does not believe the environmental health or safety risks addressed by this action present a disproportionate risk to children. As addressed in Unit II.A., this action would not materially alter the requirements for labeling composite wood products and finished goods containing composite wood products as TSCA Title VI compliant. Rather, the final rule will allow TSCA Title VI compliant products to be labeled as such earlier sooner than currently permitted.
This action is not a “significant energy action” as defined in Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001), because it is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution or use of energy.
This rulemaking does not involve technical standards that would require the consideration of voluntary consensus standards pursuant to NTTAA section 12(d), 15 U.S.C. 272 note.
EPA has determined that the human health or environmental risk addressed by this action will not have potential disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority, low-income or indigenous populations, as specified in Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994). As addressed in Unit II.A., this action would not materially alter the requirements for labeling composite wood products and finished goods containing composite wood products as TSCA Title VI compliant. Rather, the final rule will allow TSCA Title VI compliant products to be labeled as such earlier sooner than currently permitted.
This action is subject to the CRA and EPA will submit a rule report to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. This action is not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
Environmental protection, Formaldehyde, Incorporation by reference, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Third-party certification, Toxic substances, Wood.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, title 40, chapter I, of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
15 U.S.C. 2697(d).
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Temporary rule; closure.
NMFS implements accountability measures (AMs) for commercial blueline tilefish in the exclusive economic zone (EEZ) of the South Atlantic. Commercial landings for blueline tilefish are projected to reach the commercial annual catch limit (ACL) by July 18, 2017. Therefore, NMFS is closing the commercial sector for blueline tilefish in the South Atlantic EEZ at 12:01 a.m., local time, July 18, 2017, and it will remain closed until the start of the next fishing year on January 1, 2018. This closure is necessary to protect the blueline tilefish resource.
This rule is effective at 12:01 a.m., local time, July 18, 2017, until 12:01 a.m., local time, January 1, 2018.
Nikhil Mehta, NMFS Southeast Regional Office, telephone: 727-824-5305, email:
The snapper-grouper fishery of the South Atlantic includes blueline tilefish and is managed under the Fishery Management Plan for the Snapper-Grouper Fishery of the South Atlantic Region (FMP). The South Atlantic Fishery Management Council and NMFS prepared the FMP, and the FMP is implemented under the authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act) by regulations at 50 CFR part 622.
As specified at 50 CFR 622.193(z)(1)(i), the blueline tilefish commercial ACL is 87,521 lb (39,699 kg), round weight.
The blueline tilefish commercial AM requires NMFS to close the commercial sector for blueline tilefish when the commercial ACL is reached, or is projected to be reached, by filing a notification to that effect with the Office of the Federal Register, as specified in 50 CFR 622.193(z)(1)(i). NMFS has projected that the commercial ACL for South Atlantic blueline tilefish will be reached by July 18, 2017. Accordingly, the commercial sector for South Atlantic blueline tilefish is closed effective at 12:01 a.m., local time, July 18, 2017, until 12:01 a.m., local time, January 1, 2018.
The operator of a vessel with a valid Federal commercial vessel permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper having blueline tilefish on board must have landed and bartered, traded, or sold such blueline tilefish prior to July 18, 2017. During the commercial closure, all sale or purchase of blueline tilefish is prohibited. The harvest or possession of blueline tilefish in or from the South Atlantic EEZ is limited to the bag and possession limits specified in 50 CFR 622.187(b)(2) and 622.187(c)(1), respectively, while the recreational sector for blueline tilefish is open. These bag and possession limits apply in the South Atlantic on board a vessel with a valid Federal commercial or charter vessel/headboat permit for South Atlantic snapper-grouper, and apply to the harvest of blueline tilefish in both state and Federal waters.
The Regional Administrator for the NMFS Southeast Region has determined this temporary rule is necessary for the conservation and management of blueline tilefish and the South Atlantic snapper-grouper fishery and is consistent with the Magnuson-Stevens Act and other applicable laws.
This action is taken under 50 CFR 622.193(z)(1)(i) and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
These measures are exempt from the procedures of the Regulatory Flexibility Act because the temporary rule is issued without opportunity for prior notice and comment.
This action responds to the best scientific information available. The Assistant Administrator for NOAA Fisheries (AA) finds that the need to immediately implement this action to close the commercial sector for blueline tilefish constitutes good cause to waive the requirements to provide prior notice and opportunity for public comment pursuant to the authority set forth in 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), as such prior notice and opportunity for public comment are unnecessary and contrary to the public interest. Such procedures are unnecessary because the regulations at 50 CFR 622.193(z)(1)(i) have already been subject to notice and comment, and all that remains is to notify the public of the closure. Prior notice and opportunity for public comment are contrary to the public interest because there is a need to immediately implement this action to protect blueline tilefish, since the capacity of the fishing fleet allows for rapid harvest of the commercial ACL. Prior notice and opportunity for public comment would require time and would potentially result in a harvest well in excess of the established commercial ACL.
For the aforementioned reasons, the AA also finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in the effectiveness of this action under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3).
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Temporary rule; reallocation; closure.
NMFS is reallocating the projected unused amounts of the Aleut Corporation pollock directed fishing allowance from the Aleutian Islands subarea to the Bering Sea subarea. Also, NMFS is prohibiting directed fishing for pollock in the Aleutian Islands subarea of the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands management area (BSAI). This action is necessary to provide opportunity for harvest of the 2017 total allowable catch of pollock, consistent with the goals and objectives of the Fishery Management Plan for Groundfish (FMP) of the BSAI.
Effective 1200 hrs, Alaska local time (A.l.t.), July 11, 2017, through 2400 hrs, A.l.t., December 31, 2017.
Steve Whitney, 907-586-7228.
NMFS manages the groundfish fishery in the BSAI exclusive economic zone according to the FMP prepared by the North Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) under authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act. Regulations governing fishing by U.S. vessels in accordance with the FMP appear at subpart H of 50 CFR part 600 and 50 CFR part 679.
In the Aleutian Islands subarea, the portion of the 2017 pollock total allowable catch (TAC) allocated to the Aleut Corporation directed fishing allowance (DFA) is 5,700 metric tons (mt) as established by the final 2017 and 2018 harvest specifications for groundfish in the BSAI (82 FR 11826,
As of June 16, 2017, the Administrator, Alaska Region, NMFS, (Regional Administrator) has determined that 5,700 mt of the Aleut Corporation pollock DFA in the Aleutian Islands subarea will not be harvested. Therefore, in accordance with § 679.20(a)(5)(iii)(B)(
After the effective date of this closure the maximum retainable amounts at § 679.20(e) and (f) apply at any time during a trip.
Furthermore, pursuant to § 679.20(a)(5), Table 5 of the final 2017 and 2018 harvest specifications for groundfish in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands (82 FR 11826, February 27, 2017, and 82 FR 12750, March 7, 2017), is revised to make 2017 pollock allocations consistent with this reallocation. This reallocation results in adjustments to the 2017 pollock allocations established at § 679.20(a)(5).
This action responds to the best available information recently obtained from the fishery. The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA (AA), finds good cause to waive the requirement to provide prior notice and opportunity for public comment pursuant to the authority set forth at 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) as such requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest. This requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest as it would prevent NMFS from responding to the most recent fisheries data in a timely fashion and would delay the reallocation and directed fishing closure of Aleutian Island subarea pollock. Since the pollock fishery is currently underway, it is important to immediately inform the industry as to the final Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands pollock allocations. Immediate notification is necessary to allow for the orderly conduct and efficient operation of this fishery; allow the industry to plan for the fishing season and avoid potential disruption to the fishing fleet as well as processors; and provide opportunity to harvest increased seasonal pollock allocations while value is optimum. NMFS was unable to publish a notice providing time for public comment because the most recent, relevant data only became available as June 16, 2017.
The AA also finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in the effective date of this action under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). This finding is based upon the reasons provided above for waiver of prior notice and opportunity for public comment.
This action is required by § 679.20 and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
16 U.S.C. 1801
U.S. Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security.
Announcement of new task assignment for the Commercial Fishing Safety Advisory Committee (CFSAC); teleconference meeting.
The U.S. Coast Guard is issuing a new task to the Commercial Fishing Safety Advisory Committee (CFSAC). The U.S. Coast Guard is asking CFSAC to help the agency identify existing regulations, guidance, and collections of information (that fall within the scope of the Committee's charter) for possible repeal, replacement, or modification. This tasking is in response to the issuance of Executive Orders 13771, “Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs; 13777, “Enforcing the Regulatory Reform Agenda;” and 13783, “Promoting Energy Independence and Economic Growth.” The full Committee is scheduled to meet by teleconference on July 27, 2017, to discuss this tasking. This teleconference will be open to the public. The U.S. Coast Guard will consider CFSAC recommendations as part of the process of identifying regulations, guidance, and collections of information to be repealed, replaced, or modified pursuant to the three Executive Orders discussed above.
The full Committee is scheduled to meet by teleconference on July 27, 2017, from 1 p.m. to 2 p.m. EDT. Please note that this teleconference may adjourn early if the Committee has completed its business.
To join the teleconference or to request special accommodations, contact the individual listed in the
Mr. Jack Kemerer, Alternate Designated Federal Officer of the Commercial Fishing Safety Advisory Committee, (202) 372-1249, or email
The U.S. Coast Guard is issuing a new task to CFSAC to provide recommendations on whether existing regulations, guidance, and information collections (that fall within the scope of the Committee's charter) should be repealed, replaced, or modified. CFSAC will then provide advice and recommendations on the assigned task and submit a final recommendation report to the U.S. Coast Guard.
On January 30, 2017, President Trump issued Executive Order 13771, “Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs.” Under that Executive Order, for every one new regulation issued, at least two prior regulations must be identified for elimination, and the cost of planned regulations must be prudently managed and controlled through a budgeting process. On February 24, 2017, the President issued Executive Order 13777, “Enforcing the Regulatory Reform Agenda.” That Executive Order directs agencies to take specific steps to identify and alleviate unnecessary regulatory burdens placed on the American people. On March 28, 2017, the President issued Executive Order 13783, “Promoting Energy Independence and Economic Growth.” Executive Order 13783 promotes the clean and safe development of our Nation's vast energy resources, while at the same time avoiding agency actions that unnecessarily encumber energy production.
When implementing the regulatory offsets required by Executive Order 13771, each agency head is directed to prioritize, to the extent permitted by law, those regulations that the agency's Regulatory Reform Task Force identifies as outdated, unnecessary, or ineffective in accordance with Executive Order 13777. As part of this process to comply with all three Executive Orders, the U.S. Coast Guard is reaching out through multiple avenues to interested individuals to gather their input about what regulations, guidance, and information collections, they believe may need to be repealed, replaced, or modified. On June 8, 2017, the U.S. Coast Guard issued a general notice in the
CFSAC is tasked to:
All meetings associated with this tasking, both full Committee meetings and subcommittee/working groups, are open to the public. A public oral comment period will be held during the July 27, 2017, teleconference. Public comments or questions will be taken at the discretion of the Designated Federal Officer; commenters are requested to limit their comments to 3 minutes. Please contact the individual listed in the
Postal Regulatory Commission.
Notice of proposed rulemaking.
The Commission is noticing a recent filing requesting that the Commission initiate an informal rulemaking proceeding to consider changes to an analytical method for use in periodic reporting (Proposal Five). This notice informs the public of the filing, invites public comment, and takes other administrative steps.
Submit comments electronically via the Commission's Filing Online system at
David A. Trissell, General Counsel, at 202-789-6820.
On June 30, 2017, the Postal Service filed a petition pursuant to 39 CFR 3050.11 requesting the Commission to initiate an informal rulemaking proceeding to consider proposed changes to an analytical method related to periodic reports.
The Commission establishes Docket No. RM2017-9 for consideration of matters raised by the Petition. More information on the Petition may be accessed via the Commission's Web site at
1. The Commission establishes Docket No. RM2017-9 for consideration of the matters raised by the Petition of the United States Postal Service for the Initiation of a Proceeding to Consider Proposed Changes in Analytical Principles (Proposal Five), filed June 30, 2017.
2. Comments by interested persons in this proceeding are due no later than August 16, 2017.
3. Pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505, the Commission appoints Lawrence Fenster to serve as an officer of the Commission (Public Representative) to represent the interests of the general public in this docket.
4. The Secretary shall arrange for publication of this order in the
By the Commission.
Postal Regulatory Commission.
Notice of proposed rulemaking.
The Commission is noticing a recent filing requesting that the Commission initiate an informal rulemaking proceeding to consider changes to an analytical method for use in periodic reporting (Proposal Four). This document informs the public of the filing, invites public comment, and takes other administrative steps.
Submit comments electronically via the Commission's Filing Online system at
David A. Trissell, General Counsel, at 202-789-6820.
On June 30, 2017, the Postal Service filed a petition pursuant to 39 CFR 3050.11 requesting the Commission to initiate an informal rulemaking proceeding to consider proposed changes to an analytical method related to periodic reports.
The Commission establishes Docket No. RM2017-8 for consideration of matters raised by the Petition. More information on the Petition may be accessed via the Commission's Web site at
1. The Commission establishes Docket No. RM2017-8 for consideration of the matters raised by the Petition of the United States Postal Service for the Initiation of a Proceeding to Consider Proposed Changes in Analytical Principles (Proposal Four), filed June 30, 2017.
2. Comments by interested persons in this proceeding are due no later than August 9, 2017.
3. Pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505, the Commission appoints Lawrence Fenster to serve as an officer of the Commission (Public Representative) to represent the interests of the general public in this docket.
4. The Secretary shall arrange for publication of this order in the
By the Commission.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to approve, under the Clean Air Act, revisions to the Ohio Administrative Code rule as part of Ohio's State Implementation Plan (SIP). This rule has generally been revised to: Make minor style changes to meet Ohio's legislative service commission style and formatting guidelines; add specific effective dates within the rule; correct certain errors and omissions introduced when the rule was last revised; remove facilities and units that have been permanently shut down; update the names of certain subject facilities; and modify certain source applicability exclusions. Sources controlled by this rule are not covered by existing Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Reasonably Available Control Technology (RACT) rules or other organic material emission control rules in Ohio's Administrative Code.
Comments must be received on or before August 10, 2017.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R05-OAR-2016-0272, at
Kathleen D'Agostino, Environmental Engineer, Attainment Planning and Maintenance Section, Air Programs Branch (AR-18J), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604, (312) 886-1767,
In the Final Rules section of this issue of the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to approve a State Implementation Plan (SIP) submission from the Illinois Environmental Protection Agency (IEPA) dated May 9, 2017. The submission provides IEPA's certification that its existing emission statement program, titled “Annual Emissions Report”, remains in effect and satisfies the Clean Air Act (CAA) emissions statement requirement for the Illinois portions of the Chicago-Naperville, Illinois-Indiana-Wisconsin and St. Louis-St. Charles-Farmington, Missouri-Illinois nonattainment areas under the 2008 ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS). Under the CAA, states' SIPs must require stationary sources in ozone nonattainment areas classified as marginal or above to annually report emissions of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NO
Comments must be received on or before August 10, 2017.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R05-OAR-2017-0278 at
Kathleen D'Agostino, Air Programs Branch (AR-18J), Environmental
In the Final Rules section of this issue of the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
EPA is proposing to amend a final rule that published in the
Written comments must be received by July 26, 2017. Comments postmarked after the close of the comment period will be stamped “late” and may or may not be considered by the Agency.
Submit your comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPPT-2017-0243, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
For further information about the changes to the labeling provisions in the final rule concerning formaldehyde emission standards for composite wood products (81 FR 89674, December 12, 2016) (FRL-9949-90), please see the information provided in the direct final rule that is located, with the same title as this proposed rule, in the “Rules and Regulations” section of this
Environmental protection, Formaldehyde, Incorporation by reference, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Third-party certification, Toxic substances, Wood.
The Department of Agriculture has submitted the following information collection requirement(s) to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. Comments are requested regarding (1) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques and other forms of information technology.
Comments regarding this information collection received by August 10, 2017 will be considered. Written comments should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), New Executive Office Building, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503. Commentors are encouraged to submit their comments to OMB via email to:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
July 6, 2017.
The Department of Agriculture will submit the following information collection requirement(s) to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13 on or after the date of publication of this notice. Comments are requested regarding: (1) Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC; New Executive Office Building, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503. Commenters are encouraged to submit their comments to OMB via email to:
Comments regarding these information collections are best assured of having their full effect if received by August 10, 2017. Copies of the submission(s) may be obtained by calling (202) 720-8681.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Two new forms are being included in this renewal submission. The “USDA Farmers Market Customer Satisfaction Questionnaire” to learn who our customers are and their preferences in order to improve the Farmers Market. Taught by USDA subject matter experts, free fruit and vegetable education classes called VegU take place weekly at the Farmers Market. The “VegUcation Questionnaire” will be used to learn how familiar attendees are with the featured fruit or vegetable, if they found the class valuable, and if their attendance affected their market purchases.
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
The Coconino County Resource Advisory Committee (RAC) will meet in Flagstaff, Arizona. The committee is authorized under the Secure Rural Schools and Community Self-Determination Act (the Act) and operates in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act. The purpose of the committee is to improve collaborative relationships and to provide advice and recommendations to the Forest Service concerning projects and funding consistent with the Act. RAC information can be found at the following Web site:
The meeting will be held on July 28, 2017, at 1:00 p.m.
All RAC meetings are subject to cancellation. For status of meeting prior to attendance, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at the Coconino National Forest (NF) Supervisor's Office, 1824 South Thompson Street, Flagstaff, Arizona.
Written comments may be submitted as described under
Brady Smith, RAC Coordinator, by phone at 928-527-3490 or via email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
The purpose of the meeting is to:
1. Introduce new members to one another,
2. Elect a chairperson,
3. Review the charter,
4. Establish ground rules,
5. Discuss future meeting dates, deadlines, and meeting processes.
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
The Coconino County Resource Advisory Committee (RAC) will meet in Flagstaff, Arizona. The committee is authorized under the Secure Rural Schools and Community Self-Determination Act (the Act) and operates in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act. The purpose of the committee is to improve collaborative relationships and to provide advice and recommendations to the Forest Service concerning projects and funding consistent with the Act. RAC information can be found at the following Web site:
The meeting will be held on August 21, 2017, at 9:00 a.m.
All RAC meetings are subject to cancellation. For status of meeting prior to attendance, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at the Coconino County Health Department, 2625 N. King Street, Flagstaff, Arizona.
Written comments may be submitted as described under
Brady Smith, RAC Coordinator, by phone at 928-527-3490 or via email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
The purpose of the meeting is to:
1. Review the calendar,
2. Review project proposals,
3. Hear project proponent proposals, and
4. Vote on projects.
The meeting is open to the public. The agenda will include time for people to make oral statements of three minutes or less. Individuals wishing to make an oral statement should request in writing by August 14, 2017, to be scheduled on the agenda. Anyone who would like to bring related matters to the attention of the committee may file written statements with the committee staff before or after the meeting. Written comments and requests for time to make oral comments must be sent to Brady Smith, RAC Coordinator, Coconino NF Supervisor's Office, 1824 South Thompson Street, Flagstaff, Arizona, 86001; or by email to
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
The National Advisory Committee for Implementation of the National Forest System Land Management Planning Rule Committee (Committee) will meet in Atlanta, Georgia. The Committee operates in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA). Committee information can be found at the Committee's Web site at:
The meeting will be held on the following dates and times:
• Wednesday, August 2, 2017, from 1:30 p.m. to 5:30 p.m. EST.
• Thursday, August 3, 2017, from 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. EST.
All meetings are subject to cancellation. For updated status of meetings prior to attendance, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at the Residence Inn Atlanta Midtown, 1365 Peachtree Street Northeast, Atlanta, Georgia. For anyone who would like to attend via web connection and/or conference call, please visit the Web site listed above or contact the person listed under
Written comments may be submitted as described under
Crystal Merica, Committee Coordinator, by phone at 202-205-3562, or by email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
The purpose of this meeting is to provide:
1. Continued deliberations on formulating advice for the Secretary,
2. Discussion of Committee work group findings,
3. Hearing public comments, and
4. Administrative tasks.
This meeting is open to the public. The agenda will include time for people to make oral comments of three minutes or less. Individuals wishing to make an oral comment should submit a request in writing by July 28, 2017, to be scheduled on the agenda. Anyone who would like to bring related matters to the attention of the Committee may file written statements with the Committee's staff before or after the meeting. Written comments and time requests for oral comments must be sent to Crystal Merica, USDA Forest Service Washington Office—Yates Building, 201 14th Street Southwest, Mail Stop 1104, Washington, DC, 20250-1104; or by email at
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
The Huron-Manistee Resource Advisory Committee (RAC) will meet in Mio, MI. The RAC is authorized under the Secure Rural Schools and Community Self-Determination Act (the Act) and operates in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act. The purpose of the RAC is to improve collaborative relationships and to provide advice and recommendations to the Forest Service concerning projects and funding consistent with the Act.
The meeting will be held om August 8, 2017, from 6:30 p.m.-9:30 p.m.
All RAC meetings are subject to cancellation. For status of meeting prior to attendance, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at Mio Ranger District, 107 McKinley Road, Mio, Michigan. Participants who would like to attend by teleconference or by video conference, please contact the person listed under
Written comments may be submitted as described under
Brad Bolton, Designated Federal Officer, by phone at 989-826-3252 or via email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
The purpose of the meeting is to:
1. Introduction of RAC members and Forest Serivce personel;
2. Elect a chairperson;
3. Review processess for recommending and considering Title II projects; and
4. Pubic comment.
The meeting is open to the public. The agenda will include time for people to make oral statements of three minutes or less. Individuals wishing to make an oral statement should request in writing by August 1, 2017, to be scheduled on the agenda. Anyone who would like to bring related matters to the attention of the committee may file written statements with the committee staff before or after the meeting. Written comments and requests for time to make oral comments must be sent to Brad Bolton, Designated Federal Officer, 107 McKinley Road, Mio, Michigan 48647; by email to
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
The Coconino County Resource Advisory Committee (RAC) will meet in Flagstaff, Arizona. The committee is authorized under the Secure Rural Schools and Community Self-Determination Act (the Act) and operates in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act. The purpose of the committee is to improve collaborative relationships and to provide advice and recommendations to the Forest Service concerning projects and funding consistent with the Act. RAC information can be found at the following Web site:
The meeting will be held on September 8, 2017, at 9:00 a.m.
All RAC meetings are subject to cancellation. For status of meeting prior to attendance, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at the Coconino County Health Department, 2625 N. King Street, Flagstaff, Arizona.
Written comments may be submitted as described under
Brady Smith, RAC Coordinator, by phone at 928-527-3490 or via email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
The purpose of the meeting is to:
1. Review the calendar,
2. Review project proposals,
3. Hear project proponent proposals, and
4. Vote on projects.
The meeting is open to the public. The agenda will include time for people to make oral statements of three minutes or less. Individuals wishing to make an oral statement should request in writing by September 1, 2017, to be scheduled on the agenda. Anyone who would like to bring related matters to the attention of the committee may file written statements with the committee staff before or after the meeting. Written comments and requests for time to make oral comments must be sent to Brady Smith, RAC Coordinator, Coconino NF Supervisor's Office, 1824 South Thompson Street, Flagstaff, Arizona, 86001; or by email to
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
The Southwest Mississippi Resource Advisory Committee (RAC) will meet in Meadville, Mississippi. The committee is authorized under the Secure Rural Schools and Community Self-Determination Act (the Act) and operates in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act. The purpose of the committee is to improve collaborative relationships and to provide advice and recommendations to the Forest Service concerning projects and funding consistent with the Act. RAC information can be found at the following Web site:
The meeting will be held on August 23, 2017, at 6:00 p.m.
All RAC meetings are subject to cancellation. For status of meeting prior to attendance, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at Franklin County Public Library, 106 First Street, Meadville, Mississippi.
Written comments may be submitted as described under
Bill Meriwether by phone at 601-384-5876 or via email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
The purpose of the meeting is to:
1. Call to order and welcome new members,
2. Elect a new chairperson,
3. Updates on RAC,
4. Title II Funds availabile for projects,
5. Discussion project proposals and make recommendations, and
6. Public comments.
The meeting is open to the public. The agenda will include time for people to make oral statements of three minutes or less. Individuals wishing to make an oral statement should request in writing by August 18, 2017, to be scheduled on the agenda. Anyone who would like to bring related matters to the attention of the committee may file written statements with the committee staff before or after the meeting. Written comments and requests for time to make oral comments must be sent to Bill Meriwether, RAC Coordinator, Homochitto Ranger District, 1200 Highway 184 East, Meadville, Mississippi 39653; by email to
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
The Southwest Mississippi Resource Advisory Committee (RAC) will meet in Meadville, Mississippi. The committee is authorized under the Secure Rural Schools and Community Self-Determination Act (the Act) and operates in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act. The purpose of the committee is to improve collaborative relationships and to provide advice and recommendations to the Forest Service concerning projects and funding consistent with the Act. RAC information can be found at the following Web site:
The meeting will be held on August 29, 2017, at 6:00 p.m.
All RAC meetings are subject to cancellation. For status of meeting prior to attendance, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at Franklin County Public Library, 106 First Street, Meadville, Mississippi.
Written comments may be submitted as described under
Bill Meriwether by phone at 601-384-5876 or via email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
The purpose of the meeting is to:
1. Call to order and welcome new members,
2. Elect a new chairperson,
3. Updates on RAC,
4. Title II Funds availabile for projects,
5. Discussion project proposals and make recommendations, and
6. Public comments.
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
The Coconino County Resource Advisory Committee (RAC) will meet in Flagstaff, Arizona. The committee is authorized under the Secure Rural Schools and Community Self-Determination Act (the Act) and operates in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act. The purpose of the committee is to improve collaborative relationships and to provide advice and recommendations to the Forest Service concerning projects and funding consistent with the Act. RAC information can be found at the following Web site:
The meeting will be held on September 22, 2017, at 9:00 a.m.
All RAC meetings are subject to cancellation. For status of meeting prior to attendance, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at the Coconino County Health Department, 2625 N. King Street, Flagstaff, Arizona.
Written comments may be submitted as described under
Brady Smith, RAC Coordinator, by phone at 928-527-3490 or via email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
The purpose of the meeting is to:
1. Review the calendar,
2. Review project proposals,
3. Hear project proponent proposals, and
4. Vote on projects.
The meeting is open to the public. The agenda will include time for people to make oral statements of three minutes or less. Individuals wishing to make an oral statement should request in writing by September 15, 2017, to be scheduled on the agenda. Anyone who would like to bring related matters to the attention of the committee may file written statements with the committee staff before or after the meeting. Written comments and requests for time to make oral comments must be sent to Brady Smith, RAC Coordinator, Coconino NF Supervisor's Office, 1824 South Thompson Street, Flagstaff, Arizona, 86001; or by email to
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
The Southwest Mississippi Resource Advisory Committee (RAC) will meet in Meadville, Mississippi. The committee is authorized under the Secure Rural Schools and Community Self-Determination Act (the Act) and operates in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act. The purpose of the committee is to improve collaborative relationships and to provide advice and recommendations to the Forest Service concerning projects and funding consistent with the Act. RAC information can be found at the following Web site:
The meeting will be held on September 12, 2017, at 6:00 p.m.
All RAC meetings are subject to cancellation. For status of meeting prior to attendance, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at Franklin County Public Library, 106 First Street, Meadville, Mississippi.
Written comments may be submitted as described under
Bill Meriwether by phone at 601-384-5876 or via email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
The purpose of the meeting is to:
1. Call to order and welcome new members,
2. Elect a new chairperson,
3. Updates on RAC,
4. Title II Funds availabile for projects,
5. Discussion project proposals and make recommendations, and
6. Public comments.
Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS).
Notice of availability.
In accordance with the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (OPA) and the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), the Deepwater Horizon Federal and State natural resource trustee agencies for the Mississippi Trustee
Obtaining Documents: You may download the RP/EA and FONSI at
On April 20, 2010, the mobile offshore drilling unit
The
The DWH Trustees are:
Upon completion of the NRDA, the DWH Trustees reached and finalized a settlement of their natural resource damage claims with BP in a Consent Decree
• MDEQ;
• DOI, as represented by NPS, USFWS, and BLM;
• NOAA, on behalf of DOC;
• USDA; and
• EPA.
This restoration planning activity is proceeding in accordance with the
On May 27, 2016, the MS TIG published a notice to invite public input regarding natural resource restoration opportunities in the Mississippi Restoration Area for the 2016-2017 planning years. The notice indicated a focus on the following range of potential restoration types that may have benefits to living coastal and marine resources: Restoration of Wetlands, Coastal and Nearshore Habitats, restoration of water quality through Nutrient Reduction (Nonpoint source); restoration of Birds, and restoration of Oysters. Because there are several ongoing or completed projects benefitting oysters and secondary productivity in the Mississippi Restoration Area, the MS TIG chose not to prioritize the oyster restoration type in this RP/EA.
On October 31, 2016, the MS TIG published a Notice of Initiation for Restoration Plan Drafting in Mississippi, indicating its intent to focus on the following Restoration Types:
• Wetlands, Coastal and Nearshore Habitats;
• Nutrient Reduction (nonpoint source); and
• Birds.
A Notice of Availability of the Draft RP/EA was published in the
Comments were received from private citizens, State, and local agencies, and non-governmental organizations. The MS TIG considered the public comments received, which informed the MS TIG's analysis of alternatives in the Final RP/EA. A summary of the public comments received and the MS TIG's responses to those comments are addressed in Section 6 of the FinalRP/EA.
The RP/EA is being released in accordance with OPA, NRDA regulations found in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) at 15 CFR part 990, and NEPA (42 U.S.C. 4321
In the RP/EA, the MS TIG proposes implementation of the following two preferred alternatives and associated projects within the Wetlands, Coastal and Nearshore Habitat and Birds Restoration Types: (1) Graveline Bay Land Acquisition and Management, and (2) Grand Bay Land Acquisition and Habitat Management. The MS TIG also proposes the following preferred alternative and associated project within the Nutrient Reduction (Nonpoint Source) Restoration Type: Upper Pascagoula River Water Quality Enhancement. The RP/EA presents six restoration alternatives, as well as a no action alternative, evaluated in accordance with OPA and NEPA. The alternatives considered in RP/EA are—
• Restoration Goals.—Restore and Conserve Habitat; and Replenish and Protect Living Coastal and Marine Resources.
• Restoration Goal.—Restore Water Quality.
The MS TIG has determined that the selected restoration alternatives and associated projects preferred for implementation are appropriate to partially compensate for the injuries for these restoration types described in PDARP/PEIS. In the RP/EA, the MS TIG presents to the public its plan for providing partial compensation to the public for natural resources and ecological services injured or lost in Mississippi as a result of the
The documents included in the Administrative Record can be viewed electronically at
The authority of this action is the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (33 U.S.C. 2701
Commission on Civil Rights.
Announcement of meeting.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission), and the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), that a meeting of the New Hampshire Advisory Committee to the Commission will convene by conference call at 9:00 a.m. (EDT) on: Friday, July 28, 2017. The purpose of the meeting is to discuss how to update the voting rights project and report. The Committee may also discuss future civil rights projects.
Friday, July 28, 2017, at 9:00 a.m. EDT.
Public call-in information: Conference call-in number: 1-877-719-9795 and conference call 5761106.
Evelyn Bohor at
Interested members of the public may listen to the discussion by calling the following toll-free conference call-in number: 1-877-719-9795 and conference call 5761106. Please be advised that before placing them into the conference call, the conference call operator will ask callers to provide their names, their organizational affiliations (if any), and email addresses (so that callers may be notified of future meetings). Callers can expect to incur charges for calls they initiate over wireless lines, and the Commission will not refund any incurred charges. Callers will incur no charge for calls they initiate over land-line connections to the toll-free conference call-in number.
Persons with hearing impairments may also follow the discussion by first calling the Federal Relay Service at 1-800-977-8339 and providing the operator with the toll-free conference call-in number: 1-877-719-9795 and conference call 5761106.
Members of the public are invited to make statements during the open comment period of the meeting or submit written comments. The comments must be received in the regional office approximately 30 days after each scheduled meeting. Written comments may be mailed to the Eastern Regional Office, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 1331 Pennsylvania Avenue, Suite 1150, Washington, DC 20425, faxed to (202) 376-7548, or emailed to Evelyn Bohor at
Records and documents discussed during the meeting will be available for public viewing as they become available at
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
Effective June 30, 2017.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) and a representative of the Government of Mexico (GOM) have signed an amendment to the Agreement Suspending the Countervailing Duty Investigation on Sugar from Mexico (CVD Suspension Agreement). The amendment to the CVD Suspension Agreement modifies the definitions for sugar from Mexico, modifies the restrictions of the volume of direct or indirect exports to the United States of sugar from all Mexican producers/exporters, and provides for enhanced monitoring and enforcement mechanisms.
Sally Craig Gannon or David Cordell at (202) 482-0162 or (202) 482-0408, respectively; Bilateral Agreements Unit, Office of Policy, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230.
On April 17, 2014, the Department initiated a countervailing duty investigation under section 702 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act), to determine whether manufacturers, producers, or exporters of sugar from Mexico receive subsidies.
The Department and the GOM signed the CVD Suspension Agreement on December 19, 2014.
On January 8, 2015, Imperial Sugar Company (Imperial) and AmCane Sugar LLC (AmCane) each notified the Department that they had petitioned the International Trade Commission (ITC) to conduct a review of the CVD Suspension Agreement under section 704(h) of the Act to determine whether the injurious effects of the imports of the subject merchandise are eliminated completely by the CVD Suspension Agreement. On March 19, 2015, in a unanimous vote, the ITC found that the CVD Suspension Agreement eliminated completely the injurious effects of imports of sugar from Mexico.
Notwithstanding issuance of the CVD Suspension Agreement, pursuant to requests by domestic interested parties, the Department continued its investigation and made an affirmative final determination that countervailable subsidies were being provided to exporters and producers of sugar from Mexico.
Since June 2016, the Department and GOM have held consultations regarding the CVD Suspension Agreement to address concerns raised by the domestic industry and to ensure that the CVD Suspension Agreement meets all of the statutory requirements for a suspension agreement,
We received comments on the draft amendment from the International Sugar Trade Coalition, the Australian Sugar Industry Alliance, CSC Sugar LLC, the Corn Refiners Association, the Organic Trade Association, Archer Daniels Midland Company, the American Sugar Coalition, Imperial Sugar Company, the Government of Canada, the Sugar Users Association, and the Governments of Barbados, Belize, Dominican Republic, Guyana, and Jamaica. We received rebuttal comments on the draft amendment from Cámara Nacional de Las Industrias Azucarera y Alcoholera (Mexican Sugar Chamber), the American Sugar Coalition, the Government of Mexico, and Zucarmex, S.A. de C.V. and Zucrum Foods LLC. We did not receive comments on the draft statutory memorandum. In reaching a final amendment to the CVD Agreement, the Department has taken into account all comments and rebuttal comments submitted on the record of the suspension agreement proceeding and has made changes, where warranted, to the June 14, 2017 draft CVD amendment based upon those comments. The Department expects to place its written analysis of the changes made and response to comments on the record of the suspension agreement proceeding no later than July 14, 2017.
The Department consulted with the GOM and the petitioners
In accordance with section 704(c) of the Act, we have determined that extraordinary circumstances, as defined by section 704(c)(4) of the Act, exist with respect to the amended CVD Suspension Agreement. We have also determined that the amended CVD Suspension Agreement is in the public interest and can be monitored effectively, as required under section 704(d) of the Act.
For the reasons outlined above, we find that the amended CVD Suspension Agreement meets the criteria of section 704(c) and (d) of the Act.
The terms and conditions of the amendment to the CVD Suspension Agreement, signed on June 30, 2017, are set forth in the Amendment to the CVD Suspension Agreement, which is attached in Annex 1 to this notice.
The administrative protective order (APO) the Department granted in the suspension agreement segment of this proceeding remains in place and effective for the amended CVD Suspension Agreement. All new parties requesting access under the APO currently in effect to business proprietary information submitted during the administration of the amended CVD Suspension Agreement must submit an APO application in accordance with the Department's regulations currently in effect.
We are issuing and publishing this notice in accordance with section 704(f)(1)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.208(g)(2).
The Agreement Suspending the Countervailing Duty Investigation on Sugar from Mexico (Agreement) signed by the United States Department of Commerce (the Department) and the Government of Mexico (GOM) on December 19, 2014, is amended, as set forth below (Amendment).
If a provision of the Agreement conflicts with a provision of this Amendment, the provision of the Amendment shall supersede the provision of the Agreement to the extent of the conflict. All other provisions of the Agreement and their applicability continue with full force.
The Department and the GOM hereby agree as follows:
Section II (“Definitions”) is amended as follows:
Section II.D is replaced with:
“Effective Date of the Agreement” means the date on which the Department and the GOM signed the Agreement. Additionally, the “Effective Date of the Amendment” means the date on which the Department issues its next calculation pursuant to Section V.B of the Agreement and, as such, means that the Amendment applies to all contracts for Sugar from Mexico for the October 1, 2017 through September 30, 2018 Export Limit Period, and to all contracts for Sugar from Mexico (regardless of Export Limit Period) exported from Mexico on or after October 1, 2017.
Section II.K is replaced with:
“Other Sugar” means
a. Sugar at a polarity of less than 99.2, as produced and measured on a dry basis;
b. Where such Sugar is Additional U.S. Needs Sugar, as defined in Section II.U, Sugar at a polarity of less than 99.5, as produced and measured on a dry basis; and,
c. In the event that Section V.B.4.d is exercised, Sugar at a polarity specified by USDA that is below 99.5, as produced and measured on a dry basis.
Such Other Sugar must be exported to the United States loaded in bulk and freely flowing (
Section II.L is replaced with:
“Refined Sugar” means
a. Sugar at a polarity of 99.2 and above, as produced and measured on a dry basis;
b. Sugar considered to be Refined Sugar under Section II.K;
c. Where such Sugar is Additional U.S. Needs Sugar as defined in Section II.U, Sugar at a polarity of 99.5 and above, as produced and measured on a dry basis; and
d. In the event that Section V.B.4.d is exercised, Sugar at a polarity specified by USDA that is 99.5 or above, as produced and measured on a dry basis.
New Section II.U is added as follows:
“Additional U.S. Needs Sugar” means the quantity of Sugar allowed to be exported, over and above the Export Limit calculated under Section V.B.3, to fill a need identified by USDA in the U.S. market for a particular type and quantity of Sugar, and offered to Mexico pursuant to Section V.B.4.c.
Section V (“Export Limits”) is amended as follows:
Section V.B—the first sentence of the first paragraph is amended as follows (changes in italics):
The Export Limit for each Subsequent Export Limit Period will be
Section V.B.4 is replaced with the following:
4. Increases to the Export Limit.
a. Prior to April 1 of any Export Limit Period, if USDA notifies the Department, in writing, of any additional need for Sugar, the Department shall, consistent with 704(c) of the Act, increase the Export Limit to address potential shortages in the U.S. market based on USDA's request.
b. Starting in March, within 10 days following the publication of each WASDE report during a given Export Limit Period, the Department agrees that it shall consult with USDA and the GOM regarding any potential increase in the Export Limit on or after April 1. Following each consultation with the GOM, the GOM will notify the Department within 10 days of (1) the extent to which the GOM has issued export licenses for Other Sugar and Refined Sugar to fulfill 100 percent of the Target Quantity of U.S. Needs; (2) the quantity of Other Sugar and Refined Sugar that has been exported under such licenses, and (3) the nature and quantity of the Sugar that Mexico can supply, with supporting documentation for the foregoing, and the Department shall notify USDA.
c. Pursuant to such consultations, and upon receiving notice from USDA in writing of a need in the U.S. market for a particular type and quantity of additional Sugar that Mexico has indicated it can supply, the Department shall: (1) Request written confirmation from the GOM that Mexico can and will supply 100 percent of the Target Quantity of U.S. Needs (as calculated pursuant to Section V.B.3 based on the March WASDE); and (2) upon receiving such confirmation, increase the Export Limit, consistent with 704(c) of the Act, by an amount equal to 100 percent of such particular type and quantity of sugar identified by USDA (hereinafter “Additional U.S. Needs Sugar”). When such Additional U.S. Needs Sugar is requested by USDA, and in turn offered to Mexico by the Department, the definitions for Other Sugar and Refined Sugar in Section II.K.a and Section II.L.a, respectively, shall apply prior to May 1 of any Export Limit Period, and, on or after such date, the definition in Section II.K.b and Section II.L.c, respectively, shall apply. Such Additional U.S. Needs Sugar shall comply with the applicable definitions and requirements in the Agreement, for Other Sugar and Refined Sugar, respectively.
d. In the event of an extraordinary and unforeseen circumstance that seriously threatens the economic viability of the U.S. sugar refining industry, USDA may specify the polarity of the amount of additional Sugar specifically needed to rectify such extraordinary and unforeseen circumstance. To the extent possible under the circumstances, USDA will consult with the GOM and other interested parties. When such additional Sugar is requested by USDA under this Section V.B.4.d, and in turn offered to Mexico by the Department, the definitions for Other Sugar and Refined Sugar in Section II.K.c and Section II.L.d, respectively, shall apply.
e. If the Department has imposed penalties for polarity non-compliance under Section VIII.B.4 in a given Export Limit Period, Mexico may not be eligible for Additional Needs U.S. Sugar.
f. Any additional Sugar may be limited to Other Sugar or Refined Sugar, or any combination thereof, as specified by USDA. For greater certainty, Section V.C does not apply to any additional Sugar exported by Mexico pursuant to this Section V.B.4.
Section V.C is amended as follows:
Section V.C.2 is amended as follows (changes in italics):
No more than 55 percent of U.S. Needs calculated in each
Section V.C.3 is amended as follows (changes in italics):
Refined Sugar may account for no more than
Section VI (“Implementation”) is amended as follows:
Section VI.A—the following sentences are added at the end of the paragraph:
On the Effective Date of the Amendment, presentation of an Export License is required as a condition for entry of Sugar from Mexico into the United States. The GOM will issue amended regulations to implement the Amendment.
Section VI.B—the first sentence is amended as follows (changes in italics) and a new sentence is inserted after the first sentence (in italics):
Export Licenses will be
Section VIII.B (“Compliance Monitoring”) is amended as follows:
Section VIII.B.4 is added as follows:
4. Penalties for Polarity Non-Compliance of this Agreement and/or Price Non-Compliance of the Agreement Suspending the Antidumping Duty Investigation on Sugar from Mexico (AD Agreement): The Department will review documentation regarding polarity testing that is placed on the record of this Agreement, in accordance with Section VII.C.6 of the AD Agreement, to determine whether there have been imports that are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement and Sections II.F, II.H, VII.C.6 and Appendix I of the AD Agreement. Where the Department finds that polarity test results of an entry of Sugar are not compliant with the Agreement's or AD Agreement's applicable definition of Other Sugar or Sugar was sold at prices that are less than the Reference Prices established in Appendix I of the AD Agreement: (1) The Department shall deduct two (2) times the quantity of that entry from Mexico's Export Limit, and (2) the GOM will, in turn, deduct that same quantity from the specific producer's/exporter's Export Limit allocation.
a. The penalty will be applied on the date the Department notifies the GOM in writing of such non-compliance.
b. If Other Sugar that enters during the period from October 1 through the day before the publication of the July WASDE tests at or above 99.2 polarity (or at or above 99.5 or other polarity in the case of Additional U.S. Needs Sugar), then the Department will reduce Mexico's current Export Limit by two (2) times the quantity of that entry. The Export Limit determined under Section V.B.2 and V.B.3 will be correspondingly reduced by the same amount. At the time of the March WASDE when the Target Quantity of U.S. Needs is determined, and up to the day before the publication of the July WASDE, USDA may exercise its authority to seek to fill from other countries the particular type and quantity of sugar needed in the U.S. market to address the penalty amount by which Mexico's
c. If Other Sugar that enters during the period from the day of the publication of the July WASDE through September 30 tests at or above 99.2 polarity (or at or above 99.5 or other polarity in the case of Additional U.S. Needs Sugar), then the Department will reduce the Export Limit for the next Export Limit Period by two (2) times the quantity of that entry. That reduction will be applied to each revision of the Export Limit under Section V.B.1, V.B.2 and V.B.3. If Mexico's
d. If the Department finds that issues with meeting the polarity, testing or compliance requirements of this Agreement continue to arise, the Department can at any time terminate the Agreement under Section XI.B. Apart from termination, the Department may take additional steps to ensure compliance with the terms of this Agreement and the AD Agreement as appropriate, including reducing the Export Limit up to three (3) times the quantity of entries that do not comply with this Agreement or the AD Agreement.
Appendix I is amended as follows (changes in italics):
The GOM will issue
At Appendix I, the following will be added to the Export License:
12. Contract Identification Information: Indicate the contract identification information with which the license is associated.
At Appendix II, the following will be added to the information reported to the Department:
12. Contract Identification Information: Indicate the contract identification information with which the license is associated.
13. Date of Export: Indicate the date of export of the Sugar from Mexico to the United States.
It is acknowledged that reported information may need to be updated from time to time to reflect corrected information from customs authorities.
Signed in Washington, DC, on June 30, 2017.
For the U.S. Department of Commerce:
For the Government of Mexico:
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
Effective June 30, 2017.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) and a representative of the signatory sugar producers/exporters accounting for substantially all imports of sugar from Mexico have signed an amendment to the Agreement Suspending the Antidumping Duty Investigation on Sugar from Mexico (AD Suspension Agreement). The amendment to the AD Suspension Agreement modified the definitions for sugar from Mexico, revises the reference prices for the applicable sugar from Mexico, and provides for enhanced monitoring and enforcement mechanisms.
Sally Craig Gannon or David Cordell at (202) 482-0162 or (202) 482-0408, respectively; Bilateral Agreements Unit, Office of Policy, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230.
On April 17, 2014, the Department initiated an antidumping duty investigation under section 732 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act), to determine whether imports of sugar from Mexico are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value (LTFV).
The Department and a representative of the signatory producers/exporters accounting for substantially all imports of sugar from Mexico signed the AD Suspension Agreement on December 19, 2014.
On January 8, 2015, Imperial Sugar Company (Imperial) and AmCane Sugar LLC (AmCane) each notified the Department that they had petitioned the International Trade Commission (ITC) to conduct a review of the AD Suspension Agreement under section 734(h) of the Act, to determine whether the injurious effects of the imports of the subject merchandise are eliminated completely by the AD Suspension Agreement. On March 19, 2015, in a unanimous vote, the ITC found that the AD Suspension Agreement eliminated completely the injurious effects of imports of sugar from Mexico.
Notwithstanding issuance of the AD Suspension Agreement, pursuant to requests by domestic interested parties, the Department continued its investigation and made an affirmative final determination of sales at less than fair value.
Since June 2016, the Department and representatives of the Mexican sugar producers/exporters have held consultations regarding the AD Suspension Agreement to address concerns raised by the domestic industry and ensure that the AD Suspension Agreement meets all of the statutory requirements for a suspension agreement,
We received comments on the draft amendment from the International Sugar Trade Coalition, the Australian Sugar Industry Alliance, CSC Sugar LLC (CSC), the Corn Refiners Association, the Organic Trade Association, Archer Daniels Midland Company, the American Sugar Coalition, Imperial Sugar Company, the Government of Canada, the Sugar Users Association (SUA), and the Governments of Barbados, Belize, Dominican Republic, Guyana, and Jamaica. We received rebuttal comments on the draft amendment from Cámara Nacional de Las Industrias Azucarera y Alcoholera (Mexican Sugar Chamber), the American Sugar Coalition, and Zucarmex, S.A. de C.V. and Zucrum Foods LLC. CSC also filed unsolicited rebuttal comments to the American Sugar Coalition's rebuttal comments. We received comments on the draft statutory memoranda from SUA. In reaching a final amendment to the AD Agreement, the Department has taken into account all comments and rebuttal comments submitted on the record of the suspension agreement proceeding and has made changes, where warranted, to the June 14, 2017 draft AD amendment based upon those comments. The Department expects to place its written analysis of the changes made and response to comments on the record of the suspension agreement proceeding no later than July 14, 2017.
The Department consulted with the Mexican sugar producers/exporters and the petitioners
In accordance with section 734(c) of the Act, we have determined that extraordinary circumstances, as defined by section 734(c)(2)(A) of the Act, exist with respect to the amended AD Suspension Agreement. We have also determined that the amended AD Suspension Agreement will eliminate completely the injurious effect of exports to the United States of the subject merchandise and prevent the suppression or undercutting of price levels of domestic sugar by imports of that merchandise from Mexico, as required by section 734(c)(1) of the Act. We have also determined that the amended AD Suspension Agreement is in the public interest and can be monitored effectively, as required under section 734(d) of the Act.
For the reasons outlined above, we find that the amended AD Suspension Agreement meets the criteria of section 734(c) and (d) of the Act.
The terms and conditions of the amendment to this AD Suspension Agreement, signed on June 30, 2017, are set forth in the Amendment to the AD Suspension Agreement, which is attached in Annex 1 to this notice.
The administrative protective order (APO) the Department granted in the suspension agreement segment of this proceeding remains in place and effective for the amended AD Suspension Agreement. All new parties requesting access to business proprietary information submitted during the administration of the amended AD Suspension Agreement, under the APO currently in effect, must submit an APO application in accordance with the Department's regulations currently in effect.
We are issuing and publishing this notice in accordance with section 734(f)(1)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.208(g)(2).
The Agreement Suspending the Antidumping Duty Investigation on Sugar from Mexico (Agreement) signed by the United States Department of Commerce (the Department) and the signatory producers and exporters of Sugar from Mexico (the Signatories) on December 19, 2014, is amended, as set forth below (Amendment).
If a provision of the Agreement conflicts with a provision of this Amendment, the provision of the Amendment shall supersede the provision of the Agreement to the extent of the conflict. All other provisions of the Agreement and their applicability continue with full force.
The Department and the Signatories hereby agree as follows:
Section II (“Definitions”) is amended as follows:
Section II.C is replaced with:
“Effective Date of the Agreement” means the date on which the Department and the Signatories signed the Agreement. Additionally, the “Effective Date of the Amendment” means the date on which the Department issues its next calculation pursuant to Section V.B of the Agreement Suspending the Countervailing Duty Investigation on Sugar from Mexico (CVD Agreement) and, as such, means that the Amendment applies to all contracts for Sugar from Mexico for the for the October 1, 2017 through September 30, 2018 Export Limit Period (as defined in the CVD Agreement), and to all contracts for Sugar from Mexico (regardless of Export Limit Period) exported from Mexico on or after October 1, 2017.
Section II.F is replaced with:
“Other Sugar” means
a. Sugar at a polarity of less than 99.2, as produced and measured on a dry basis;
b. Where such Sugar is Additional U.S. Needs Sugar, as defined in Section II.O, Sugar at a polarity of less than 99.5, as produced and measured on a dry basis; and,
c. In the event that Section V.B.4.d of the CVD Agreement is exercised, Sugar at a polarity specified by USDA that is below 99.5, as produced and measured on a dry basis.
Such Other Sugar must be exported to the United States loaded in bulk and freely flowing (
Section II.H is replaced with:
“Refined Sugar” means
a. Sugar at a polarity of 99.2 and above, as produced and measured on a dry basis;
b. Sugar considered to be Refined Sugar under Section II.F;
c. Where such Sugar is Additional U.S. Needs Sugar as defined in Section II.U, Sugar at a polarity of 99.5 and above, as produced and measured on a dry basis; and
d. In the event that Section V.B.4.d of the CVD Agreement is exercised, Sugar at a polarity specified by USDA that is 99.5 or above, as produced and measured on a dry basis.
New Section II.N is added as follows:
“Intermediary Customer” means trader, processor, or other reseller located outside of the United States who sells Sugar to an unaffiliated customer in the United States.
New Section II.O is added as follows:
“Additional U.S. Needs Sugar” means the quantity of Sugar allowed to be exported, over and above the Export Limit calculated under Section V.B.3 of the amended CVD Agreement, to fill a need identified by USDA in the U.S. market for a particular type and quantity of Sugar, and offered to Mexico pursuant to Section V.B.4.c of the amended CVD Agreement.
Section VII (“Monitoring of the Agreement”) is amended as follows:
Section VII.B (“Compliance Monitoring”) is amended as follows:
Section VII.B.4—an additional sentence as follows is added to the end of paragraph 4:
The Department may verify polarity testing practices at any Mexican mill and request supporting documentation for polarity test results.
Section VII.C (“Shipping and Other Arrangements”) is amended as follows:
Section VII.C.4 is replaced with the following, with the sentence in italics being added to the language:
4. Not later than 30 days after the end of each quarter, each Signatory will submit a written statement to the Department certifying that all sales during the most recently completed quarter were at net prices, after rebates, discounts, or other adjustments, at or above the Reference Prices in effect and were not part of or related to any act or practice which would have the effect of hiding the real price of the Sugar being sold. Further, each Signatory will certify in this same statement that all sales made during the relevant quarter were not part of or related to any bundling arrangement, discounts/free goods/financing package, swap or other exchange where such arrangement is designed to circumvent the basis of the Agreement.
Each Signatory that did not export Sugar to the United States during any given quarter will submit a written statement to the Department certifying that it made no sales to the United States during the most recently completed quarter. Each Signatory agrees to permit full verification of its certification as the Department deems necessary. Failure to provide a quarterly certification may be considered a violation of the Agreement.
Section VII.C.5 is added as follows:
5. For each sale made by a Signatory to an Intermediary Customer, the Signatory shall incorporate into its sales contract with the Intermediary Customer the obligation that such customers will abide by the terms of the Agreement, including selling the Sugar from Mexico to the first downstream unaffiliated U.S. customer in accordance with the terms of the Agreement. Further, for each sale made by a Signatory to an Intermediary Customer, the Signatory shall incorporate into its sales contract with the Intermediary Customer a provision requiring the Intermediary Customer to provide the Department with all sales and other related information the Department requests.
Further, Signatories and Intermediary Customers must retain evidence in their files to document that these contractual obligations were implemented. The Department retains its authority to request the Signatory and/or Intermediary Customer to provide such documentation, and the Department may verify such documentation. Where a Signatory does not have access to the documentation but has obligated the Intermediary Customer to provide it to the Department, the Department will request the Intermediary Customer to provide the documentation. Failure by a Signatory and/or Intermediary Customer to provide requested documentation may be considered a violation under Section VIII of the Agreement.
Section VII.C.6 is added as follows:
6. Other Sugar may enter the Customs territory of the United States if the following conditions are met:
Exporters of Other Sugar are required to ensure, through inclusion of obligations in their sales contracts or otherwise, that importers of record of such Other Sugar agree to ensure that Other Sugar is tested for polarity by a laboratory approved by U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) upon entry into the United States, with samples drawn in accordance with CBP standards, and that the importers of record agree to report the polarity test results for each entry to the Department within 30 days of entry. Such polarity test reports must be filed on the official records of the Department for both this Agreement and the CVD Agreement. For clarity, sampling will be done in accordance with CBP standards (
The Department will request that CBP inform the importing public of the requirements for importation of Other Sugar set forth in this sub-section.
Section VII.C.7 is added as follows:
7. Penalties for Non-Compliance with Section VII.C.6.a:
a. Where the Department finds that exporters and importers of record of Other Sugar are not complying with Section VII.C.6.a, the Department may consider this a violation under Section VIII.D of the Agreement.
b. If the Department finds that issues with meeting the polarity requirements of the Agreement as required by Sections II.F, II.H, VII.C.6 and Appendix I continue to arise, the Department can at any time terminate the Agreement under Section X.B. Apart from termination, the Department may take additional steps to ensure compliance with the terms of this Agreement, including action under Section VIII.B.4 of the CVD Agreement.
Section VIII (“Violations of the Agreement”) is amended as follows:
Section VIII.D is amended by adding new paragraphs 3 and 4, and moving paragraph 3 to paragraph 5:
Appendix I is amended as follows:
At Appendix I, the following will be changed:
The FOB plant Reference Price for Refined Sugar is $0.2800 per pound commercial value (whether freely flowing or in totes weighing one (1) MT or greater as the sugar leaves the mill), as produced and measured on a dry basis.
The FOB plant Reference Price for Other Sugar is $0.2300 per pound commercial value (whether freely flowing or in totes weighing one (1) MT or greater as the sugar leaves the mill), as produced and measured on a dry basis.
In addition, the following clause will be added to Appendix I when referencing the Reference Prices.
Mexican Signatory producers/exporters must ensure that the delivered sales price for all Sugar from Mexico exported to the United States must include all expenses,
Signed in Washington, DC, on June 30, 2017.
For the U.S. Department of Commerce:
The following party hereby certifies that the members of the Mexican sugar industry agree to abide by all terms of the Amendment to the Agreement:
Office for Coastal Management (OCM), National Ocean Service (NOS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Department of Commerce (DOC).
Notice.
The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Office for Coastal Management will hold three public meetings to solicit comments on the performance evaluation of the U.S. Virgin Islands Coastal Management Program. Notice is also hereby given of the availability of the final evaluation findings for the Oregon and Alabama Coastal Management Programs and Tijuana River National Estuarine Research Reserve.
For specific dates, times, and locations of the public meetings, see
You may submit comments on the coastal program or reserve NOAA intends to evaluate by any of the following methods:
Susie Holst, Evaluator, NOAA Office for Coastal Management, 35 Colovos Road, University of New Hampshire, Gregg Hall, Room 142, Durham, New Hampshire 03824, (603) 862-1205 or
Section 312 of the Coastal Zone Management Act (CZMA) requires NOAA to conduct periodic evaluations of federally approved state and territorial coastal programs. The process includes one or more public meetings, consideration of written public comments and consultations with interested Federal, state, and local agencies and members of the public. During the evaluation, NOAA will consider the extent to which the state has met the national objectives, adhered to the management program approved by the Secretary of Commerce, and adhered to the terms of financial assistance under the CZMA. When the evaluation is completed, NOAA's Office for Coastal Management will place a notice in the
Specific information on the periodic evaluation of the state and territorial coastal program that is the subject of this notice is detailed below as follows:
You may participate or submit oral comments at the public meeting scheduled as follows:
Written public comments must be received on or before September 8, 2017.
The NOAA Office for Coastal Management has completed review of the Coastal Zone Management Program evaluations for the states of Oregon and Alabama. Both states were found to be implementing and enforcing their federally approved coastal management programs, addressing the national coastal management objectives identified in CZMA Section 303(2)(A)-(K), and adhering to the programmatic terms of their financial assistance awards.
The NOAA Office for Coastal Management has completed review of the National Estuarine Research Reserve evaluation for the Tijuana River reserve and the reserve was found to be adhering to programmatic requirements of the National Estuarine Research Reserve System. Copies of the final evaluation findings may be downloaded at
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; receipt of application.
Notice is hereby given that National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), Southwest Fisheries Science Center (SWFSC), 8901 La Jolla Shores Drive, La Jolla, CA 92037, [Responsible Party: Lisa Ballance, Ph.D.], has applied in due form for a permit to take leatherback sea turtles (
Written, telefaxed, or email comments must be received on or before August 10, 2017.
The application and related documents are available for review by selecting “Records Open for Public Comment” from the “Features” box on the Applications and Permits for Protected Species (APPS) home page,
These documents are also available upon written request or by appointment
Written comments on this application should be submitted to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, at the address listed above. Comments may also be submitted by facsimile to (301) 713-0376, or by email to
Those individuals requesting a public hearing should submit a written request to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division at the address listed above. The request should set forth the specific reasons why a hearing on this application would be appropriate.
Amy Hapeman or Erin Markin, (301) 427-8401.
The subject permit is requested under the authority of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (ESA; 16 U.S.C. 1531
The SWFSC proposes to continue long-term monitoring of leatherback sea turtles off the coasts of California, Oregon, and Washington. The purpose of the work is to determine abundance, distribution, size ranges, sex ratio, health status, diving behavior, local movements, habitat use, potential fishery impacts, and migratory routes for leatherbacks. Up to 70 sea turtles would be located annually through aerial surveys and subsequently approached from a research vessel or captured by hoop net. Upon approach or capture, researchers would examine, collect morphometric data and biological samples, and attach up to two transmitters to turtles before release. The permit would be valid for up to 10 years from the date of issuance.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of a public meeting.
The South Atlantic Fishery Management Council (Council) will hold a meeting of Wreckfish Individual Transferable Quota (ITQ) shareholders in Daytona Beach, FL.
The meeting will be held on Wednesday, August 2, 2017, from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m.
Dr. Brian Cheuvront, Deputy Executive Director for Management, SAFMC; phone: (843) 302-8442; fax: (843) 744-4472.
The items of discussion by shareholders are as follows:
1. Overview of the mandatory review of the catch share program
2. Timing of the program review
3. Input from shareholders on their views of the current state of the catch share program.
4. Input from shareholders on changes they would like to see in the program.
The meeting is physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for auxiliary aids should be directed to the Council office (see
The times and sequence specified in this agenda are subject to change.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of a public meeting.
NMFS has requested the Center for Independent Experts (CIE) to conduct a peer review of the agency's stock assessment of eastern Bering Sea Tanner crab (
The public meeting will be held from July 31 through August 3, 2017, 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. Pacific Daylight Time.
The review will be held at the Alaska Fisheries Science Center, 7600 Sand Point Way NE., Seattle, WA 98115-6349. Visitors will need to provide proper ID and sign in at the front desk.
William Stockhausen, 206-526-4241.
The CIE panel will consist of three peer reviewers who will assess materials related to the topic, participate in a review workshop with the NMFS scientists who developed the model and the analytical approach, and produce a report. This review will be highly
Members of the public are invited to observe, and will be provided opportunities to contribute on July 31 through August 2, 2017. The final report will be available prior to the September NPFMC Plan Team meetings and will consist of individual reports from each panelist and a summary report. The results of the review will be presented during the September 2017 NPFMC Crab Plan Team meeting, which will be announced at a later time in the
These workshops will be physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Jennifer Ferdinand, 206-526-4076, at least 10 working days prior to the meeting date.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of public meeting of the South Atlantic Fishery Management Council's Executive Finance Committee.
The Executive Finance Committee will meet via webinar to discuss the Council Coordinating Committee (CCC) Working Paper, proposed legislation, the Fisheries Leadership and Sustainability Forum, and participation at Council meetings. Public comment will be accepted. See
The Executive Finance Committee will meet from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. on Wednesday, July 26, 2017.
Mike Collins, Administrative Assistant, South Atlantic Fishery Management Council, 4055 Faber Place Drive, Suite 201, North Charleston, SC 29405; phone: (843) 571-4366 or toll free (866) SAFMC-10; fax: (843) 769-4520; email:
The meeting will be held via webinar. The meeting agenda other materials will be posted on the Council's Web site at
The items of discussion are as follows:
1. Review and provide draft language for the CCC Working Paper addressing key issues being considered as part of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act reauthorization process.
2. Review and develop comments relative to H.R. 200—the Strengthening Fishing Communities and Increasing Flexibility in Fisheries Management Act and H.R. 2023—the Modernizing Recreational Fisheries Management Act of 2017 for Council consideration. The Committee will develop recommendations on other MSA-related bills if they become available prior to the meeting.
3. Discuss the Fisheries Leadership and Sustainability Forum and current issues. Develop recommendations supporting the Forum for Council consideration.
4. Review current participation of external organizations at Council meetings and provide recommendations for consideration by the Council.
Although non-emergency issues not contained on this agenda may come before this group for discussion, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during this meeting. Action will be restricted to those issues specifically identified in this notice and any issues arising after publication of this notice that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, provided the public has been notified of the intent to take final action to address the emergency.
This meeting is accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for auxiliary aids should be directed to the SAFMC office (see
The times and sequence specified in this agenda are subject to change.
16 U.S.C.1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; receipt of application.
Notice is hereby given that Dr. Jeremy Kiszka, Florida International University, 3000 NE 151st Street, Marine Science Building, Room 250D, North Miami, Florida 33181, has applied in due form for a permit to conduct research on bottlenose dolphins (
Written, telefaxed, or email comments must be received on or before August 10, 2017.
The application and related documents are available for review by selecting “Records Open for Public Comment” from the “Features” box on the Applications and Permits for Protected Species (APPS) home page,
These documents are also available upon written request or by appointment in the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, 1315 East-West Highway, Room 13705, Silver Spring, MD 20910; phone (301) 427-8401; fax (301) 713-0376.
Written comments on this application should be submitted to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, at the address listed above. Comments may also be submitted by facsimile to (301) 713-0376, or by email to
Those individuals requesting a public hearing should submit a written request to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division at the address listed above. The request should set forth the specific reasons why a hearing on this application would be appropriate.
Courtney Smith or Carrie Hubard, (301) 427-8401.
The subject permit is requested under the authority of the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, as amended (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 1361
The applicant requests a five-year permit to take bottlenose dolphins for scientific research to evaluate the population structure and spatiotemporal variation in dolphin abundance, foraging ecology, and ecological roles within waters of the Everglades National Park. Up to 3,020 bottlenose dolphins from three stocks (Gulf of Mexico Bay, Sound & Estuarine; Gulf of Mexico Eastern Coastal; and Florida Bay) would be approached annually during vessel surveys for photography, photo-identification, video recording, and behavioral observation. Up to 59 of the above animals may be additionally be biopsy sampled during vessel surveys annually. Samples may be exported to collaborators for analysis.
In compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321
Concurrent with the publication of this notice in the
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of SEDAR 50 Assessment Webinar 5.
The SEDAR 50 assessment of the Atlantic stock of
The SEDAR 50 Assessment Webinar 5 will be held on Monday, July 31, 2017, from 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. The Review Workshop dates and times will publish in a subsequent issue in the
The meetings will be held via webinar. The webinar is open to members of the public. Those interested in participating should contact Julia Byrd at SEDAR (see
Julia Byrd, SEDAR Coordinator, 4055 Faber Place Drive, Suite 201, North Charleston, SC 29405; phone: (843) 571-4366; email:
The Gulf of Mexico, South Atlantic, and Caribbean Fishery Management Councils, in conjunction with NOAA Fisheries and the Atlantic and Gulf States Marine Fisheries Commissions, have implemented the Southeast Data, Assessment and Review (SEDAR) process, a multi-step method for determining the status of fish stocks in the Southeast Region. SEDAR is a three-step process including: (1) Data Workshop; (2) Assessment Process utilizing a workshop and/or webinars; and (3) Review Workshop. The product of the Data Workshop is a data report which compiles and evaluates potential datasets and recommends which datasets are appropriate for assessment analyses. The product of the Assessment Process is a stock assessment report which describes the fisheries, evaluates the status of the stock, estimates biological benchmarks, projects future population conditions, and recommends research and monitoring needs. The assessment is independently peer reviewed at the Review Workshop. The product of the Review Workshop is a summary documenting panel opinions regarding the strengths and weaknesses of the stock assessment and input data. Participants for SEDAR Workshops are appointed by the Gulf of Mexico, South Atlantic, and Caribbean Fishery Management Councils and NOAA Fisheries Southeast Regional Office, Highly Migratory Species Management Division, and Southeast Fisheries Science Center. Participants include: Data collectors and database managers; stock assessment scientists, biologists, and researchers; constituency representatives including fishermen, environmentalists, and non-governmental organizations (NGOs); international experts; and staff of Councils, Commissions, and state and federal agencies.
The items of discussion at the Assessment webinar are as follows:
Participants will discuss any remaining modeling issues from the Assessment Workshop and provide comments on the Assessment report.
Although non-emergency issues not contained in this agenda may come before this group for discussion, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during this meeting. Action will be restricted to those issues specifically identified in this notice and any issues arising after publication of this notice that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, provided the public has been notified of the intent to take final action to address the emergency.
This meeting is accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for auxiliary aids should be directed to the SAFMC office (see
The times and sequence specified in this agenda are subject to change.
16 U.S.C. 1801
Office of National Marine Sanctuaries (ONMS), National Ocean Service (NOS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Department of Commerce (DOC).
Notice of open meetings.
Notice is hereby given under the Federal Advisory Committee Act of two meetings via web conference call of the Marine Protected Areas Federal Advisory Committee (Committee). The web conference calls are open to the public; participants can dial in to the calls. Participants who choose to use the web conferencing feature in addition to the audio will be able to view the presentations as they are being given.
Members of the public wishing to participate in the meeting should register at least one working day in advance of the meeting.
The first meeting will be held Thursday, July 13, 2017 from 3:00 to 5:00 p.m. EDT. The second meeting will be held Wednesday, August 30, 2017 from 1:00 to 3:00 p.m. EDT. These times and the agenda topics described below are subject to change. Refer to the Web page listed below for the most up-to-date meeting agenda.
The meetings will be held via web conference call. Register by contacting Nicole Capps at
Lauren Wenzel, Designated Federal Officer, MPA FAC, National Marine Protected Areas Center, 1305 East West Highway, Silver Spring, Maryland 20910. (Phone: 240-533-0652); email:
Section 4(c) of Executive Order 13158, on marine protected areas, authorized the formation of the Committee, and the Department of Commerce (DOC) established the Committee in accordance with this Executive Order. The Committee, which is composed of external, knowledgeable representatives of stakeholder groups, is charged with providing advice to the Secretaries of Commerce and the Interior on implementation of Section 4 of Executive Order 13158. NOAA issues this Notice of Public Meetings pursuant to Section 10 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App. 2, and the FACA implementing regulations, 40 CFR 102-3.150.
The next meeting of the U.S. Commission of Fine Arts is scheduled for 20 July 2017, at 9:00 a.m. in the Commission offices at the National Building Museum, Suite 312, Judiciary Square, 401 F Street NW., Washington, DC 20001-2728. Items of discussion may include buildings, parks and memorials.
Draft agendas and additional information regarding the Commission are available on our Web site:
Joint Service Committee on Military Justice (JSC), Department of Defense.
Notice of availability and notice of public meeting.
The Department of Defense requests comments on proposed changes to the Manual for Courts-Martial, United States (2016 ed.) (MCM). The proposed changes include provisions implementing the Military Justice Act of 2016, Division E of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2017, Public Law 114-328, 130 Stat. 2000 (2016), and concern the rules of procedure and evidence applicable in trials by court-martial, nonjudicial punishment proceedings, and the punitive articles of the Uniform Code of Military Justice. Also included is a proposed revision of Appendix 12A of the Manual for Courts-Martial concerning lesser included offenses. The approval authority for these changes is the President. These proposed changes have not been coordinated within the Department of Defense under DoD Directive 5500.01, “Preparing, Processing and Coordinating Legislation, Executive Orders, Proclamations, Views Letters, and Testimony,” June 15, 2007, and do not constitute the official position of the Department of Defense, the Military Departments, or any other Government agency.
The proposed changes also concern certain supplementary materials that accompany the rules of procedure, rules of evidence, and punitive articles. The Department of Defense, in conjunction with the Department of Homeland Security, publishes these supplementary materials to accompany the Manual for Courts-Martial. The supplementary materials included in this notice consist of Discussions (accompanying the Preamble, the Rules for Courts-Martial, the Military Rules of Evidence, and the Punitive Articles), Analyses, Appendix 2.1, and specific changes to Appendix
Comments on the proposed changes must be received no later than September 11, 2017. A public meeting for comments will be held on August 3, 2017, from 10 a.m. until noon, in the United States Court of Appeals for the Armed Forces building, 450 E Street, NW., Washington, DC 20442-0001. Commentators will be heard in order of arrival and check-in, and will be limited to five minutes.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:
•
•
Lieutenant Alexandra Nica, JAGC, USN, Executive Secretary, JSC, (202) 685-7058,
Due to the length of the proposed changes, they are being made available on the Internet rather than being printed in the
1. A draft Executive Order.
2. Annex 1 to the draft Executive Order, which includes changes to the Manual for Courts-Martial that would take effect on the date the Executive Order is signed by the President. Also included in Annex 1 are supplemental materials that the Department of Defense, in consultation with the Department of Homeland Security, is considering issuing if the proposed Executive Order is signed.
3. Annex 2 to the draft Executive Order, which includes a complete reissuance of the Manual for Courts-Martial as revised by Annex 1. Annex 2 includes revisions to Parts I, II, III, IV, and V of the Manual for Courts-Martial, as well as an Appendix 12A concerning lesser included offenses. The complete reissuance of the Manual for Courts-Martial would take effect on a date designated by the President in the Executive Order. The draft Executive Order proposes an effective date of January 1, 2019. Annex 2 also includes supplementary materials, such as Discussions, Analyses, and an Appendix that the Department of Defense, in consultation with the Department of Homeland Security, is considering issuing if the proposed Executive Order is signed.
The Department of Defense also requests comments on a proposal by a Federal Advisory Committee, the Judicial Proceedings Since Fiscal Year 2012 Amendments Panel (JPP). The JPP's June 2017 report suggested that Rule for Courts-Martial 1103A as proposed by Annex 1 and Rule for Courts-Martial 1113 as proposed by Annex 2 be further revised to include the following: “Prior to a decision to permit examination of material described in this subparagraph, notice and an opportunity to be heard shall be given to any person whose records are about to be examined and to appellate counsel.” The report making that recommendation is available at
The full text of the Uniform Code of Military Justice as amended by Military Justice Act of 2016 is available electronically at
This notice is provided in accordance with DoD Directive 5500.17, “Role and Responsibilities of the Joint Service Committee (JSC) on Military Justice,” May 3, 2003.
The JSC invites members of the public to comment on the proposed changes; such comments should address specific recommended changes and provide supporting rationale.
This notice also sets forth the date, time, and location for a public meeting of the JSC to discuss the proposed changes.
This notice is intended only to improve the internal management of the Federal Government. It is not intended to create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its agencies, its officers, or any person.
Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, ED is proposing an extension of an existing information collection.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before September 11, 2017.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Rebecca Walawender, 202-245-7399.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize
Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, ED is proposing a revision of an existing information collection.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before September 11, 2017.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Rebecca Walawender, 202-245-7399.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, ED is proposing an extension of an existing information collection.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before September 11, 2017.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Rebecca Walawender, 202-245-7399.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
This collection is conducted in a manner that is consistent with the guidelines in 5 CFR 1320.5.
Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services (OSERS), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, ED is proposing a revision of an existing information collection.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before September 11, 2017.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Rebecca Walawender, 202-245-7399.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of
Office of Innovation and Improvement, Department of Education.
Notice.
The Department of Education is issuing a notice inviting applications for new awards for fiscal year (FY) 2017 for the American History and Civics Education—National Activities Grants Program, Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) number 84.422B.
Christine Miller, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 4W205, Washington, DC 20202-5960. Or by email:
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
This competition also includes a requirement for applicants to propose project-specific performance measures and performance targets consistent with the objectives of the proposed project. Applications must provide information on these measures and targets under 34 CFR 75.110(b) and (c).
This priority is:
Under this priority, we provide funding to projects that are designed to develop, implement, expand, evaluate, and disseminate for voluntary use, innovative, evidence-based approaches or professional development programs in American history, civics and government, and geography. To meet this priority, a project must:
(i) Show potential to improve the quality of student achievement in, and teaching of, American history, civics and government, or geography, in elementary schools and secondary schools; and
(ii) Demonstrate innovation, scalability, accountability, and a focus on underserved populations.
In addressing this priority, a project may include:
(i) Hands-on civic engagement activities for teachers and students; and
(ii) Programs that educate students about the history and principles of the
This priority is:
Under this priority, we provide funding to projects that are designed to leverage technology through one or more of the following:
(a) Using high-speed internet access and devices to increase students' and educators' access to high-quality accessible digital tools, assessments, and materials, particularly Open Educational Resources;
(b) Implementing high-quality accessible digital tools, assessments, and materials that are aligned with rigorous college- and career-ready standards;
(c) Implementing high-quality, accessible online courses, online learning communities, or online simulations, such as those for which educators could earn professional development credit or continuing education units through Digital Credentials based on demonstrated mastery of competencies and performance-based outcomes, instead of traditional time-based metrics; and
(d) Using data platforms that enable the development, visualization, and rapid analysis of data to inform and improve learning outcomes, while also protecting privacy in accordance with applicable laws.
A. A randomized controlled trial employs random assignment of, for example, students, teachers, classrooms, or schools to receive the project component being evaluated (the treatment group) or not to receive the project component (the control group).
B. A regression discontinuity design study assigns the project component being evaluated using a measured variable (
C. A single-case design study uses observations of a single case (
(a) A practice guide prepared by the WWC using version 2.1 or 3.0 of the WWC Handbook reporting a “strong evidence base” or “moderate evidence base” for the corresponding practice guide recommendation;
(b) An intervention report prepared by the WWC using version 2.1 or 3.0 of the WWC Handbook reporting a “positive effect” or “potentially positive effect” on a relevant outcome based on a “medium to large” extent of evidence, with no reporting of a “negative effect” or “potentially negative effect” on a relevant outcome; or
(c) A single experimental study or quasi-experimental design study reviewed and reported by the WWC using version 2.1 or 3.0 of the WWC Handbook, or otherwise assessed by the Department using version 3.0 of the WWC Handbook, as appropriate, and that—
(i) Meets WWC standards with or without reservations;
(ii) Includes at least one statistically significant and positive (
(iii) Includes no overriding statistically significant and negative effects on relevant outcomes reported in the study or in a corresponding WWC intervention report prepared under version 2.1 or 3.0 of the WWC Handbook; and
(iv) Is based on a sample from more than one site (
(a) A practice guide prepared by WWC reporting a “strong evidence base” or “moderate evidence base” for the corresponding practice guide recommendation;
(b) An intervention report prepared by the WWC reporting a “positive effect” or “potentially positive effect” on a relevant outcome with no reporting of a “negative effect” or “potentially negative effect” on a relevant outcome; or
(c) A single study assessed by the Department, as appropriate, that—
(i) Is an experimental study, a quasi-experimental design study, or a well-designed and well-implemented correlational study with statistical controls for selection bias (
(ii) Includes at least one statistically significant and positive (
(a) A practice guide prepared by the WWC using version 2.1 or 3.0 of the WWC Handbook reporting a “strong evidence base” for the corresponding practice guide recommendation;
(b) An intervention report prepared by the WWC using version 2.1 or 3.0 of the WWC Handbook reporting a “positive effect” on a relevant outcome based on a “medium to large” extent of evidence, with no reporting of a “negative effect” or “potentially negative effect” on a relevant outcome; or
(c) A single experimental study reviewed and reported by the WWC using version 2.1 or 3.0 of the WWC Handbook, or otherwise assessed by the Department using version 3.0 of the WWC Handbook, as appropriate, and that—
(i) Meets WWC standards without reservations;
(ii) Includes at least one statistically significant and positive (
(iii) Includes no overriding statistically significant and negative effects on relevant outcomes reported in the study or in a corresponding WWC intervention report prepared under version 2.1 or 3.0 of the WWC Handbook; and
(iv) Is based on a sample from more than one site (
The regulations in 34 CFR part 86 apply to institutions of higher education only.
Contingent upon the availability of funds and the quality of applications, we may make additional awards in subsequent years from the list of unfunded applications from this competition.
The Department is not bound by any estimates in this notice.
1.
If multiple eligible entities wish to form a consortium and jointly submit a single application, they must follow the procedures for group applications described in 34 CFR 75.127 through 34 CFR 75.129.
2. a.
b.
1.
If you use a TDD or a TTY, call the FRS, toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
Individuals with disabilities can obtain a copy of the application package in an accessible format (
2.
The Department will be able to develop a more efficient process for reviewing grant applications if it has a better understanding of the number of entities that intend to apply for funding under this competition. Therefore, the Secretary strongly encourages each potential applicant to notify the Department by sending a short email message indicating the applicant's intent to submit an application for funding. The email need not include information regarding the content of the proposed application, only the applicant's intent to submit it. You should send this email notification to:
• A “page” is 8.5″ x 11″, on one side only, with 1″ margins at the top, bottom, and both sides.
• Double space (no more than three lines per vertical inch) all text in the application narrative, including titles, headings, footnotes, quotations, references, and captions, as well as all text in charts, tables, figures, and graphs.
• Use a font that is either 12 point or larger or no smaller than 10 pitch (characters per inch).
• Use one of the following fonts: Times New Roman, Courier, Courier New, or Arial.
The recommended page limit does not apply to Part I, the cover sheet; Part II, the budget section, including the narrative budget justification; Part IV, the assurances and certifications; or the one-page abstract, the resumes, the bibliography, or the letters of support. However, the recommended page limit does apply to all of the application narrative.
b.
Because we plan to post the project narrative section of funded American History and Civics Education—National Activities Grants Program applications on our Web site, you may wish to request confidentiality of business information.
Consistent with Executive Order 12600, please designate in your application any information that you feel is exempt from disclosure under Exemption 4. In the appropriate Appendix section of your application, under “Other Attachments Form,” please list the page number or numbers on which we can find this information. For additional information please see 34 CFR 5.11(c).
3.
Applications for grants under this competition must be submitted electronically using the
We do not consider an application that does not comply with the deadline requirements.
Individuals with disabilities who need an accommodation or auxiliary aid in connection with the application process should contact the person listed under
4.
5.
6.
a. Have a Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) number and a Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN);
b. Register both your DUNS number and TIN with the System for Award Management (SAM), the Government's primary registrant database;
c. Provide your DUNS number and TIN on your application; and
d. Maintain an active SAM registration with current information while your application is under review
You can obtain a DUNS number from Dun and Bradstreet at the following Web site:
If you are a corporate entity, agency, institution, or organization, you can obtain a TIN from the Internal Revenue Service. If you are an individual, you can obtain a TIN from the Internal Revenue Service or the Social Security Administration. If you need a new TIN, please allow two to five weeks for your TIN to become active.
The SAM registration process can take approximately seven business days, but may take upwards of several weeks, depending on the completeness and accuracy of the data you enter into the SAM database. Thus, if you think you might want to apply for Federal financial assistance under a program administered by the Department, please allow sufficient time to obtain and register your DUNS number and TIN. We strongly recommend that you register early.
Once your SAM registration is active, it may be 24 to 48 hours before you can access the information in, and submit an application through,
If you are currently registered with SAM, you may not need to make any changes. However, please make certain that the TIN associated with your DUNS number is correct. Also note that you will need to update your registration annually. This may take three or more business days.
Information about SAM is available at
In addition, if you are submitting your application via
7.
Applications for grants under this competition must be submitted electronically unless you qualify for an exception to this requirement in accordance with the instructions in this section.
a.
Further information regarding calculation of the date that is two weeks before the application deadline date is provided later in this section under
You may access the electronic grant application for the American History and Civics Education—National Activities Grants Program at
Please note the following:
• When you enter the
• Applications received by
• The amount of time it can take to upload an application will vary depending on a variety of factors, including the size of the application and the speed of your internet connection. Therefore, we strongly recommend that you do not wait until the application deadline date to begin the submission process through
• You should review and follow the Education Submission Procedures for submitting an application through
• You will not receive additional point value because you submit your application in electronic format, nor will we penalize you if you qualify for an exception to the electronic submission requirement, as described elsewhere in this section, and submit your application in paper format.
• You must submit all documents electronically, including all information you typically provide on the following forms: The Application for Federal Assistance (SF 424), the Department of Education Supplemental Information for SF 424, Budget Information—Non-Construction Programs (ED 524), and all necessary assurances and certifications.
• You must upload any narrative sections and all other attachments to your application as files in a read-only, flattened Portable Document Format (PDF), meaning any fillable PDF documents must be saved as flattened non-fillable files. Therefore, do not upload an interactive or fillable PDF file. If you upload a file type other than a read-only, flattened PDF (
• After you electronically submit your application, you will receive from
Once your application is successfully validated by
These emails do not mean that your application is without any disqualifying errors. While your application may have been successfully validated by
• We may request that you provide us original signatures on forms at a later date.
If you are prevented from electronically submitting your application on the application deadline date because of technical problems with the
If you submit an application after 4:30:00 p.m., Washington, DC time, on the application deadline date, please contact the person listed under
The extensions to which we refer in this section apply only to the unavailability of, or technical problems with, the
• You do not have access to the internet; or
• You do not have the capacity to upload large documents to the
• No later than two weeks before the application deadline date (14 calendar days or, if the fourteenth calendar day before the application deadline date falls on a Federal holiday, the next business day following the Federal holiday), you mail or fax a written statement to the Department, explaining which of the two grounds for an exception prevents you from using the internet to submit your application.
If you mail your written statement to the Department, it must be postmarked no later than two weeks before the application deadline date. If you fax your written statement to the Department, we must receive the faxed statement no later than two weeks before the application deadline date.
Address and mail or fax your statement to: Christine Miller, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 4W205, Washington, DC 20202-5960. FAX: (202) 205-5630.
Your paper application must be submitted in accordance with the mail or hand-delivery instructions described in this notice.
b.
If you qualify for an exception to the electronic submission requirement, you may mail (through the U.S. Postal Service or a commercial carrier) your application to the Department. You must mail the original and two copies of your application, on or before the application deadline date, to the Department at the following address: U.S. Department of Education, Application Control Center, Attention: (CFDA Number 84.422B), LBJ Basement Level 1, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20202-4260.
You must show proof of mailing consisting of one of the following:
(1) A legibly dated U.S. Postal Service postmark.
(2) A legible mail receipt with the date of mailing stamped by the U.S. Postal Service.
(3) A dated shipping label, invoice, or receipt from a commercial carrier.
(4) Any other proof of mailing acceptable to the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Education.
If you mail your application through the U.S. Postal Service, we do not accept either of the following as proof of mailing:
(1) A private metered postmark.
(2) A mail receipt that is not dated by the U.S. Postal Service.
The U.S. Postal Service does not uniformly provide a dated postmark. Before relying on this method, you should check with your local post office.
c.
If you qualify for an exception to the electronic submission requirement, you (or a courier service) may deliver your paper application to the Department by hand. You must deliver the original and two copies of your application by hand, on or before the application deadline date, to the Department at the following address: U.S. Department of Education, Application Control Center, Attention: (CFDA Number 84.422B), 550 12th Street SW., Room 7039, Potomac Center Plaza, Washington, DC 20202-4260.
The Application Control Center accepts hand deliveries daily between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30:00 p.m., Washington, DC time, except Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays.
If you mail or hand deliver your application to the Department—
(1) You must indicate on the envelope and—if not provided by the Department—in Item 11 of the SF 424 the CFDA number, including suffix letter, if any, of the competition under which you are submitting your application; and
(2) The Application Control Center will mail to you a notification of receipt of your grant application. If you do not receive this notification within 15 business days from the application deadline date, you should call the U.S. Department of Education Application Control Center at (202) 245-6288.
1.
A.
(i) The extent to which the proposed project represents an exceptional
(ii) The extent to which the services to be provided by the proposed project involve the collaboration of appropriate partners for maximizing the effectiveness of project services.
(iii) The extent to which the design of the proposed project reflects up-to-date knowledge from research and effective practice.
B.
(i) The extent to which the proposed project is likely to build local capacity to provide, improve, or expand services that address the needs of the target population.
(ii) The importance or magnitude of the results or outcomes likely to be attained by the proposed project, especially improvements in teaching and student achievement.
(iii) The extent to which the results of the proposed project are to be disseminated in ways that will enable others to use the information or strategies.
C.
(i) The adequacy of the management plan to achieve the objectives of the proposed project on time and within budget, including clearly defined responsibilities, timelines, and milestones for accomplishing project tasks.
(ii) The extent to which the time commitments of the project director and principal investigator and other key project personnel are appropriate and adequate to meet the objectives of the proposed project.
D.
(i) The extent to which the methods of evaluation include the use of objective performance measures that are clearly related to the intended outcomes of the project and will produce quantitative and qualitative data to the extent possible.
(ii) The extent to which the methods of evaluation will provide performance feedback and permit periodic assessment of progress toward achieving intended outcomes.
2.
In addition, in making a competitive grant award, the Secretary requires various assurances including those applicable to Federal civil rights laws that prohibit discrimination in programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department of Education (34 CFR 100.4, 104.5, 106.4, 108.8, and 110.23).
3.
4.
Please note that, if the total value of your currently active grants, cooperative agreements, and procurement contracts from the Federal Government exceeds $10,000,000, the reporting requirements in 2 CFR part 200, Appendix XII, require you to report certain integrity information to FAPIIS semiannually. Please review the requirements in 2 CFR part 200, Appendix XII, if this grant plus all the other Federal funds you receive exceed $10,000,000.
1.
If your application is not evaluated or not selected for funding, we notify you.
2.
We reference the regulations outlining the terms and conditions of an award in the
3.
(b) At the end of your project period, you must submit a final performance report, including financial information, as directed by the Secretary. If you receive a multiyear award, you must submit an annual performance report that provides the most current performance and financial expenditure information as directed by the Secretary under 34 CFR 75.118. The Secretary may also require more frequent performance reports under 34 CFR 75.720(c). For specific requirements on reporting, please go to
(c) Under 34 CFR 75.250(b), the Secretary may provide a grantee with additional funding for data collection analysis and reporting. In this case the Secretary establishes a data collection period.
4.
Participants will demonstrate through pre- and post-assessments an increased understanding of American history, civics and government, and geography.
We will track performance on this objective through the following measure:
The average percentage gains on an assessment after participation in the grant activities.
We advise an applicant for a grant under this program to give careful consideration to this measure in conceptualizing the approach and evaluation of its proposed project. Each grantee will be required to provide, in its annual and final performance reports, data about its performance with respect to this measure.
(b) Project-Specific Performance Measures. Applicants must propose project-specific performance measures and performance targets consistent with the objectives of the proposed project. Applications must provide the following information as directed under 34 CFR 75.110(b) and (c):
(1) Performance measures. How each proposed performance measure would accurately measure the performance of the project and how the proposed performance measure would be consistent with the performance measures established for the program funding the competition.
(2) Baseline data. (i) Why each proposed baseline is valid; or (ii) if the applicant has determined that there are no established baseline data for a particular performance measure, an explanation of why there is no established baseline and of how and when, during the project period, the applicant would establish a valid baseline for the performance measure.
(3) Performance targets. Why each proposed performance target is ambitious yet achievable compared to the baseline for the performance measure and when, during the project period, the applicant would meet the performance target(s).
(4) Data collection and reporting. (i) The data collection and reporting methods the applicant would use and why those methods are likely to yield reliable, valid, and meaningful performance data; and (ii) the applicant's capacity to collect and report reliable, valid, and meaningful performance data, as evidenced by high-quality data collection, analysis, and reporting in other projects or research.
All grantees must submit an annual performance report with information that is responsive to these performance measures.
5.
In making a continuation award, the Secretary also considers whether the grantee is operating in compliance with the assurances in its approved application, including those applicable to Federal civil rights laws that prohibit discrimination in programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department (34 CFR 100.4, 104.5, 106.4, 108.8, and 110.23).
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric corporate filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following public utility holding company filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding of Pure Energy USA, LLC's application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate tariff, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability, is July 25, 2017.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for electronic review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding of Robinson Energy, LLC's application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate tariff, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability, is July 25, 2017.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for electronic review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
On May 31, 2017, pursuant to section 215 of the Federal Power Act (FPA),
Pursuant to section 215 of the FPA, in the absence of Commission action on or before June 30, 2017 NERC's filing became effective on July 3, 2017 by operation of law.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j. CB Energy Park, LLC filed its request to use the Traditional Licensing Process on May 31, 2017. CB Energy Park, LLC provided public notice of its request on June 9, 2017. In a letter dated July 5, 2017, the Director of the Division of Hydropower Licensing approved CB Energy Park, LLC's request to use the Traditional Licensing Process.
k. With this notice, we are initiating informal consultation with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service under section 7 of the Endangered Species Act and the joint agency regulations thereunder at 50 CFR part 402. We are also initiating consultation with the Montana State Historic Preservation Officer, as required by section 106, National Historic Preservation Act, and the implementing regulations of the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation at 36 CFR 800.2.
l. With this notice, we are designating CB Energy Park, LLC as the Commission's non-federal representative for carrying out informal consultation pursuant to section 7 of the Endangered Species Act and consultation pursuant to section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act.
m. CB Energy Park, LLC filed a Pre-Application Document (PAD; including a proposed process plan and schedule) with the Commission, pursuant to 18 CFR 5.6 of the Commission's regulations.
n. A copy of the PAD is available for review at the Commission in the Public Reference Room or may be viewed on the Commission's Web site (
o. Register online at
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding of PE Berkeley, Inc.'s application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate tariff, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability, is July 25, 2017.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for electronic review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
Federal Communications Commission.
Notice and request for comments.
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC or the Commission) invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collection. Comments are requested concerning: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and ways to further reduce the information collection burden on small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
The Commission may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number. No person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information subject to the PRA that does not display a valid OMB control number.
Written comments should be submitted on or before August 10, 2017. If you anticipate that you will be submitting comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, you should advise the contacts listed below as soon as possible.
Direct all PRA comments to Nicholas A. Fraser, OMB, via email
For additional information or copies of the information collection, contact Cathy Williams at (202) 418-2918. To view a copy of this information collection request (ICR) submitted to OMB: (1) Go to the Web page
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), the Federal Communications Commission (FCC or the Commission) invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collection. Comments are requested concerning: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and ways to further reduce the information collection burden on small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
Specifically, the information collection requirements contained in Section 97.303(g)(2) requires prior to commencement of operations in these bands, amateur operators must notify the Utilities Telecom Council (UTC) of their intent by submitting their call signs, intended band or bands of operation, and the coordinates of their antenna's fixed location.
Amateur stations will be permitted to commence operations after a 30-day period unless UTC notifies the applicant that its requested location is located within one kilometer of PLC systems operating in the same or overlapping frequencies.
Federal Communications Commission.
Notice and request for comments.
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), the Federal Communications Commission (FCC or Commission) invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collections. Comments are requested concerning: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and ways to further reduce the information collection burden on small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
The FCC may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number. No person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information subject to the PRA that does not display a valid OMB control number.
Written comments should be submitted on or before September 11, 2017. If you anticipate that you will be submitting comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, you should advise the contacts below as soon as possible.
Direct all PRA comments to Cathy Williams, FCC, via email:
For additional information about the information collection, contact Cathy Williams at (202) 418-2918.
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the PRA, 44 U.S.C. 3501-3520, the FCC invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collections. Comments are requested concerning: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and ways to further reduce the information collection burden on small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
FCC Form 1240 is filed by cable operators seeking to adjust maximum permitted rates for regulated cable services to reflect changes in external costs.
Cable operators submit Form 1240 to their respective local franchising authorities (“LFAs”) to justify rates for the basic service tier and related equipment or with the Commission (in situations where the Commission has assumed jurisdiction).
Federal Communications Commission.
Notice and request for comments.
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC or the Commission) invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collection. Comments are requested concerning: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and ways to further reduce the information collection burden on small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees. The FCC may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid control number. No person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information subject to the PRA that does not display a valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number.
Written PRA comments should be submitted on or before September 11, 2017. If you anticipate that you will be submitting comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, you should advise the contact listed below as soon as possible.
Direct all PRA comments to Nicole Ongele, FCC, via email
For additional information about the information collection, contact Nicole Ongele at (202) 418-2991.
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), the Federal Communications Commission (FCC or Commission) invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collections. Comments are requested concerning: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and ways to further reduce the information collection burden on small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
The Commission consolidated Class A and Class B accounts by eliminating the current classification of carriers, which divides incumbent LECS into two classes for accounting purposes based on annual revenues. Carriers subject to Part 32's USOA will now only be required to keep Class B accounts.
Pursuant to the
A price cap carrier may be required to submit pole attachment accounting data to the Commission for three years following the effective date of the rule permitting a price cap carrier to elect GAAP accounting. If a pole attacher informs the Commission of a suspected problem with pole attachment rates, the Commission will require the price cap carrier to file its pole attachment data for the state in question. This requirement may be extended for an additional three years, if necessary.
The Commission reduced the accounting requirements for telephone companies with a continuing obligation to comply with Part 32 in a number of areas. Telephone companies may: (1) Carry an asset at its purchase price when it was acquired, even if its value has increased or declined when it goes into regulated service; (2) reprice an asset at market value after a merger or acquisition consistent with GAAP; (3) use GAAP principles to determine Allowance-for-Funds-Used-During Construction; and (4) employ the GAAP standard of materiality. Rate-of-return carriers receiving cost-based support must determine materiality consistent with the general materiality guidelines promulgated by the Auditing Standards Board.
Price cap carriers with a continuing Part 32 accounting obligation must maintain continuing property records necessary to track substantial assets and investments in an accurate, auditable manner. The carriers must make such property information available to the Commission upon request. Carriers subject to Part 32 must continue to comply with the USOA's depreciation procedures and its rules for cost of removal-and-salvage accounting.
Federal Communications Commission.
Notice and request for comments.
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC or the Commission) invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collection. Comments are requested concerning: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and ways to further reduce the information collection burden on small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees. The FCC may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid control number. No person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information subject to the PRA that does not display a valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number.
Written PRA comments should be submitted on or before September 11, 2017. If you anticipate that you will be submitting comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, you should advise the contact listed below as soon as possible.
Direct all PRA comments to Nicole Ongele, FCC, via email
For additional information about the information collection, contact Nicole Ongele at (202) 418-2991.
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), the Federal Communications Commission (FCC or Commission) invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collections. Comments are requested concerning: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and ways to further reduce the information collection burden on small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
Federal Communications Commission.
Notice and request for comments.
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), the Federal Communications Commission (FCC or Commission) invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collections. Comments are requested concerning: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and ways to further reduce the information collection burden on small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
The FCC may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number. No person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information subject to the PRA that does not display a valid OMB control number.
Written comments should be submitted on or before September 11, 2017. If you anticipate that you will be submitting comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, you should advise the contacts below as soon as possible.
Direct all PRA comments to Cathy Williams, FCC, via email:
For additional information about the information collection, contact Cathy Williams at (202) 418-2918.
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the PRA, 44 U.S.C. 3501-3520, the FCC invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collections. Comments are requested concerning: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and ways to further reduce the information collection burden on small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), as Receiver for 10187 Marco Community Bank, Marco Island, Florida (Receiver) has been authorized to take all actions necessary to terminate the receivership estate of Marco Community Bank (Receivership
The Receiver has further irrevocably authorized and appointed FDIC-Corporate as its attorney-in-fact to execute and file any and all documents that may be required to be executed by the Receiver which FDIC-Corporate, in its sole discretion, deems necessary; including but not limited to releases, discharges, satisfactions, endorsements, assignments and deeds.
Effective July 1, 2017, the Receivership Estate has been terminated, the Receiver discharged, and the Receivership Estate has ceased to exist as a legal entity.
Notice is hereby given that Maersk Line A/S (“Petitioner”), has petitioned the Commission pursuant to 46 U.S.C. 40103 and 46 CFR 502.76
Petitioner asserts that the “so-called Petya virus” severely impaired its information systems such that it “is not able to determine which service contracts and/or service contract rates are scheduled to expire at the end of June or in early July.” Because Petitioner is uncertain which customers to contact to “extend or renegotiate those contracts/rates,” it is requesting relief from service contract filing rules for 20 days. Petitioner states “[t]his time period should provide Maersk Line sufficient time to regain access to its service contract database and filing capabilities, to be able to identify expiring contracts/rates, and obtain agreements from shippers with regards to the disposition of their expiring contracts/rates.”
In order for the Commission to make a thorough evaluation of the exemption requested in the Petition, pursuant to 46 CFR 502.92, interested parties are requested to submit views or arguments in reply to the Petition no later than July 14, 2017. Replies shall be sent to the Secretary by email to
Non-confidential filings may be submitted in hard copy to the Secretary at the above address or by email as a PDF attachment to
The Petition will be posted on the Commission's Web site at
Federal Maritime Commission.
Notice and request for comments.
As part of our continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Federal Maritime Commission (Commission) invites comments on the continuing information collections (extensions with no changes) listed below in this notice.
Written comments must be submitted on or before September 11, 2017.
Address all comments to: Karen V. Gregory, Managing Director, Office of the Managing Director, Federal Maritime Commission, 800 North Capitol Street NW., Washington, DC 20573, Phone: (202) 523-5800, Email:
Please send separate comments for each specific information collection listed below. You must reference the information collection's title and OMB number in your comments.
Copies of the information collections and instructions, or copies of any comments received, may be obtained by contacting Donna Lee on (202) 523-5800 or email at
The Commission, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to comment on the continuing information collections listed in this notice, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
Comments submitted in response to this notice will be included or summarized in our request for Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval of the relevant information collection. All comments are part of the public record and subject to disclosure. Please do not include any confidential or inappropriate material in your comments. We invite comments on: (1) The necessity and utility of the proposed information collection for the proper performance of the agency's functions; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology to minimize the information collection burden.
The companies listed in this notice have applied to the Board for approval, pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841
The applications listed below, as well as other related filings required by the Board, are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The applications will also be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing on the standards enumerated in the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1842(c)). If the proposal also involves the acquisition of a nonbanking company, the review also includes whether the acquisition of the nonbanking company complies with the standards in section 4 of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1843). Unless otherwise noted, nonbanking activities will be conducted throughout the United States.
Unless otherwise noted, comments regarding each of these applications must be received at the Reserve Bank indicated or the offices of the Board of Governors not later than August 4, 2017.
A. Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (Adam M. Drimer, Assistant Vice President) 701 East Byrd Street, Richmond, Virginia 23261-4528. Comments can also be sent electronically to or
1.
B. Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas (Robert L. Triplett III, Senior Vice President) 2200 North Pearl Street, Dallas, Texas 75201-2272:
1.
The notificants listed below have applied under the Change in Bank Control Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)) and § 225.41 of the Board's Regulation Y (12 CFR 225.41) to acquire shares of a bank or bank holding company. The factors that are considered in acting on the notices are set forth in paragraph 7 of the Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(7)).
The notices are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The notices also will be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing to the Reserve Bank indicated for that notice or to the offices of the Board of Governors. Comments must be received not later than July 24, 2017.
1.
1.
The notificants listed below have applied under the Change in Bank Control Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)) and § 225.41 of the Board's Regulation Y (12 CFR 225.41) to acquire shares of a bank or bank holding company. The factors that are considered in acting on the notices are set forth in paragraph 7 of the Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(7)).
The notices are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The notices also will be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing to the Reserve Bank indicated for that notice or to the offices of the Board of Governors. Comments must be received not later than July 26, 2017.
A. Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis (Jacquelyn K. Brunmeier, Assistant Vice President) 90 Hennepin Avenue, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55480-0291:
1.
The companies listed in this notice have applied to the Board for approval, pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841
The applications listed below, as well as other related filings required by the Board, are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The applications will also be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing on the standards enumerated in the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1842(c)). If the proposal also involves the acquisition of a nonbanking company, the review also includes whether the acquisition of the nonbanking company complies with the standards in section 4 of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1843). Unless otherwise noted, nonbanking activities will be conducted throughout the United States.
Unless otherwise noted, comments regarding each of these applications must be received at the Reserve Bank indicated or the offices of the Board of Governors not later than August 3, 2017.
1.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has determined the regulatory review period for INTERCEPT BLOOD SYSTEM FOR PLASMA and is publishing this notice of that determination as required by law. FDA has made the determination because of the submission of applications to the Director of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), Department of Commerce, for the extension of a patent which claims that medical device.
Anyone with knowledge that any of the dates as published (in the
You may submit comments as follows. Please note that late, untimely filed comments will not be considered. Electronic comments must be submitted on or before September 11, 2017. The
Submit electronic comments in the following way.
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Dockets Management Staff, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Beverly Friedman, Office of Regulatory Policy, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 51, Rm. 6250, Silver Spring, MD 20993, 301-796-3600.
The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 (Pub. L. 98-417) and the Generic Animal Drug and Patent Term Restoration Act (Pub. L. 100-670) generally provide that a patent may be extended for a period of up to 5 years so long as the patented item (human drug product, animal drug product, medical device, food additive, or color additive) was subject to regulatory review by FDA before the item was marketed. Under these acts, a product's regulatory review period forms the basis for determining the amount of extension an applicant may receive.
A regulatory review period consists of two periods of time: A testing phase and an approval phase. For medical devices, the testing phase begins with a clinical investigation of the device and runs until the approval phase begins. The approval phase starts with the initial submission of an application to market the device and continues until permission to market the device is granted. Although only a portion of a regulatory review period may count toward the actual amount of extension that the Director of USPTO may award (half the testing phase must be subtracted as well as any time that may have occurred before the patent was issued), FDA's determination of the length of a regulatory review period for a medical device will include all of the testing phase and approval phase as specified in 35 U.S.C. 156(g)(3)(B).
FDA has approved for marketing the medical device INTERCEPT BLOOD SYSTEM FOR PLASMA. INTERCEPT BLOOD SYSTEM FOR PLASMA is indicated for inactivation of bacterial and viral contaminants in Fresh Frozen Plasma prior to transfusion. Subsequent to this approval, the USPTO received patent term restoration applications for INTERCEPT BLOOD SYSTEM FOR PLASMA (U.S. Patent Nos. 5,593,823 and 6,951,713) from Cerus Corporation, and the USPTO requested FDA's assistance in determining this patents' eligibility for patent term restoration. In a letter dated April 26, 2016, FDA advised the USPTO that this medical device had undergone a regulatory review period and that the approval of INTERCEPT BLOOD SYSTEM FOR PLASMA represented the first permitted commercial marketing or use of the product. Thereafter, the USPTO requested that FDA determine the product's regulatory review period.
FDA has determined that the applicable regulatory review period for INTERCEPT BLOOD SYSTEM FOR PLASMA is 6,497 days. Of this time, 6,114 days occurred during the testing phase of the regulatory review period, while 383 days occurred during the approval phase. These periods of time were derived from the following dates:
1.
2.
3.
This determination of the regulatory review period establishes the maximum potential length of a patent extension. However, the USPTO applies several statutory limitations in its calculations of the actual period for patent extension. In its applications for patent extension, this applicant seeks 1,860 days or 5 years of patent term extension.
Anyone with knowledge that any of the dates as published are incorrect may submit either electronic or written comments and, under 21 CFR 60.24, ask for a redetermination (see
Submit petitions electronically to
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) is announcing a list of class II devices that the Agency has determined based on established factors to no longer require premarket notification to provide reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness, subject to certain limitations. FDA is publishing this notice of that determination in accordance with procedures established by the 21st Century Cures Act. This notice represents FDA's final determination with respect to the list of class II devices proposed in a March 14, 2017,
Bryce Bennett, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 66, Rm. 5244, Silver Spring, MD 20993, email:
In the
In a future action, FDA intends to amend the codified language for each listed device's classification regulation to reflect this final determination. Persons with pending 510(k) submissions for devices that are now exempt from premarket notification, subject to the limitations on exemptions, should withdraw their submissions.
These exemptions will decrease regulatory burdens on the medical device industry and will eliminate private costs and expenditures required to comply with Federal regulation. Specifically, regulated industry will no longer have to invest time and resources in premarket notifications, including preparation of documents and data for submission to FDA, payment of user fees associated with 510(k) submissions, and responding to questions and requests for additional information from FDA during 510(k) review.
There are a number of factors FDA may consider to determine whether a 510(k) is necessary to provide reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of a class II device. These factors are discussed in the January 21, 1998,
FDA believes that the types of class II devices listed in this notice should be exempt from the premarket notification requirements found under section 510(k) of the FD&C Act. However, an exemption from the requirement of premarket notification does not mean that the device is exempt from any other statutory or regulatory requirements, unless such exemption is explicitly provided by order or regulation. FDA's determination that premarket notification is unnecessary to provide a reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness for devices listed in this document is based, in part, on the assurance of safety and effectiveness that other regulatory controls, such as current good manufacturing practice requirements, provide.
In addition to being subject to the general limitations to the exemptions found in Title 21 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) sections 862.9 to 892.9 (§§ 862.9 to 892.9), when Agency assessment determines that the factors laid out in the Class II 510(k) Exemption Guidance (Ref. 1) do not weigh in favor of exemption for all devices in a particular group, FDA may partially limit the exemption from premarket notification requirements to specific devices within a listed device type. In such situations where a partial exemption limitation has been identified, FDA has determined that premarket notification is necessary to provide a reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness for these devices. Partial exemption limitations can be found in table 2 of this notice. FDA has assigned new product codes to the device types that are now exempt subject to the partial limitations in order to ensure that these devices can be separated from devices that do not fall within the partial exemption limitation under the existing product code (
In table 1, FDA is identifying the following list of class II devices that no longer require premarket notification under section 510(k) of the FD&C Act, subject to the general limitations to the exemptions found in §§ 862.9 to 892.9:
In table 2, FDA is identifying a list of class II devices that no longer require premarket notification under section 510(k) of the FD&C Act, subject to the general limitations to the exemptions found in §§ 862.9 to 892.9, as well as the indicated partial exemption limitations. Devices listed in table 2 are now exempt, but only if they are in concurrent compliance with both the partial exemption limitation specified in table 2 and its corresponding general limitation found in the .9 section of Parts 862 to 892 of Title 21 of the CFR.
In table 2, FDA included devices classified under § 866.5750 (Radioallergosorbent (RAST) immunological test system). FDA does not believe that all devices classified under this regulation meet the exemption criteria from premarket notification requirements. The devices listed in table 3 are also classified under § 866.5750, but this subset no longer requires premarket notification under section 510(k) of the FD&C Act, subject to the general limitations to the exemptions found in § 866.9. While the non-exempt devices classified under § 866.5750 will retain product code “DHB”, these devices listed in table 3 are reassigned product code “PUW.”
The following reference is on display in the Dockets Management Staff (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, Rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852, and is available for viewing by interested persons between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday; it is also available electronically at
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or the Agency) has determined the regulatory review period for Intercept Blood System for Platelets and is publishing this notice of that determination as required by law. FDA has made the determination because of the submission of applications to the Director of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), Department of Commerce, for the extension of a patent which claims that medical device.
Anyone with knowledge that any of the dates as published (in the
You may submit comments as follows. Please note that late, untimely filed comments will not be considered. Electronic comments must be submitted on or before September 11, 2017. The
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Dockets Management Staff, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Beverly Friedman, Office of Regulatory Policy, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 51,
The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 (Pub. L. 98-417) and the Generic Animal Drug and Patent Term Restoration Act (Pub. L. 100-670) generally provide that a patent may be extended for a period of up to 5 years so long as the patented item (human drug product, animal drug product, medical device, food additive, or color additive) was subject to regulatory review by FDA before the item was marketed. Under these acts, a product's regulatory review period forms the basis for determining the amount of extension an applicant may receive.
A regulatory review period consists of two periods of time: A testing phase and an approval phase. For medical devices, the testing phase begins with a clinical investigation of the device and runs until the approval phase begins. The approval phase starts with the initial submission of an application to market the device and continues until FDA grants permission to market the device. Although only a portion of a regulatory review period may count toward the actual amount of extension that the Director of USPTO may award (for example, half the testing phase must be subtracted as well as any time that may have occurred before the patent was issued), FDA's determination of the length of a regulatory review period for a medical device will include all of the testing phase and approval phase as specified in 35 U.S.C. 156(g)(3)(B).
FDA has approved for marketing the medical device Intercept Blood System for Platelets. Intercept Blood System for Platelets is indicated for
FDA has determined that the applicable regulatory review period for Intercept Blood System for Platelets is 7,080 days. Of this time, 6,909 days occurred during the testing phase of the regulatory review period, while 171 days occurred during the approval phase. These periods of time were derived from the following dates:
1.
2.
3.
This determination of the regulatory review period establishes the maximum potential length of a patent extension. However, the USPTO applies several statutory limitations in its calculations of the actual period for patent extension. In its applications for patent extension, this applicant seeks 1,640 days or 999 days of patent term extension.
Anyone with knowledge that any of the dates as published are incorrect may submit either electronic or written comments and, under 21 CFR 60.24, ask for a redetermination (see
Submit petitions electronically to
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice; request for comments.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) is requesting comment on the draft standardized Pharmaceutical Quality/Chemistry Manufacturing and Control (PQ/CMC) data elements and terminologies for the electronic submission of PQ/CMC data. The establishment of standardized pharmaceutical quality data elements and terminologies will provide opportunities for FDA and industry to transform PQ/CMC submission data into a readily useable electronic format. As a result, these established data elements and terminologies will improve the efficiency and quality of the drug review process. The Agency is seeking comment on the accuracy, suitability, and appropriateness of these data elements and terminologies for submission of PQ/CMC data. FDA is considering implementing PQ/CMC requirements as a Health Level 7 (HL7) Structured Product Labeling (SPL) document. The proposed data elements and terminologies can be obtained on
Submit either electronic or written comments by September 11, 2017. Late, untimely filed comments
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Dockets Management Staff, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Norman Schmuff, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 21, Rm. 2526, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-1454
PQ/CMC is a term used to describe manufacturing and testing data of pharmaceutical products. PQ/CMC encompasses topics such as drug stability, quality specification, and batch analysis, which are important aspects of drug development. PQ/CMC plays an integral part in the regulatory review process and life cycle management of pharmaceutical products. The standardization of PQ/CMC data elements and terminologies will facilitate the Agency's transition to an electronic review environment.
FDA intends to identify and standardize data elements and terminologies for information commonly used and submitted in support of drug product applications. The impetus for this standardization effort was the provisions from the 2012 Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act (FDASIA) (Pub. L. 112-144), which authorized the Agency to require certain submissions to be in a specified electronic format. The development of a structured format for PQ/CMC data will enable consistency in the content and format of PQ/CMC data submitted, thus providing a harmonized language for submission content, allowing reviewers to query the data, and, in general, contributing to a more efficient and effective regulatory decision-making process by creating a standardized data dictionary.
After receiving comments, the Agency will consider future actions on the standardization of PQ/CMC data elements and terminologies for electronic submissions.
Persons with access to the Internet may obtain the proposed data elements and terminologies at
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
National Institutes of Health, HHS.
Notice.
In compliance with the requirement of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 to provide opportunity for public comment on proposed data collection projects, the National Institutes of Health (NIH) will publish periodic summaries of proposed projects to be submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval.
Comments regarding this information collection are best assured of having their full effect if received within 60 days of the date of this publication.
To obtain a copy of the data collection plans and instruments, submit comments in writing, or request more information on the proposed project, contact: Melba Rojas, NIMH Project Clearance Liaison, Science Policy and Evaluation Branch, Office of Science Policy, Planning and Communications, NIMH, Neuroscience Center, 6001 Executive Boulevard, MSC 9667, Bethesda, Maryland 20892, call 301-443-4335, or email your request, including your mailing address, to
Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 requires: written comments and/or suggestions from the public and affected agencies are invited to address one or more of the following points: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the function of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
OMB approval is requested for 3 years. There are no costs to respondents other than their time. The total estimated annualized burden hours are 1000.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Periodically, the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) will publish a summary of
The Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) plans to conduct a methodological field test for a potential national mental health study, provisionally named the National Mental Health Study (NMHS). The NMHS will use mental disorder assessments similar to studies last conducted over a decade ago in the National Comorbidity Survey-Replication among adults in 2001-2003 and the National Comorbidity Survey-Adolescent supplement among adolescents in 2001-2002. SAMHSA is collaborating with the National Institute of Mental Health (NIMH) to implement this field test.
The purpose of the NMHS Field Test is to test the procedures for a potential NMHS. The field test consists of three general components. The first component is sample selection using a household screener. The household screener will be used to determine eligibility of individuals and to make selections of individuals to recruit for participation in the second component. The second component consists of an in-person survey of the selected adult and adolescent respondents. The NMHS procedures vary somewhat between adults (aged 18 or older) and adolescents (aged 13 to 17). For all respondents, the in-person assessment (using either the adult or adolescent instrument) will be conducted primarily using audio computer-assisted self-interviewing (ACASI), with an emphasis on respondents completing the interview in a single session. In addition to the adolescent in-person assessment, parents/legal guardians of adolescent respondents will receive an additional web or phone interviews (the parent instrument). The final component consists of a telephone clinical reappraisal of a selected subgroup of adult and adolescent respondents, with an additional parent/guardian reporting for adolescents.
The NMHS field test will include 1,200 English speaking respondents—900 adults and 300 adolescents in the United States excluding Alaska and Hawaii. Approximately 210 parents/legal guardians of adolescent respondents will complete an additional parent interview. A subsample of approximately 150 adult and adolescent respondents and 50 parent respondents will complete a telephone-based clinical reappraisal follow-up interview. In addition, a subsample of completed screening and interview cases will be re-contacted for a brief telephone interview to verify that interviewers followed proper protocols when collecting data. The sample size supports testing of field procedures, sampling algorithms, and data processing steps. The total annual burden estimate is shown in the table below.
Written comments and recommendations concerning the proposed information collection should be sent by August 10, 2017 to the SAMHSA Desk Officer at the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB). To ensure timely receipt of comments, and to avoid potential delays in OMB's receipt and processing of mail sent through the U.S. Postal Service, commenters are encouraged to submit their comments to OMB via email to:
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 30 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; fax: 202-395-5806, Email:
Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QMAC, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email
Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Pollard.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
The
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond: Including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of Community Planning and Development, HUD.
Notice of proposed information collection.
HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 60 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 4176, Washington, DC 20410-5000; telephone (202) 402-3400 (this is not a toll-free number) or email at
Sherri Boyd, Senior Program Specialist, Office of Special Needs Assistance Programs, Office of Community Planning and Development, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 7264, Washington, DC 20410; telephone (202) 402-6070 (This is not a toll-free number). Persons with hearing or speech impairments may access this number through TTY by calling the toll-free Federal Relay Service at (800) 877-8339. Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Boyd.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. chapter 35.
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
HUD submitted the proposed information collection requirement described below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 30 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; fax: 202-395-5806, Email:
Inez C. Downs, Reports Management Officer, QMAC, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email
Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Downs.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
The
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond: Including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 30 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; fax: 202-395-5806, Email:
Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QMAC, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street
Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Pollard.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A. The
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond: Including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
HUD submitted the proposed information collection requirement described below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act. The purpose of this notice is to allow for an additional 30 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; fax: 202-395-5806. Email:
Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QMAC, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
The
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including using appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
United States International Trade Commission.
Notice.
The Commission hereby gives notice of the scheduling of the final phase of antidumping and countervailing duty investigation Nos. 701-TA-565 and 731-TA-1341 (Final) pursuant to the Tariff Act of 1930 (“the Act”) to determine whether an industry in the United States is materially injured or threatened with material injury, or the establishment of an industry in the United States is materially retarded, by reason of imports of hardwood plywood from China, provided for in heading 4412 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States, preliminarily determined by the Department of Commerce to be subsidized and sold at less-than-fair-value.
Effective June 23, 2017.
Drew Dushkes (202-205-3229), Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436. Hearing-impaired persons can obtain information on this matter by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on 202-205-1810. Persons with mobility impairments who will need special assistance in gaining access to the Commission should contact the Office of the Secretary at 202-205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its internet server (
For further information concerning the conduct of this phase of the investigations, hearing procedures, and rules of general application, consult the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, part 201, subparts A and B (19 CFR part 201), and part 207, subparts A and C (19 CFR part 207).
Additional written submissions to the Commission, including requests pursuant to section 201.12 of the Commission's rules, shall not be accepted unless good cause is shown for accepting such submissions, or unless the submission is pursuant to a specific request by a Commissioner or Commission staff.
In accordance with sections 201.16(c) and 207.3 of the Commission's rules, each document filed by a party to the investigations must be served on all other parties to the investigations (as identified by either the public or BPI service list), and a certificate of service must be timely filed. The Secretary will not accept a document for filing without a certificate of service.
These investigations are being conducted under authority of title VII of the Tariff Act of 1930; this notice is published pursuant to section 207.21 of the Commission's rules.
By order of the Commission.
United States International Trade Commission.
Notice.
Effective June 29, 2017.
Drew Dushkes (202-205-3229), Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436. Hearing-impaired persons can obtain information on this matter by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on 202-205-1810. Persons with mobility impairments who will need special assistance in gaining access to the Commission should contact the Office of the Secretary at 202-205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its internet server (
Effective February 8, 2017, the Commission established a general schedule for the conduct of the final phase of its investigations on finished carbon steel flanges from India, Italy, and Spain.
The Commission's supplemental schedule is as follows: The deadline for filing supplemental party comments on Commerce's final determinations is July 11, 2017; the staff report in the final phase of these investigations will be placed in the nonpublic record on July 21, 2017; and a public version will be issued thereafter.
Supplemental party comments may address only Commerce's final determinations regarding imports from India and Italy. These supplemental final comments may not contain new factual information and may not exceed five (5) pages in length.
For further information concerning these investigations see the Commission's notice cited above and the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, part 201, subparts A and B (19 CFR part 201), and part 207, subparts A and C (19 CFR part 207).
These investigations are being conducted under authority of title VII of the Tariff Act of 1930; this notice is published pursuant to section 207.21 of the Commission's rules.
By order of the Commission.
National Aeronautics and Space Administration.
Notice of meeting.
In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) announces a meeting of the NASA Advisory Council (NAC).
Thursday, July 27, 2017, 9:00 a.m.-5:15 p.m. EDT. Friday, July 28, 2017, 9:00 a.m.-11:30 a.m. EDT.
National Institute of Aerospace, Room 101, 100 Exploration Way, Hampton, VA 23666.
Ms. Marla King, NAC Administrative Officer, NASA Headquarters, Washington, DC 20546, (202) 358-1148.
This meeting will be open to the public up
The agenda for the meeting will include reports from the following:
Attendees will be requested to sign a register. It is imperative that the meeting be held on these dates to the scheduling priorities of the key participants.
National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA).
Notice of meeting.
In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) announces a meeting of the Aerospace Safety Advisory Panel.
Thursday, July 20, 2017, 11:00 a.m.-12:30 p.m., EDT.
NASA Headquarters, Program Review Center, Room 9H40, 300 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20546.
Ms. Carol Hamilton, Executive Director, Aerospace Safety Advisory Panel, NASA Headquarters, Washington, DC 20546, (202) 358-1857 or
The Aerospace Safety Advisory Panel (ASAP) will hold its Third Quarterly Meeting for 2017. This meeting is pursuant to carrying out its statutory duties for which the Panel reviews, identifies, evaluates, and advises on those program activities, systems, procedures, and management activities that can contribute to program risk. Priority is given to those programs that involve the safety of human flight.
The agenda will include:
The meeting will be open to the public up to the seating capacity of the room. Seating will be on a first-come basis. This meeting is also available telephonically. Any interested person may dial the toll access number 1-210-234-0044 or the toll free access number 1-888-790-3721, and then the numeric participant passcode: 2453604 followed by the # sign. Attendees will be requested to sign a register and to comply with NASA Headquarters security requirements, including the presentation of a valid picture ID before receiving access to NASA Headquarters. Due to the Real ID Act, Public Law 109-13, any attendees with driver's licenses issued from non-compliant states/territories must present a second form of ID [Federal employee badge; passport; active military identification card; enhanced driver's license; U.S. Coast Guard Merchant Mariner card; Native American tribal document; school identification accompanied by an item from LIST C (documents that establish employment authorization) from the “List of the Acceptable Documents” on Form I-9]. Non-compliant states/territories are: Minnesota and Missouri. Foreign nationals attending this meeting are required to provide a copy of their passport and visa in addition to providing the following information no less than 7 days prior to the meeting: Full name; gender; date/place of birth; citizenship; visa information (number, type, expiration date); passport information (number, country, expiration date); employer/affiliation information (name of institution, address, country, telephone); title/position of attendee; and home address to Ms. Carol Hamilton via email at
National Endowment for the Humanities.
Notice of meetings.
The National Endowment for the Humanities will hold seventeen meetings of the Humanities Panel, a federal advisory committee, during August, 2017. The purpose of the meetings is for panel review, discussion, evaluation, and recommendation of applications for financial assistance under the National Foundation on the Arts and Humanities Act of 1965.
See
The meetings will be held at Constitution Center at 400 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20506, unless otherwise indicated.
Elizabeth Voyatzis, Committee Management Officer, 400 7th Street SW., Room 4060, Washington, DC 20506; (202) 606-8322;
Pursuant to section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Because these meetings will include review of personal and/or proprietary financial and commercial information given in confidence to the agency by grant applicants, the meetings will be closed to the public pursuant to sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6) of Title 5, U.S.C., as amended. I have made this determination pursuant to the authority granted me by the Chairman's Delegation of Authority to Close Advisory Committee Meetings dated April 15, 2016.
9:30 a.m., Tuesday, July 25, 2017.
NTSB Conference Center, 429 L'Enfant Plaza SW., Washington, DC 20594.
The two items are open to the public.
Telephone: (202) 314-6100.
The press and public may enter the NTSB Conference Center one hour prior to the meeting for set up and seating.
Individuals requesting specific accommodations should contact Rochelle McCallister at (202) 314-6305 or by email at
The public may view the meeting via a live or archived webcast by accessing a link under “News & Events” on the NTSB home page at
Schedule updates, including weather-related cancellations, are also available at
Candi Bing at (202) 314-6403 or by email at
Eric Weiss at (202) 314-6100 or by email at
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Export license amendment/renewal application; opportunity to comment, request a hearing, and petition for leave to intervene.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) received and is considering issuing an export license amendment/renewal (XW008/05), requested by Diversified Scientific Services, Inc. (DSSI) by application submitted on March 24, 2017. The request seeks the NRC's approval for renewal and amendment of an existing license authorizing the export of radioactive waste to Canada.
Submit comments by August 10, 2017. Requests for a hearing or a petition for leave to intervene must be filed by August 10, 2017.
You may submit comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
•
For additional direction on obtaining information and submitting comments, see “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” in the
Andrea Jones, Office of International Programs, telephone: 301-287-9072, email:
You may obtain publicly-available information related to this export license application (amendment/renewal) from DSSI action by the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Please include Docket ID NRC-2017-0156 in your comment submission.
The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. The NRC will post all comment submissions at
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the NRC, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that the NRC does not routinely edit comment submissions to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment into ADAMS.
In accordance with 10 CFR 110.70(b) the NRC is noticing the receipt of an export license amendment application submitted by Diversified Scientific Services, Inc., on March 29, 2017, for the export of Canadian-origin radioactive waste from the State of Tennessee to Canada. The existing license authorizes the export of up to 420 kilograms of radioactive waste. The amendment/renewal requests an extension of the license for five years, a change to the name of an ultimate consignee, and other minor revisions to the existing license. The NRC is noticing the request to amend/renew the license to export radioactive waste; opening the opportunity for public comment; and opening the opportunity to file a request for a hearing or petition for leave to intervene for 30 days after publication of this notice in the
A request for a hearing or petition for leave to intervene may be filed with the NRC electronically in accordance with NRC's E-Filing rule promulgated in August 2007 (72 FR 49139; August 28, 2007). Information about filing electronically is available on the NRC's public Web site at
The information concerning this application for an export license amendment/renewal follows.
For The Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Weeks of July 10, 17, 24, 31, August 7, 14, 2017.
Commissioners' Conference Room, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland.
Public and Closed.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of July 10, 2017.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of July 17, 2017.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of July 24, 2017.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of July 31, 2017.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of August 7, 2017.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of August 14, 2017.
The schedule for Commission meetings is subject to change on short notice. For more information or to verify the status of meetings, contact Denise McGovern at 301-415-0681 or via email at
The NRC Commission Meeting Schedule can be found on the Internet at:
The NRC provides reasonable accommodation to individuals with disabilities where appropriate. If you need a reasonable accommodation to participate in these public meetings, or need this meeting notice or the transcript or other information from the public meetings in another format (
Members of the public may request to receive this information electronically. If you would like to be added to the distribution, please contact the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Office of the Secretary, Washington, DC 20555 (301-415-1969), or email
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Notice of submission to the Office of Management and Budget; request for comment.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) invites public comment on the renewal of Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval for an existing collection of information. The information collection is titled “Licenses, Certifications, and Approvals for Nuclear Power Plants.”
Submit comments by August 10, 2017.
Submit comments directly to the OMB reviewer at: Aaron Szabo, Desk Officer, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (3150-0151), NEOB-10202, Office of Management and Budget, Washington, DC 20503; telephone: 202-395-3621, email:
David Cullison, NRC Clearance Officer, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone:
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2016-0129 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this action. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this action by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information in comment submissions that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. All comment submissions are posted at
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the OMB, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that comment submissions are not routinely edited to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment into ADAMS.
Under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35), the NRC recently submitted a request for renewal of an existing collection of information to OMB for review titled “10 CFR part 52, Licenses, Certifications, and Approvals for Nuclear Power Plants.” The NRC hereby informs potential respondents that an agency may not conduct or sponsor, and that a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
The NRC published a
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
License amendment application; opportunity to comment, request a hearing, and petition for leave to intervene.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is considering issuance of amendments to Facility Operating License Nos. 50-334 and 50-412, issued to FirstEnergy Nuclear Operating Company, for operation of the Beaver Valley Power Station (Beaver Valley), Units 1 and 2. The proposed amendments would modify requirements on control and shutdown rods, and rod and bank position indication for Beaver Valley, Unit 2, and make additional, supporting changes to Beaver Valley, Units 1 and 2, Technical Specifications.
Submit comments by August 10, 2017. A request for a hearing or petition for leave to intervene must be filed by September 11, 2017.
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2017-0157 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this document. You may obtain publicly available
•
•
•
Booma Venkataraman, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-2934, email:
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2017-0157 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this action. You may obtain publicly available information related to this action by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Please include Docket ID NRC-2017-0157 in your comment submission.
The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. The NRC will post all comment submissions at
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the NRC, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that the NRC does not routinely edit comment submissions to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment into ADAMS.
The NRC is considering issuance of amendments to Facility Operating License Nos. 50-334 and 50-412, issued to FirstEnergy Nuclear Operating Company, for operation of Beaver Valley, Units 1 and 2, located in Beaver County, Pennsylvania.
The proposed amendments would modify requirements on control and shutdown rods, and rod and bank position indication for Beaver Valley, Unit 2. The proposed changes are consistent with the NRC-approved Technical Specifications Task Force (TSTF) Traveler TSTF-547-A, Revision 1, “Clarification of Rod Positon Requirements” (ADAMS Package Accession No. ML16012A126). The licensee also proposed additional supporting changes to Beaver Valley, Units 1 and 2, Technical Specifications.
Before any issuance of the proposed license amendments, the NRC will need to make the findings required by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (the Act), and the NRC's regulations.
The NRC has made a proposed determination that the license amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration. Under the NRC's regulations in § 50.92 of title 10 of the
1. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?
Control and shutdown rods are assumed to insert into the core to shut down the reactor in evaluated accidents. Rod insertion limits ensure that adequate negative reactivity is available to provide the assumed shutdown margin (SDM). Rod alignment and overlap limits maintain an appropriate power distribution and reactivity insertion profile.
Control and shutdown rods are initiators to several accidents previously evaluated, such as rod ejection. The proposed change does not change the limiting conditions for operation for the rods or make any technical changes to the Surveillance Requirements (SRs) governing the rods. Therefore, the proposed change has no significant effect on the probability of any accident previously evaluated.
Revising the TS [Technical Specification] Actions to provide a limited time to repair rod movement control has no effect on the SDM assumed in the accident analysis as the proposed Actions require verification that SDM is maintained. The effects on power distribution will not cause a significant increase in the consequences of any accident previously evaluated as all TS requirements on power distribution continue to be applicable.
Revising the TS Actions to provide an alternative to frequent use of the moveable incore detector system to verify the position of rods with inoperable rod position indicator does not change the requirement for the rods to be aligned and within the insertion limits.
Therefore, the assumptions used in any accidents previously evaluated are unchanged and there is no significant increase in the consequences.
The proposed change to resolve the conflicts in the TS ensure that the intended Actions are followed when equipment is inoperable. Actions taken with inoperable equipment are not assumptions in the
The proposed change to eliminate an unnecessary action has no effect on the consequences of accidents previously evaluated as the analysis of those accidents did not consider the use of the action.
The proposed change to increase consistency within the TS has no effect on the consequences of accidents previously evaluated as the proposed change clarifies the application of the existing requirements and does not change the intent.
The proposed change to renumber the TS and make other supporting changes has no effect on the probability or consequences of previously evaluated accidents.
Therefore, the proposed amendment does not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.
2. Does the proposed amendment create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any previously evaluated?
The proposed change does not involve a physical alteration of the plant (that is, no new or different type of equipment will be installed). The change does not alter assumptions made in the safety analyses. The proposed change does not alter the limiting conditions for operation for the rods or make any technical changes to the SRs governing the rods.
The proposed change to actions maintains or improves safety when equipment is inoperable and does not introduce new failure modes.
The proposed change to renumber the TS and make other supporting changes will not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from those previously evaluated.
Therefore, the proposed amendment does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any previously evaluated.
3. Does the proposed amendment involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?
The proposed change to allow an alternative method of verifying rod position has no effect on the safety margin as actual rod position is not affected. The proposed change to provide time to repair rods that are Operable but immovable does not result in a significant reduction in the margin of safety because all rods must be verified to be Operable, and all other banks must be within the insertion limits.
The remaining proposed changes to make the requirements internally consistent and to eliminate unnecessary actions do not affect the margin of safety as the changes do not affect the ability of the rods to perform their specified safety function.
The proposed change to renumber the TS and make other supporting changes has no effect on a margin of safety.
Therefore, the proposed amendment does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.
The NRC staff has reviewed the licensee's analysis and, based on this review, it appears that the three standards of 10 CFR 50.92(c) are satisfied. Therefore, the NRC staff proposes to determine that the license amendment request involves a no significant hazards consideration.
The NRC is seeking public comments on this proposed determination that the license amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration. Any comments received within 30 days after the date of publication of this notice will be considered in making any final determination.
Normally, the Commission will not issue the amendments until the expiration of 60 days after the date of publication of this notice. The Commission may issue the license amendments before expiration of the 60-day notice period if the Commission concludes the amendments involve no significant hazards consideration. In addition, the Commission may issue the amendments prior to the expiration of the 30-day comment period if circumstances change during the 30-day comment period such that failure to act in a timely way would result, for example, in derating or shutdown of the facility. If the Commission takes action prior to the expiration of either the comment period or the notice period, it will publish in the
Within 60 days after the date of publication of this notice, any persons (petitioner) whose interest may be affected by this action may file a request for a hearing and petition for leave to intervene (petition) with respect to the action. Petitions shall be filed in accordance with the Commission's “Agency Rules of Practice and Procedure” in 10 CFR part 2. Interested persons should consult a current copy of 10 CFR 2.309. The NRC's regulations are accessible electronically from the NRC Library on the NRC's Web site at
As required by 10 CFR 2.309(d) the petition should specifically explain the reasons why intervention should be permitted with particular reference to the following general requirements for standing: (1) The name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner; (2) the nature of the petitioner's right under the Act to be made a party to the proceeding; (3) the nature and extent of the petitioner's property, financial, or other interest in the proceeding; and (4) the possible effect of any decision or order which may be entered in the proceeding on the petitioner's interest.
In accordance with 10 CFR 2.309(f), the petition must also set forth the specific contentions which the petitioner seeks to have litigated in the proceeding. Each contention must consist of a specific statement of the issue of law or fact to be raised or controverted. In addition, the petitioner must provide a brief explanation of the bases for the contention and a concise statement of the alleged facts or expert opinion which support the contention and on which the petitioner intends to rely in proving the contention at the hearing. The petitioner must also provide references to the specific sources and documents on which the petitioner intends to rely to support its position on the issue. The petition must include sufficient information to show that a genuine dispute exists with the applicant or licensee on a material issue of law or fact. Contentions must be limited to matters within the scope of the proceeding. The contention must be one which, if proven, would entitle the petitioner to relief. A petitioner who fails to satisfy the requirements at 10 CFR 2.309(f) with respect to at least one contention will not be permitted to participate as a party.
Those permitted to intervene become parties to the proceeding, subject to any limitations in the order granting leave to intervene. Parties have the opportunity to participate fully in the conduct of the hearing with respect to resolution of that party's admitted contentions, including the opportunity to present evidence, consistent with the NRC's regulations, policies, and procedures.
Petitions must be filed no later than 60 days from the date of publication of this notice. Petitions and motions for leave to file new or amended contentions that are filed after the deadline will not be entertained absent a determination by the presiding officer that the filing demonstrates good cause by satisfying the three factors in 10 CFR 2.309(c)(1)(i) through (iii). The petition must be filed in accordance with the filing instructions in the “Electronic
If a hearing is requested, and the Commission has not made a final determination on the issue of no significant hazards consideration, the Commission will make a final determination on the issue of no significant hazards consideration. The final determination will serve to establish when the hearing is held. If the final determination is that the amendment request involves no significant hazards consideration, the Commission may issue the amendments and make them immediately effective, notwithstanding the request for a hearing. Any hearing would take place after issuance of the amendments. If the final determination is that the amendment request involves a significant hazards consideration, then any hearing held would take place before the issuance of the amendments unless the Commission finds an imminent danger to the health or safety of the public, in which case it will issue an appropriate order or rule under 10 CFR part 2.
A State, local governmental body, Federally-recognized Indian Tribe, or agency thereof, may submit a petition to the Commission to participate as a party under 10 CFR 2.309(h)(1). The petition should state the nature and extent of the petitioner's interest in the proceeding. The petition should be submitted to the Commission by September 11, 2017. The petition must be filed in accordance with the filing instructions in the “Electronic Submissions (E-Filing)” section of this document, and should meet the requirements for petitions set forth in this section, except that under 10 CFR 2.309(h)(2) a State, local governmental body, or federally recognized Indian Tribe, or agency thereof does not need to address the standing requirements in 10 CFR 2.309(d) if the facility is located within its boundaries. Alternatively, a State, local governmental body, Federally-recognized Indian Tribe, or agency thereof may participate as a non-party under 10 CFR 2.315(c).
If a hearing is granted, any person who is not a party to the proceeding and is not affiliated with or represented by a party may, at the discretion of the presiding officer, be permitted to make a limited appearance pursuant to the provisions of 10 CFR 2.315(a). A person making a limited appearance may make an oral or written statement of his or her position on the issues but may not otherwise participate in the proceeding. A limited appearance may be made at any session of the hearing or at any prehearing conference, subject to the limits and conditions as may be imposed by the presiding officer. Details regarding the opportunity to make a limited appearance will be provided by the presiding officer if such sessions are scheduled.
All documents filed in NRC adjudicatory proceedings, including a request for hearing and petition for leave to intervene (petition), any motion or other document filed in the proceeding prior to the submission of a request for hearing or petition to intervene, and documents filed by interested governmental entities that request to participate under 10 CFR 2.315(c), must be filed in accordance with the NRC's E-Filing rule (72 FR 49139; August 28, 2007, as amended at 77 FR 46562, August 3, 2012). The E-Filing process requires participants to submit and serve all adjudicatory documents over the internet, or in some cases to mail copies on electronic storage media. Detailed guidance on making electronic submissions may be found in the Guidance for Electronic Submissions to the NRC and on the NRC Web site at
To comply with the procedural requirements of E-Filing, at least 10 days prior to the filing deadline, the participant should contact the Office of the Secretary by email at
Information about applying for a digital ID certificate is available on the NRC's public Web site at
A person filing electronically using the NRC's adjudicatory E-Filing system may seek assistance by contacting the NRC's Electronic Filing Help Desk through the “Contact Us” link located on the NRC's public Web site at
Participants who believe that they have a good cause for not submitting documents electronically must file an exemption request, in accordance with 10 CFR 2.302(g), with their initial paper filing stating why there is good cause for not filing electronically and requesting authorization to continue to submit documents in paper format. Such filings must be submitted by: (1) First class mail addressed to the Office of the Secretary of the Commission, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001, Attention: Rulemaking and Adjudications Staff; or (2) courier, express mail, or expedited delivery service to the Office of the Secretary, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland 20852, Attention: Rulemaking and Adjudications Staff. Participants filing adjudicatory documents in this manner are responsible for serving the document on all other participants. Filing is
Documents submitted in adjudicatory proceedings will appear in the NRC's electronic hearing docket which is available to the public at
For further details with respect to this action, see the application for license amendments dated June 30, 2017.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
Notice of request for extension of OMB approval.
The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) is requesting that the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) extend approval, under the Paperwork Reduction Act, of a collection of information contained in its regulation on Mergers and Transfers Between Multiemployer Plans. This notice informs the public of PBGC's request and solicits public comment on the collection of information.
Comments must be submitted on or before August 10, 2017.
Comments should be sent to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, via electronic mail at
A copy of PBGC's request may be obtained without charge by writing to the Disclosure Division of the Office of the General Counsel, Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, 1200 K Street NW., Washington, DC 20005-4026, or by calling 202-326-4040 during normal business hours. (TTY and TDD users may call the Federal relay service toll-free at 1-800-877-8339 and ask to be connected to 202-326-4040.) The request is also available at
Hilary Duke (
Section 4231(a) and (b) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) requires plans that are involved in a merger or transfer to give PBGC notice at least 120 days before the transaction and provides that if PBGC determines that specified requirements are satisfied, the transaction will be deemed not to be in violation of ERISA section 406(a) or (b)(2) (dealing with prohibited transactions).
PBGC's regulation on Mergers and Transfers Between Multiemployer Plans (29 CFR part 4231) sets forth the procedures for giving notice of a merger or transfer under section 4231 and for requesting a determination that a transaction complies with section 4231.
PBGC uses information submitted by plan sponsors under the regulation to determine whether mergers and transfers conform to the requirements of ERISA section 4231 and the regulation.
The collection of information under the regulation has been approved by OMB under control number 1212-0022 through July 31, 2017. PBGC is requesting that OMB extend its approval for another three years. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
PBGC estimates that there are 14 transactions each year for which plan sponsors submit notices and approval requests under this regulation. The estimated annual burden of the collection of information is 9.50 hours and $42,800.
Issued in Washington, DC.
Postal Service
Notice.
The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.
Elizabeth A. Reed, 202-268-3179.
The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on July 3, 2017, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a
On March 20, 2017, the New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
A SPAC is a special purpose company that raises capital in an initial public offering (“IPO”) to enter into future undetermined business combinations through mergers, capital stock exchanges, assets acquisitions, stock purchases, reorganizations or similar business combinations with one or more operating businesses or assets. The Exchange represented that in an IPO, a SPAC typically sells units consisting of one share of common stock and one or more warrants (or fraction of a warrant) to purchase common stocks. The units are separable at some point after the IPO. The Exchange also noted that management of the SPAC typically receives a percentage of the equity at the outset and may be required to purchase additional shares in a private placement at the time of the IPO. Due to their different structure, SPACs do not have any prior financial history, at the time of their listing, like operating companies.
NYSE Manual Section 102.06 sets forth the initial listing standards that apply to SPACs.
NYSE Manual Section 802.01B sets forth the continued listing standards that apply to SPACs. Currently, a SPAC is deemed below the continued listing standards if, among other things, the SPAC's total number of stockholders is less than 400. The Exchange proposes to change this continued distribution requirement to 300 public stockholders.
The Exchange also has proposed four technical changes to its initial and continued listing standards on SPACs. First, the Exchange proposed to consolidate the SPAC initial listing standards in Section 102.06 of the Manual, rather than referring to Section 102.01A of the Manual, which applies for operating companies. Second, the Exchange proposed to move a sentence in Section 102.06 of the Manual that details the minimum price per share for a SPAC at the time of initial listing from the end to the beginning of the same paragraph. Third, the Exchange proposed to delete an incorrect reference to footnote (A) that is included following the aggregate market value requirement in Section 102.06 of the Manual.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether Amendment No. 2 is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
The Commission has carefully reviewed the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 2, and finds that it is consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities exchange and, in particular, the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
The development and enforcement of adequate listing standards governing the initial and continued distribution of securities on an exchange is an activity of critical importance to financial markets and the investing public. Listing standards, among other things, serve as a means for an exchange to screen issuers and to provide listed status only to bona fide companies that have, or in the case of an IPO, will have, sufficient public float, investor base, and trading interest to provide the depth and liquidity necessary to promote fair and orderly markets. Adequate listing standards are especially important given the expectations of investors regarding exchange trading and the imprimatur of listing on a particular market. Once a security has been distributed, maintenance criteria allow an exchange to monitor the status and trading characteristics of that security to ensure that the security continues to meet the exchange's standards for market depth and liquidity so that fair and orderly markets can be maintained.
As noted above, SPACs are companies that raise capital in IPOs, with the purpose of purchasing existing operating companies or assets within a certain time frame. One of the important investor protection safeguards incorporated into the Exchange's listing standards for SPACs is the right of public shareholders
The Exchange proposes to amend the initial and continued distribution requirement for a SPAC listing. For initial distribution, either in connection with an IPO or a transfer from another exchange or a quotation listing, the Exchange proposes to lower the round lot holders requirement from at least 400 round lot holders to at least 300 round lot holders. For continued distribution, the Exchange proposes to change the stockholders requirement from 400 total stockholders to 300 public stockholders. The Commission notes that Nasdaq Capital Market has similar distribution requirements, and unlike the stockholders of many operating companies, public stockholders of a SPAC have a cash conversion right in certain limited circumstances related to the SPAC's business combination.
In support of its proposal, the Exchange stated that the stockholder
The Commission believes that the conversion right and the nature of SPAC securities pricing support the proposed amendment to treat securities of SPACs and operating companies differently. In approving the NYSE's proposal, the Commission notes that we are doing so only in the narrow context of SPACs based on the NYSE's representations that the added liquidity and price discovery that additional shareholders can provide to the market place is less important in the context of a SPAC due to the price discovery issues noted above. As NYSE also notes in its filing, once the SPAC becomes an operating company it will have to meet the higher 400 round lot holder requirement to remain listed and the 400 total stockholders continued listing standard requirement, which is the same standard for any operating company. As noted earlier, the Exchange proposed to make a number of technical amendments. The Commission finds these technical changes should clarify the Exchange's rules, as well as help to avoid confusion on which continued distribution standards apply, and are consistent with the requirements of the Act. Based on the foregoing, the Commission finds that the proposed changes to SPAC listing standards are consistent with the requirements of the Act.
The Commission finds good cause, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Act,
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On March 8, 2017, NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE Arca” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
The Exchange proposes to list and trade shares (“Shares”) of the GraniteShares Gold Trust (“Trust”) under NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.201.
The investment objective of the Trust will be for the Shares to reflect the performance of the price of gold, less the expenses and liabilities of the Trust. The Trust will issue Shares which represent units of fractional undivided beneficial interest in and ownership of the Trust.
The Sponsor of the Trust is GraniteShares LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. The Bank of New York Mellon is the trustee of the Trust (“Trustee”)
After careful review, the Commission finds that the Exchange's proposed rule change to list and trade the Shares is consistent with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities exchange.
Additionally, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b)(5) of the Exchange Act,
The Commission believes that the proposed rule change is reasonably designed to promote fair disclosure of information that may be necessary to price the Shares appropriately. NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.201(e)(2)(v) requires that an intraday indicative value (“IIV,” which is referred to in the rule as the “Indicative Trust Value”) be calculated and disseminated at least every 15 seconds. The IIV will be calculated based on the amount of gold held by the Trust and a price of gold derived from updated bids and offers indicative of the spot price of gold. The Exchange states that the IIV relating to the Shares will be widely disseminated by one or more major market data vendors at least every 15 seconds during the Core Trading Session.
The Commission also believes that the proposal is reasonably designed to prevent trading when a reasonable degree of transparency cannot be assured. With respect to trading halts, the Exchange may consider all relevant factors in exercising its discretion to halt or suspend trading in the Shares. Trading on the Exchange in the Shares may be halted because of market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the Exchange, make trading in the Shares inadvisable. These may include: (1) The extent to which conditions in the underlying gold market have caused disruptions and/or lack of trading, or (2) whether other unusual conditions or circumstances detrimental to the maintenance of a fair and orderly market are present. In addition, trading in Shares will be subject to trading halts caused by extraordinary market volatility pursuant to the Exchange's “circuit breaker” rule.
Additionally, the Commission notes that market makers in the Shares would be subject to the requirements of NYSE
In support of this proposal, the Exchange has made the following additional representations:
(1) The Shares will be listed and traded on the Exchange pursuant to the initial and continued listing criteria in NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.201.
(2) The Exchange has appropriate rules to facilitate transactions in the Shares during all trading sessions.
(3) The Exchange deems the Shares to be equity securities.
(4) The Exchange also has a general policy prohibiting the distribution of material, non-public information by its employees.
(5) Trading in the Shares will be subject to the existing trading surveillances administered by the Exchange, as well as cross-market surveillances administered by FINRA on behalf of the Exchange, which are designed to detect violations of Exchange rules and applicable federal securities laws, and that these procedures are adequate to properly monitor Exchange trading of the Shares in all trading sessions and to deter and detect violations of Exchange rules and federal securities laws applicable to trading on the Exchange.
(6) The Exchange or FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, or both, will communicate as needed regarding trading in the Shares with other markets and other entities that are members of the ISG, and the Exchange or FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, or both, may obtain trading information regarding trading in the Shares from such markets and other entities. In addition, the Exchange may obtain information regarding trading in the Shares from markets and other entities that are members of ISG or with which the Exchange has in place a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement.
(7) Prior to the commencement of trading, the Exchange will inform its ETP Holders in an Information Bulletin of the special characteristics and risks associated with trading the Shares. Specifically, the Information Bulletin will discuss the following: (1) The procedures for purchases and redemptions of Shares in Baskets (including noting that Shares are not individually redeemable); (2) NYSE Arca Equities Rule 9.2(a), which imposes a duty of due diligence on its ETP Holders to learn the essential facts relating to every customer prior to trading the Shares; (3) how information regarding the IIV is disseminated; (4) ETP Holders deliver a prospectus to investors purchasing newly issued Shares prior to or concurrently with the confirmation of a transaction; (5) the possibility that trading spreads and the resulting premium or discount on the Shares may widen as a result of reduced liquidity of gold trading during the Core and Late Trading Sessions after the close of the major world gold markets; and (6) trading information.
(8) All statements and representations made in this filing regarding (a) the description of the portfolio, (b) limitations on portfolio holdings or reference assets, or (c) the applicability of Exchange listing rules specified in this rule filing shall constitute continued listing requirements for listing the Shares of the Trust on the Exchange.
(9) The issuer has represented to the Exchange that it will advise the Exchange of any failure by the Trust to comply with the continued listing requirements and, pursuant to its obligations under Section 19(g)(1) of the Act, the Exchange will monitor for compliance with the continued listing requirements. If the Trust is not in compliance with the applicable listing requirements, the Exchange will commence delisting procedures under the NYSE Arca Equities Rule 5.5(m).
This approval order is based on all of the Exchange's representations—including those set forth above, in the Notice, and in Amendment No. 1—and the Exchange's description of the Trust.
For the foregoing reasons, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment No. 1, is consistent with Section 6(b)(5) of the Act
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 19(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The text of the proposed rule change is available at the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The self-regulatory organization has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
IEX Rule 11.151 (Market Maker Obligations) requires market makers for each stock in which they are registered to continuously maintain a two-sided quotation within a designated percentage of the National Best Bid (“NBB”) and National Best Offer (“NBO”),
The Market Access Rule requires a broker-dealer with market access, or that provides a customer or any other person with access to an exchange or alternative trading system through use of its market participant identifier or otherwise, to establish, document, and maintain a system of risk management controls and supervisory procedures reasonably designed to manage the financial, regulatory, and other risks of this business activity. These controls must be reasonably designed to ensure compliance with all regulatory requirements, which are defined as “all federal securities laws, rules and regulations, and rules of self-regulatory organizations, that are applicable in connection with market access.”
In addition to the obligations of the Market Access Rule, broker-dealers have independent obligations that arise under Regulation SHO. Regulation SHO obligations generally include properly marking sell orders, obtaining a “locate” for short sale orders, closing out fail to deliver positions, and, where applicable, complying with the short sale price test.
The Exchange is proposing to introduce a new Market Maker Peg Order type, designed to simplify market maker compliance with the continuous quoting and pricing obligations, as well as market maker compliance with the requirements of the Market Access Rule and Regulation SHO. The Market Maker Peg Order, as proposed, is substantially similar to equivalent order types offered by other market centers, including Bats BZX Exchange, Inc. (“Bats”), Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”), and Bats EDGX Exchange, Inc. (“EDGX”).
The Exchange believes that this order-based approach would provide an effective compliance tool to facilitate market makers compliance with the requirements of the Market Access Rule and Regulation SHO while also providing quotation adjusting functionality to its market makers. Market makers would have control of order origination, as required by the Market Access Rule, while also allowing market makers to make marking and locate determinations prior to order entry, as required by Regulation SHO. As such, market makers using Market Maker Peg Orders would be fully able to comply with the requirements of the Market Access Rule and Regulation SHO, as they would when placing any order, while also facilitating compliance with their Exchange market making obligations. In this regard, the Market Maker Peg Order does not by itself ensure that the market maker is satisfying the requirements of Regulation SHO, including the satisfaction of the locate requirements of Rule 203(b)(1) or an exception thereto. It is expected that market makers will perform the necessary checks to comply with Regulation SHO, prior to entry of a Market Maker Peg Order.
The Market Maker Peg Order would be limited to registered market makers
Upon reaching the Defined Limit (as defined in Rule 11.151(a)(7)), the price of a Market Maker Peg Order bid or offer will be adjusted by the System to the Designated Percentage away from the then current NBB or NBO, or, if there is no NBB or NBO, the order will, by default, be the Designated Percentage away from the last reported sale from the responsible single plan processor. If a Market Maker Peg Order bid or offer moves a specified number of percentage points away from the Designated Percentage towards the then current NBB or NBO, which number of percentage points will be determined and published in a circular distributed to Members from time to time, the price of such bid or offer will be adjusted by the System to the Designated Percentage away from the then current NBB or NBO, as applicable. If there is no NBB or NBO, as applicable, the order will be adjusted by the System to the Designated Percentage away from the last reported sale from the responsible single plan processor. In the event that pricing a Market Maker Peg Order at the Designated Percentage away from the then current National Best Bid and National Best Offer, or, if no National Best Bid or National Best Offer, to the Designated Percentage away from the last reported sale from the responsible single plan processor, would result in the order exceeding its limit price, the order will be cancelled or rejected. The limit price entered on a Market Maker Peg Order is designed to allow a market maker to specify a price at which the initial pricing and any subsequent repricing of the order to the Designated Percentage will be constrained.
If, after entry, the Market Maker Peg Order is priced based on the last reported sale from the single plan processor and such Market Maker Peg Order is established as the NBB or NBO, the Market Maker Peg Order will not be subsequently adjusted in accordance with this rule until either there is a new consolidated last sale, or a new NBB or NBO is established by a national securities exchange.
Market Maker Peg Orders are not eligible for routing pursuant to Rule 11.230(b) and are always displayed on the Exchange. In addition, a new timestamp is created for the order each time that it is automatically adjusted in accordance with the proposed rule. Market Maker Peg Orders may only be entered by a registered Market Maker, pursuant to IEX Rule 11.150.
In addition, the Exchange proposes to amend paragraph (d) of Rule 11.340 to describe changes to System functionality with respect to Market Maker Peg Orders in order to comply with the Tick Pilot Plan. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to add new subparagraph (d)(1)(A) to Rule 11.340 to specify that if, pursuant to proposed Rule 11.190(b)(13), a Market Maker Peg Order in a Pilot Security would be priced at an increment other than $0.05, the System will round such order to buy (sell) up (down) to the nearest permissible increment. This approach, which is substantially similar to Bats Rule 11.27(c)(5), is designed to ensure that Market Maker Peg Orders for Pilot Securities are appropriately priced in $0.05 increments by rounding such order to the nearest permissible increment, that is also compliant with the minimum market maker quoting obligations set forth in IEX Rule 11.151. In addition, if the rounding methodology results in a Market Maker Peg Order being priced to a price below $0.05, the order will be cancelled back to the market maker that entered the order.
The Exchange notes that notwithstanding the availability of the proposed Market Maker Peg Order functionality, a market maker remains responsible for entering, monitoring, and resubmitting, as applicable, quotations that meet the requirements of Rule 11.151.
As proposed, the Exchange will apply the Designated Percentage and Defined Limit as set forth in Rules 11.151(a)(6) and (7), respectively, subject to the following exception: For all NMS stocks with a price less than $1 per share that are not included in the S&P 500® Index, Russell 1000® Index, and a pilot list of Exchange Traded Products, the Exchange will use the Designated Percentage and Defined Limit applicable to NMS stocks equal to or greater than $1 per share that are not included in the S&P 500® Index, Russell 1000® Index, and a pilot list of Exchange Traded Products.
The System will be available for entry, modification, and cancellation of Market Maker Peg Orders under proposed Rule 11.190(b)(13) only via the POP pursuant to Rule 11.510(b), and thus are subject to the Inbound and Outbound POP Latency upon entry, accordingly.
The Exchange also proposes to make a conforming change to Rule 11.510(c) regarding connectivity, to provide that, pursuant to Rule 11.190(b)(13), each time a Market Maker Peg Order is automatically adjusted by the System, all inbound and outbound communications related to the modified order instruction will traverse an additional POP between the Market
The Exchange plans to implement the proposed changes during the third quarter of 2017 pending completion of necessary technology changes and subject to Commission approval. The Exchange will announce the implementation date of the proposed changes by Trader Alert at least 10 business days in advance of such implementation date and within 90 days of approval of this proposed rule change.
IEX believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act in general,
Specifically, the Exchange believes that simplifying compliance with this rule will remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and protect investors and the public interest, because it will provide a simplified means by which market makers may offer liquidity, even in circumstances where they are not willing to quote at the inside market. As a result, in circumstances where liquidity available at displayed prices closer to the inside than the price of a Market Maker Peg Order is exhausted during an aggressive market wide sweep, the Market Maker Peg Order may nevertheless be available to support executions at prices that are at least within the applicable Designated Percentage or Defined Limit. Moreover, the methodology for repricing Market Maker Peg Orders is consistent with the requirements of the Act because it is designed to ensure that the displayed price of the order is at least within the applicable Designated Percentage or Defined Limit, as applicable.
The proposed rule change also is designed to support the principles of Section 11A(a)(1) of the Act
The Exchange also believes that it is fair and reasonable for all inbound and outbound communications related to the repricing of a Market Maker Peg Order to traverse a POP that is subject to an equivalent 350 microseconds of latency for several reasons. First, as noted in the Purpose section, this approach is designed so that a market maker using a Market Maker Peg Order to facilitate compliance with the Exchange's continuous quoting and pricing obligations is in the same position as a market maker updating its own quote, whose orders would need to traverse a POP. Similarly, price adjustments to Market Maker Peg Orders will experience the same latency as any other displayed order entered on the Exchange.
IEX believes that it is appropriate to treat Market Maker Peg Orders differently in this regard than other pegged order types (which are repriced within the System without traversing a POP) offered by the Exchange because the fundamental characteristics of a Market Maker Peg Order is substantially different from such other peg orders.
Accordingly, the Exchange believes that it is consistent with the public interest and the protection of investors to reprice Market Maker Peg Orders through the POP in the interest of ensuring that market makers will not have any unfair advantage over market makers that updates its own quote, as well as with other market participants using displayed orders.
Furthermore, the Exchange believes that it is consistent with the public interest and the protection of investors to apply a new timestamp to a Market Maker Peg Order each time it is repriced so that a Market Maker Peg Order does not achieve execution priority superior to a displayed order entered at that price earlier in time. Accordingly, market makers will not have any unfair advantage over a market makers updating its own quote, or other market participants using displayed orders on the Exchange.
Additionally, the Exchange believes that its proposed rounding of a buy (sell) Market Maker Peg Order in a Pilot Security that would be priced at an increment other than $0.05 up (down) to the nearest permissible increment, as well as to cancel such orders if the rounding methodology results in a Market Maker Peg Order being priced to a price below $0.05, is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest in that it enables the Exchange to comply with the Tick Pilot Plan. Further, the Exchange believes it is also consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest to cancel or reject (as applicable) a Market Maker Peg Order that would otherwise be priced at a price exceeding its limit price because such price would not be consistent with the market maker's instructions.
Lastly, the Exchange believes that the proposed conforming rule change to Rule 11.510(c)(1) is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest in that it is designed to provide clarity to market participants regarding Market Maker Peg Order repricing methodology, and make the Exchange's rule more clear and explicit.
IEX does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. Specifically, the Exchange believes that the proposal will enhance the Exchange's competitiveness by providing market makers on IEX with a means to offer liquidity even in circumstances where they are not willing to quote at the inside market. Based on informal discussion with market participants that serve as market maker on other trading centers, the Exchange believes that this functionality will be appealing to potential market makers, and therefore will make it more likely that market participants will choose to become registered market makers on the Exchange. This may, in turn, increase the extent of liquidity available on IEX and increase its ability to compete with other execution venues to attract orders that are seeking liquidity. The Exchange further notes that the Market Maker Peg Order, as proposed, is substantially similar to equivalent order types offered by other market centers, including Bats, Nasdaq, and EDGX, and therefore will not impair market participants or other market centers from competing, but would in fact allow the Exchange to compete with existing functionality offered by competing market centers.
With regard to intra-market competition, the Exchange does not believe that the method of repricing Market Maker Peg Orders will result in any burden on intra-market competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. To the contrary, as described in the Statutory Basis section, the Exchange's proposed method of repricing is designed in the interest of ensuring that market makers using Market Maker Peg Orders will be in the same position as market makers updating their own quotes, as well as other market participants using displayed orders.
Written comments were neither solicited nor received.
Within 45 days of the date of publication of this notice in the
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
The proposed rule changes would adopt the Clearing Agency Model Risk Management Framework (“Framework”) of Clearing Agencies, described below. The Framework would be maintained by the Clearing Agencies in compliance with Rule 17Ad-22(e)(4)(i), (e)(4)(vii), (e)(6)(iii), (e)(6)(vi), (e)(6)(vii), and (e)(7)(vii), under the Act, as described below.
Although the Clearing Agencies would consider the Framework to be a rule, the proposed rule changes do not require any changes to the DTC Rules, By-laws and Organizational Certificate (“DTC Rules”), the Rulebook of the Government Securities Division of FICC (“GSD Rules”), the Clearing Rules of the Mortgage-Backed Securities Division of FICC (“MBSD Rules”), or the Rules & Procedures of NSCC (“NSCC Rules”), as the Framework would be a standalone document.
In their filings with the Commission, the Clearing Agencies included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule changes and discussed any comments they received on the proposed rule changes. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Clearing Agencies have prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Clearing Agencies are proposing to formalize the Framework in order to facilitate compliance with Rule 17Ad-22(e)(4)(i), (e)(4)(vii), (e)(6)(iii), (e)(6)(vi), (e)(6)(vii), and (e)(7)(vii) under the Act.
The Framework would provide that (i) any change to the Framework must be approved by the Boards or such committees as may be delegated authority by the Boards from time to time pursuant to their charters, (ii) MVC shall review this Framework no less frequently than annually, and (iii) any and all changes to this Framework are subject to regulatory review and approval. The Framework would (i) articulate the Clearing Agencies' model risk management framework; and (ii) describe the Clearing Agencies' model risk reporting and escalation processes.
The Clearing Agencies have adopted the following definition for the term “model”:
“[M]odel” refers to a quantitative method, system, or approach that applies statistical, economic, financial, or mathematical theories, techniques, and assumptions to process input data into quantitative estimates. A “model” consists of three components: An information input component, which delivers assumptions and data to the model; a processing component, which transforms inputs into estimates; and a reporting component, which translates the estimates into useful business information. The definition of “model” also covers quantitative approaches whose inputs are partially or wholly qualitative or based on expert judgment, provided that the output is quantitative in nature.
The term “Model Risk,” as defined in the Framework, would refer to the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused Model outputs and reports,
Any model developed for use by any of the Clearing Agencies and meeting the above definition for the term “Model” would be subject to tracking within each Clearing Agency's Model inventory (“Model Inventory”). The Framework would describe how a Model Inventory survey is conducted at least annually across the Clearing Agencies to confirm the Model Inventory is current. During this survey period, all Clearing Agency business areas and support functions that intend to develop models for Clearing Agency use would submit a list of their planned models to MVC in order for MVC to review and assess whether such
The Framework would outline how MVC would assign a materiality/complexity index rating to each Model when it is added to a Model Inventory, which rating would impact the Model's validation in terms of prioritization and approval authority. All Model materiality/complexity index assignments would be reviewed at least annually by MVC, as well as by the committee specifically created by the Clearing Agencies to address Model Risk governance matters, the DTCC Model Risk Governance Committee (“MRGC”).
The Framework would describe the initial and periodic validation protocols that would be applicable to all Models in the Model Inventory. As required by regulatory requirements, all Model Validations would be performed by qualified persons who are free from influence from the persons responsible for the development or operation of the Models being validated. MVC, which is responsible for performing all Model Validations, is functionally separate from all Clearing Agency areas that develop or operate Models. The head of MVC directly reports to the head of the DTCC Group Chief Risk Office, rather than to anyone that is in charge of developing or operating Models for the Clearing Agencies.
Each new Model would undergo a full Model Validation (unless provisionally approved, as discussed below) pursuant to which MVC would verify that the Model is performing as expected in accordance with its design objectives and business purpose. The full Model Validation standards for any new Model would include, but not be limited to, the following core Model Validation activities:
• Evaluation of the Model development documentation and testing;
• evaluation of Model theory and assumptions, and identification of potential limitations;
• evaluation of data inputs and parameters;
• review of numerical implementation including replication for certain key Model components, which would vary from Model to Model;
• independent testing: sensitivity analysis, stress testing, and benchmarking, as appropriate; and
• evaluation of Model outputs, Model performance, and back testing.
Full Model Validation would be applied under the following circumstances: (i) For all new Models prior to their use in production; (ii) during periodic Model Validations (as described below); and (iii) when Model changes are made that require independent Model Validation (as further described below).
All Models approved for use in production would also be subject to periodic Model Validations for purposes of confirming that the Models continue to operate as intended, identifying any deficiencies that would call into question the continuing validity of any such Model's original approval and evaluating whether the Model and its prior validation remain valid within the dynamics of current market conditions.
In this regard, the Framework would describe that MVC would perform a Model Validation for each Clearing Agency Model approved for use in production not less than annually (or more frequently as may be contemplated by such Clearing Agency's established risk management framework), including each credit risk Model,
Periodic Model Validations would follow full Model Validation standards. In certain cases, MVC may determine extra Model Validation activities are warranted based on previous Model Validation work and findings, changes in market conditions, or because performance monitoring of a particular Model warrants extra validation.
Occasionally, an active Model may require changes in either structure or technique. Details for any Model change request would be provided to MVC for review and a determination of whether full Model Validation is required.
The Framework would outline the approval process applicable to all new Models.
The DTCC Quantitative Risk Management Financial Engineering Unit, which is functionally separate from MVC, would be responsible for developing, testing, and signing-off on new Clearing Agency Models and enhancements to existing Clearing Agency Models before submitting any such Model to MVC for Model Validation and approval.
All new Clearing Agency Models, and all material changes to existing Clearing Agency Models, would undergo Model Validation by MVC and be approved prior to business use. In cases where such Model's materiality is “Medium” or “High,” such Model Validation would be reviewed by the MRGC and recommended by the MRGC to the Clearing Agencies' management level committee responsible for model risk management matters, the Management Risk Committee (“MRC”), for approval.
The Framework would provide that provisional approvals with respect to new Clearing Agency Models and material changes to existing Clearing Agency Models may be issued to allow a Model to be published for urgent business use prior to MVC's Model Validation thereof. Provisional approval requests for a Model along with appropriate control measures would be presented by the applicable DTCC personnel responsible for the development or operation of the Model
Each periodic Model Validation would be presented to the MRGC for its review, and its recommendation for approval to the MRC. The Framework would provide that MRC approval must be obtained in order for any such periodic validation to be deemed complete.
All findings that result from a new Model Validation, a change Model Validation, a periodic Model Validation, or in connection with implementation of a new Model or Model change, would be centrally tracked by MVC. The status of findings resolution for approved Models would be reported to the MRGC on a monthly basis. Where there is a finding related to Model implementation errors, the applicable Model Owner would report such findings/incidents in accordance with the policies and procedures of the Operational Risk Management unit (“ORM”) within the Group Chief Risk Office. If an adverse Model Validation finding cannot be resolved, the Model Owner would work with MVC and ORM to submit the finding for risk acceptance in accordance with ORM policies and procedures.
In addition to periodic validation, MVC would be responsible for Model performance monitoring and for each Clearing Agency's backtesting process, which would be integral parts of each
As part of Model performance monitoring, on at least a monthly basis, sensitivity analysis would be performed by MVC on each of the CCP's margin Model, the key parameters and assumptions for backtesting would be reviewed, and modifications would be considered to ensure the CCP's backtesting practices are appropriate for determining the adequacy of the applicable CCP's margin resources.
MVC would prepare Model performance monitoring reports on a monthly basis. Model performance monitoring, which includes review of risk-based Models used to calculate margin requirements and relevant parameters/threshold indicators, sensitivity analysis, and model backtesting results would be subject to review by the MRGC, which will escalate serious performance concerns to the MRC.
In circumstances where the products cleared or the markets served by a CCP display high volatility or become less liquid, or when the size or concentration of positions held by the applicable CCP's Members increases or decreases significantly, such sensitivity analysis and review of key model parameters and assumptions would be conducted more frequently than monthly.
VaR and Clearing Fund requirement (“CFR”) coverage backtesting for the CCPs would be performed by MVC on a daily basis or more frequently.
Thresholds for all backtests would be established for the rolling 12-month period coverage computed as the number of instances without deficiency over the total number of backtest instances, where deficiency is defined as the loss amount that exceeds the measure being tested (
The CFR coverage thresholds have been set to meet applicable regulatory requirements that require a CCP to cover its credit exposure to its participants by establishing a risk-based margin system that, among other things calculates margin sufficient to cover its potential future exposure to participants in the interval between the last margin collection and the close out of positions following a participant default.
The MRGC would be the primary forum for MVC's regular reporting of Model Validation activities and material Model Risks identified through regular Model performance monitoring. Reports and recommendations with respect to Model Risk management would be made to the MRC.
Periodic reporting to the Risk Committee of the Clearing Agencies' Boards (“BRC”) with regard to Model Risk matters may include:
• Updates of Model Validation findings and the status of annual validations.
• Updates on significant Model Risk matters, and on compliance matters with respect to Model Risk policies and procedures (including the Framework).
• Escalation of Model Risk matters as set forth in the market risk tolerance statement, which establishes the Clearing Agencies' Model Risk tolerances (“Market Risk Tolerance Statement”), and subsequent, regular updates with respect thereto.
On at least a monthly basis, the key metrics relating to Model backtesting would be reviewed by the Market and Liquidity Risk Management unit within the Group Chief Risk Office and MVC, and reported to the MRC. Threshold breaches would be reviewed by the Managing Directors within the Financial Risk Management area (including the Market and Liquidity Risk Management unit) of the Group Chief Risk Office, and in the case of CFR
With respect to any proposed change to any backtesting methodology, prior to implementation thereof (and before any reporting thereof in any management and regulatory report), a description of the proposed change and impact study results would be presented to the MRGC for review and approval. If the impact study results reflect that implementation of the methodology would negatively impact any existing risk tolerance threshold range, such results would be escalated by the MRGC to the MRC, and subsequently to the BRC, for approval prior to implementation.
All Model performance concerns would be escalated by MVC to the MRGC, including Model performance enhancement concerns. The MRGC may further recommend certain such matters for further escalation to the MRC and/or the BRC.
The Clearing Agencies believe that the proposed rule changes are consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a registered clearing agency. In particular, DTC believes that the Framework is consistent with Section 17A(b)(3)(F) of the Act,
Section 17A(b)(3)(F) of the Act
Rule 17Ad-22(b)(4) under the Act
Rule 17Ad-22(e)(4)(i)
Rule 17Ad-22(e)(4)(vii)
Rule 17Ad-22(e)(6)(iii) under the Act
Rule 17Ad-22(e)(6)(vi) under the Act
Rule 17Ad-22(e)(6)(vii) under the Act
None of the Clearing Agencies believe that the Framework would have any impact, or impose any burden, on competition because the proposed rule changes reflect the existing framework that the Clearing Agencies employ to manage model risk, and would not effectuate any changes to the Clearing Agencies' model risk management tools as they currently apply to their respective Members or Participants.
The Clearing Agencies have not solicited or received any written comments relating to this proposal. The Clearing Agencies will notify the Commission of any written comments received by the Clearing Agencies.
Within 45 days of the date of publication of this notice in the
(A) By order approve or disapprove such proposed rule changes, or
(B) institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule changes should be disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule changes are consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549.
• All submissions should refer to File Number SR-DTC-2017-008, SR-FICC-2017-014, or SR-NSCC-2017-008. One of these file numbers should be included on the subject line if email is used.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The principal purpose of the proposed rule change is to amend the ICE Clear Europe Finance Procedures to add Australian dollars (“AUD”) as a currency eligible for variation margin and settlement payments for financials and softs contracts in the F&O product category which settle in that currency.
In its filing with the Commission, ICE Clear Europe included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. ICE Clear Europe has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
ICE Clear Europe proposes revising its Finance Procedures to add AUD as a currency eligible for variation margin and settlement payments for financials and softs contracts in the F&O product category which settle in that currency. These revisions do not involve any changes to the ICE Clear Europe Clearing Rules.
Specifically, ICE Clear Europe proposes to add AUD to the list of eligible variation margin and settlement currencies for financials and softs contracts in paragraph 2.1 of the Finance Procedures. Other conforming changes have been made in paragraphs 4.1(a), (b) and (c) and 4.4(a) of the Finance Procedures. As with the other currencies currently eligible to be used as variation margin and settlement payments for financials and softs contracts, AUD will be subject to haircuts determined pursuant to the Finance Procedures and existing ICE Clear Europe haircut policies and procedures.
ICE Clear Europe believes that the changes described herein are consistent with the requirements of Section 17A of the Act
ICE Clear Europe does not believe the proposed changes to the rules would have any impact, or impose any burden, on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purpose of the Act. ICE Clear Europe is adopting the amendments to the Finance Procedures in order to permit Clearing Members to provide AUD, on an optional basis, as variation margin and settlement payments for certain financials and softs contracts. ICE Clear Europe does not believe the amendments would materially affect the cost of clearing, adversely affect access to clearing in these products for Clearing Members or their customers, or otherwise adversely affect competition in clearing services. As a result, ICE Clear Europe believes that any impact or burden on competition from such amendments would be appropriate in furtherance of the purpose of the Act.
Written comments relating to the proposed changes to the rules have not been solicited or received. ICE Clear Europe will notify the Commission of any written comments received by ICE Clear Europe.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
All comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-ICEEU-2017-009 and should be submitted on or before August 1, 2017.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On May 4, 2017, ICE Clear Europe Limited (“ICE Clear Europe”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
ICE Clear Europe maintains financial resources to cover potential losses resulting from a CDS Clearing Member default by collecting margin from CDS Clearing Members, maintaining the CDS Guaranty Fund which is made up of CDS Member Contributions, and allocating its own contribution. In the event that ICE Clear Europe experiences losses from the default of a CDS Clearing Member, it first looks to the margin and CDS Guaranty Fund contributions provided by that defaulting CDS Clearing Member. Next, ICE Clear Europe applies part of its own contribution—the Clearing House CDS Initial Contribution. Third, ICE Clear Europe applies the CDS Guaranty Fund contributions of non-defaulting CDS Clearing Members together with the remainder of its own contribution (the Clearing House CDS GF Contribution).
ICE Clear Europe has proposed revisions to its Finance Procedures to permit ICE Clear Europe to redesignate all or a part of the Clearing House CDS GF Contribution as the Clearing House CDS Initial Contribution. If such redesignation were to occur, the Clearing House CDS GF Contributions would no longer be used
ICE Clear Europe believes that redesignation will reduce the likelihood that non-defaulting CDS Clearing Members' contributions will be used in a default scenario, and has represented that it “does not propose to change the aggregate amount of, or basis for calculating, the Clearing House CDS GF Contribution and Clearing House CDS Initial Contribution.”
Section 19(b)(2)(C) of the Act directs the Commission to approve a proposed rule change of a self-regulatory organization if it finds that such proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to such organization.
The Commission finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 17A of the Act and Rule 17Ad-22 thereunder. Because ICE Clear Europe has not proposed changing the amount of financial resources it contributes to cover default losses, but rather, to give itself the authority to apply some or all of those amounts in a default scenario sooner than it otherwise would, the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 17A(b)(3)(F)
For the Commission by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the Government in the Sunshine Act, Public Law 94-409, that the Securities and Exchange Commission will hold a closed meeting on Thursday, July 13, 2017 at 2 p.m.
Commissioners, Counsel to the Commissioners, the Secretary to the Commission, and recording secretaries will attend the closed meeting. Certain staff members who have an interest in the matters also may be present.
The General Counsel of the Commission, or his designee, has certified that, in his opinion, one or more of the exemptions set forth in 5 U.S.C. 552b(c)(3), (5), (7), 9(B) and (10) and 17 CFR 200.402(a)(3), (a)(5), (a)(7), (a)(9)(ii) and (a)(10), permit consideration of the scheduled matters at the closed meeting.
Chairman Clayton, as duty officer, voted to consider the items listed for the closed meeting in closed session.
The subject matters of the closed meeting will be:
Institution and settlement of injunctive actions;
Institution and settlement of administrative proceedings; and
Other matters relating to enforcement proceedings.
At times, changes in Commission priorities require alterations in the scheduling of meeting items.
For further information and to ascertain what, if any, matters have been added, deleted or postponed; please contact Brent J. Fields from the Office of the Secretary at (202) 551-5400.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Notice.
This is a notice of an Administrative declaration of a disaster for the State of Nebraska dated 07/03/2017.
Effective 07/03/2017.
Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing and Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.
A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416, (202) 205-6734.
Notice is hereby given that as a result of the Administrator's disaster declaration, applications for disaster loans may be filed at the address listed above or other locally announced locations. The following areas have been determined to be adversely affected by the disaster:
The Interest Rates are:
The number assigned to this disaster for physical damage is 15200 B and for economic injury is 15201 0.
The States which received an EIDL Declaration # are Nebraska, Iowa.
Department of State
Notice
The Acting Assistant Secretary of State for Oceans and International Environmental and Scientific Affairs issued a Presidential permit to NuStar Logistics, L.P. (“NuStar”) on June 28, 2017, authorizing NuStar to operate and maintain existing pipeline facilities (“Dos Laredos pipeline facilities”) at the U.S.-Mexico border near Laredo, Texas for the transport of refined petroleum products, to include liquefied petroleum gas, regular and premium gasoline, kerosene, and diesel. In accordance with Executive Order 13337 (April 30, 2004), the Acting Assistant Secretary determined that issuance of this permit would serve the national interest.
Matthew T. McManus, Deputy Director, Office of Policy Analysis and Public Diplomacy, Energy Resources Bureau, U.S. Department of State, 2201 C St. NW., Suite 4422, Washington, DC 20520.
Additional information concerning the Dos Laredos pipeline facilities and documents related to the Department of State's review of the application for a Presidential permit can be found at
By virtue of the authority vested in me as Acting Assistant Secretary of State for Oceans and International Environmental and Scientific Affairs, including those authorities under Executive Order 13337, 69 FR 25299 (2004), Department of State Delegation of Authority 118-2 of January 26, 2006, and Department of State Delegation of Authority 415 of January 18, 2017; having considered the environmental effects of the proposed action consistent with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (83 Stat. 852; 42 U.S.C. 4321
The term “facilities” as used in this permit means the relevant portion of the pipeline and any land, structures, installations or equipment appurtenant thereto.
The term “United States facilities” as used in this permit means those parts of
This permit is subject to the following conditions:
(2) The operation and maintenance of the United States facilities shall be in all material respects as described in the permittee's application for a Presidential permit under Executive Order 13337, filed on December 4, 2013, and the Final Supplemental Environmental Assessment (SEA) dated May 5, 2016, including any construction, mitigation, and reclamation measures, emergency response measures, standard operating procedures, and other mitigation and control plans that are already approved or that are approved in the future by the Department of State or other relevant federal agencies.
(2) The permittee shall hold harmless and indemnify the United States from any claimed or adjudged liability arising out of construction, connection, operation, or maintenance of the facilities, including but not limited to environmental contamination from the release or threatened release or discharge of hazardous substances and hazardous waste.
(3) The permittee shall maintain the United States facilities and every part thereof in a condition of good repair for their safe operation, and in compliance with prevailing environmental standards and regulations.
End of permit text.
Department of State.
Notice.
The Acting Assistant Secretary of State for Oceans and International Environmental and Scientific Affairs issued a Presidential permit to NuStar Logistics, L.P. (“NuStar”) on June 28, 2017, authorizing NuStar to construct, connect, operate, and maintain pipeline facilities (“New Burgos pipeline facilities”) at the U.S.-Mexico border near Peñitas, Texas for the import or export of refined petroleum products, to include naphtha, liquefied petroleum gas, natural gas liquids, jet fuel, gasoline, and diesel. In accordance with Executive Order 13337 (April 30, 2004), the Acting Assistant Secretary determined that issuance of this permit would serve the national interest.
Matthew T. McManus, Deputy Director, Office of Policy Analysis and Public Diplomacy, Energy Resources Bureau, U.S. Department of State, 2201 C St. NW., Suite 4422, Washington, DC 20520.
Additional information concerning the New Burgos pipeline facilities and documents related to the Department of State's review of the application for a Presidential permit can be found at
By virtue of the authority vested in me as Acting Assistant Secretary of State for Oceans and International Environmental and Scientific Affairs, including those authorities under Executive Order 13337, 69 FR 25299 (2004), Department of State Delegation of Authority 118-2 of January 26, 2006, and Department of State Delegation of Authority 415 of January 18, 2017; having considered the environmental effects of the proposed action consistent with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (83 Stat. 852; 42 U.S.C. 4321
The term “facilities” as used in this permit means the relevant portion of the pipeline and any land, structures, installations or equipment appurtenant thereto.
The term “United States facilities” as used in this permit means those parts of the facilities located in the United States. The United States facilities consist of a 10-inch diameter pipeline extending from the international border between the United States and Mexico underneath the Rio Grande at a point southeast of Peñitas, Texas to the first mainline shutoff valve in the United States located approximately 1.6 miles from the Rio Grande. The United States facilities also include certain appurtenant facilities.
This permit is subject to the following conditions:
(2) The construction, operation, and maintenance of the United States facilities shall be in all material respects as described in the permittee's application for a Presidential permit under Executive Order 13337, filed on December 18, 2014, and consistent with the resource protection measures identified in the Final Environmental Assessment (EA) dated June 10, 2016.
(2) The permittee shall hold harmless and indemnify the United States from any claimed or adjudged liability arising out of construction, connection, operation, or maintenance of the facilities, including but not limited to environmental contamination from the release or threatened release or discharge of hazardous substances and hazardous waste.
(3) The permittee shall maintain the United States facilities and every part thereof in a condition of good repair for their safe operation, and in compliance with prevailing environmental standards and regulations.
End of permit text.
Office of the United States Trade Representative.
Notice of initiation of review, public hearing and request for comments.
This notice announces the initiation of the annual review of the eligibility of the sub-Saharan African countries to receive the benefits of the African Growth and Opportunity Act (AGOA). The AGOA Implementation Subcommittee of the Trade Policy Staff Committee (Subcommittee) is developing recommendations for the President on AGOA country eligibility for calendar year 2018. The Subcommittee is requesting written public comments for this review and will conduct a public hearing on this matter. The Subcommittee will consider the written comments, written testimony, and oral testimony in developing recommendations for the President. Comments received related to the child labor criteria may also be considered by the Secretary of Labor in the preparation of the Department of Labor's report on child labor as required under section 504 of the Trade Act of 1974. This notice identifies the eligibility criteria under AGOA that
August 4, 2017: Deadline for filing requests to appear at the August 23, 2017 public hearing, and for filing pre-hearing briefs, statements, or comments on sub-Saharan African countries' AGOA eligibility.
A
USTR strongly prefers electronic submissions made through the Federal eRulemaking portal:
For procedural questions, please contact Yvonne Jamison at (202) 395-3475. All other questions should be directed to Alan Treat, Director for African Affairs, Office of the U.S. Trade Representative, at (202) 395-9514.
AGOA (Title I of the Trade and Development Act of 2000, Pub. L. 106-200) (19 U.S.C. 2466a
The President may designate a country as a beneficiary sub-Saharan African country eligible for these benefits of AGOA if he determines that the country meets the eligibility criteria set forth in Section 104 of AGOA (19 U.S.C. 3703) section 502 of the 1974 Act (19 U.S.C. 2462).
Section 104 of AGOA includes requirements that the country has established or is making continual progress toward establishing,
Section 502 of the 1974 Act provides for country eligibility criteria under GSP, which is generally reviewed as a result of a petition process. For more information on the GSP criteria and review process, see section 502 of the 1974 Act and the annual
Section 506A of the 1974 Act provides that the President shall monitor and review annually the progress of each sub-Saharan African country in meeting the foregoing eligibility criteria in order to determine whether each beneficiary sub-Saharan African country should continue to be eligible, and whether each sub-Saharan African country that is currently not a beneficiary, should be designated as such a country. If the President determines that a beneficiary sub-Saharan African country is not making continual progress in meeting the eligibility requirements, he must terminate the designation of the country as a beneficiary sub-Saharan African country. The President may also withdraw, suspend, or limit the application of duty-free treatment with respect to specific articles from a country if he determines that it would be more effective in promoting compliance with AGOA-eligibility requirements than terminating the designation of the country as a beneficiary sub-Saharan African country.
For 2017, 38 countries were designated as beneficiary sub-Saharan African countries. These countries, as well as the countries currently designated as ineligible, are listed below. The Subcommittee is seeking public comments in connection with the annual review of sub-Saharan African countries' eligibility for AGOA's benefits. The Subcommittee will consider any such comments in developing recommendations to the President related to this review. Comments related to the child labor criteria may also be considered by the Secretary of Labor in making the findings required under section 504 of the 1974 Act.
The following sub-Saharan African countries were designated as beneficiary sub-Saharan African countries in 2017:
In addition to written comments from the public on the matters listed above, the Subcommittee of the TPSC will convene a public hearing at 10:00 a.m. on Wednesday, August 23, 2017, to receive testimony related to sub-Saharan African countries' eligibility for AGOA's benefits. Requests to present oral testimony at the hearing and pre-hearing briefs, statements, or comments must be received by noon August 4, 2017.
The hearing will be held at 1724 F Street NW., Washington, DC 20508 and will be open to the public and to the
We must receive your written requests to present oral testimony at the hearing and pre-hearing briefs, statements, or comments by noon on Friday, August 4, 2017. You must make the intent to testify notification in the “Type Comment” field under docket number USTR-2017-0005 on the
In order to be assured of consideration, persons submitting a notification of intent to testify and/or written comments must do so in English by noon on Friday, August 4, 2017. USTR strongly encourages commenters to make on-line submissions, using the
For any comments submitted electronically containing business confidential information, the file name of the business confidential version should begin with the characters “BC”. Any page containing business confidential information must be clearly marked “BUSINESS CONFIDENTIAL” on the top of that page. Filers of submissions containing business confidential information also must submit a public version of their comments that we will place in the docket for public inspection. The file name of the public version should begin with the character “P”. The “BC” and “P” should be followed by the name of the person or entity submitting the comments or reply comments. Filers submitting comments containing no business confidential information should name their file using the name of the person or entity submitting the comments.
Please do not attach separate cover letters to electronic submissions; rather, include any information that might appear in a cover letter in the comments themselves. Similarly, to the extent possible, please include any exhibits, annexes, or other attachments in the same file as the submission itself, not as separate files.
As noted, USTR strongly urges submitters to file comments through
We will post comments in the docket for public inspection, except business confidential information. You can view comments on the
15 CFR part 2017 permits any interested party to submit a petition to USTR, at any time, with respect to whether a beneficiary sub-Saharan African country is meeting the AGOA eligibility requirements. An interested party may file such a petition through
Office of the United States Trade Representative.
Notice and request for comments.
The Trade Policy Staff Committee (TPSC) is seeking comments on the operation of the Caribbean Basin Economic Recovery Act (CBERA), as amended by the Caribbean Basin Trade Partnership Act (CBTPA) (19 U.S.C. 2701
The TPSC must receive your written comment by September 15, 2017.
The TPSC strongly prefers electronic submissions made through the Federal eRulemaking Portal:
For procedural questions concerning written comments, contact Yvonne Jamison at (202) 395-3475. Direct all other questions to Albert Pyott at (202) 395-9539.
Section 212(f)(1) of CBERA (19 U.S.C. 2702(f)(1)) requires the United States Trade Representative to report on the performance of each CBERA or CBTPA beneficiary country. Barbados, Belize, Curacao, Guyana, Haiti, Jamaica, Saint Lucia, and Trinidad and Tobago receive benefits under both CBERA and CBTPA. Antigua and Barbuda, Aruba, the Bahamas, British Virgin Islands, Dominica, Grenada, Montserrat, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines currently receive benefits only under CBERA.
As described in more detail below, the TSPC seeks comments on any aspect of the program's operation, including the performance of CBERA and CBTPA beneficiary countries under the criteria described in sections 212(b), 212(c), and 213(b)(5)(B) of the CBERA, as amended. You can access these criteria at
The TSPC seeks comments on any aspect of the program's operation, including the performance of CBERA and CBTPA beneficiary countries using the following criteria:
Under section 212(b) (19 U.S.C. 2702(b)), unless the President determines that is in the national economic or security interest of the United States, s/he may not designate as a CBI beneficiary country any country that:
1. Is a Communist country.
2. Has expropriated or nationalized property of U.S. citizens, unless the President determines that the country is taking steps to resolve the citizen's claim.
3. Fails to act in good faith in recognizing as binding or in enforcing arbitral awards in favor of U.S. citizens or corporations owned by U.S. citizens.
4. Affords preferential treatment to the products of a developed country other than the United States that has, or is likely to have, a significant adverse effect on U.S. commerce, unless the President has received satisfactory assurances that the country will eliminate the preferential treatment or acts to assure that there will be no significant adverse effect.
5. Allows the broadcast of copyrighted material, including films or television material belonging to United States copyright owners without their express consent.
6. Is not a signatory to a treaty, convention, protocol, or other agreement regarding the extradition of U.S. citizens.
7. Has not or is not taking steps to afford internationally recognized worker rights as defined in section 507(4) of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (19 U.S.C. 2467(4)) to workers in the country (including any designated zone in that country).
Under section 212(c) (19 U.S.C. 2702(c)), the President may consider the following factors in determining whether to designate any country as a CBI beneficiary country:
1. An expression of a country's desire to be so designated.
2. The economic conditions and living standards in a country.
3. The extent to which a country has assured the United States that it will provide equitable and reasonable access to the markets and basic commodity resources of the country.
4. The degree to which the country follows the international trade rules of the WTO.
5. The degree to which a country uses export subsidies or imposes export performance requirements or local content requirements that distort international trade.
6. The degree to which the trade policies of a country as they relate to other beneficiary countries are contributing to the revitalization of the region.
7. The degree to which a country is undertaking self-help measures to promote its own economic development.
8. Whether or not a country has taken or is taking steps to afford to workers in that country (including any designated zone in that country) internationally recognized worker rights.
9. The extent to which a country provides adequate and effective legal means for foreign nationals to secure, exercise, and enforce exclusive intellectual property rights.
10. The extent to which a country prohibits its nationals from broadcasting U.S. copyrighted materials, including film and television material, without their express consent.
11. The extent to which a country cooperates with the United States in the administration of CBI preferences.
Under section 213(b)(5)(B) (19 U.S.C. 2703(b)(5)(B)), in considering the eligibility of the CBI countries and dependent territories that have expressed an interest in receiving the enhanced preferences of the CBTPA, the President must take into account the existing eligibility criteria of the CBERA, as well as several additional revised criteria elaborated in the CBTPA. These additional criteria are:
1. Whether the beneficiary country has demonstrated a commitment to undertake its obligations under the World Trade Organization (WTO) on or ahead of schedule and participate in negotiations toward the completion of the Free Trade Area of the Americas (FTAA) or another free trade agreement.
2. The extent to which the country provides protection of intellectual property rights consistent with or greater than the protection afforded under the Agreement on Trade-Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights.
3. The extent to which the country provides internationally recognized worker rights including: The right of association; the right to organize and bargain collectively; a prohibition on the use of any form of forced or compulsory labor; a minimum age for the employment of children; and acceptable conditions of work with respect to minimum wages, hours of work, and occupational safety and health.
4. Whether the country has implemented its commitments to eliminate the worst forms of child labor, as defined in section 507(6) of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (19 U.S.C. 2467(6)).
5. The extent to which the country has met U.S. counter-narcotics certification criteria under the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961.
6. The extent to which the country has taken steps to become a party to and implement the Inter-American Convention Against Corruption.
7. The extent to which the country applies transparent, nondiscriminatory and competitive procedures in government procurement, and contributes to efforts in international fora to develop and implement rules on transparency in government procurement.
In order to ensure the timely receipt and consideration of comments, the TPSC strongly encourages on-line submissions, using the
To submit a comment via
The
For any comments submitted electronically containing business confidential information, the file name of the business confidential version should begin with the characters “BC”. Any page containing business confidential information must be clearly marked “BUSINESS CONFIDENTIAL” on the top of that page and the submission should clearly indicate, via brackets, highlighting, or other means, the specific information that is business confidential. A submitter requesting business confidential treatment must certify that the information is business confidential and would not customarily be released to the public by the submitter. Additionally, the submitter should type “Business Confidential CBI Report to Congress” in the “Type Comment” field. If you file comments containing business confidential information, you also must separately submit a public version of the comments that we will place in the docket for public inspection. The file name of the public version should begin with the character “P”. The “BC” and “P” should be followed by the name of the person or entity submitting the comments. Filers submitting comments containing no business confidential information should name their file using the name of the person or entity submitting the comments.
You will receive a submission tracking number upon completion of the submissions procedure at
As noted, the TPSC strongly urges submitters to file comments through
We will post comments in the docket for public inspection, except business confidential information. You can view comments on the
Federal Aviation Administration, (FAA), DOT.
Notice.
Notice is being given that the FAA is considering a proposal from the City of Arlington Airport Director to change certain portions of the airport from aeronautical use to non-aeronautical use at Arlington Municipal Airport, Arlington, WA. The proposal consists of ten parcels on the east side of the airfield adjacent to 59th Avenue, Northeast.
Comments must be received August 10, 2017.
Mr. David M. Ryan, Airport Director, City of Arlington, 18204 59th Avenue NE., Arlington, WA 98223; or Ms. Cayla D. Morgan, Environmental Protection Specialist, Seattle Airports District Office, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Suite 250, Renton, WA 98057-3356, (425) 227-2653. Documents reflecting this FAA action may be reviewed at the above locations.
Written comments can be provided to Ms. Cayla D. Morgan, Environmental Protection Specialist, Seattle Airports District Office, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Suite 250, Renton, WA 98057-3356.
Under the provisions of Title 49, U.S.C. 47153(c), and 47107(h)(2), the FAA is considering a proposal from the Airport Director, City of Arlington, to change a portion of the Arlington Municipal Airport from aeronautical use to non-aeronautical use. The proposal consists of ten parcels on the east side of the airport adjacent to 59th Avenue, Northeast.
The parcels are landlocked and do not have airfield access. They are currently being used for aerospace manufacturing, office space, and parking. They will remain rental property with all lease revenues going to the airport operating budget. The FAA concurs that the parcels are no longer needed for aeronautical purposes. The proposed use of this property is compatible with other airport operations in accordance with FAA's Policy and Procedures Concerning the Use of Airport Revenue, published in
Federal Aviation Administration, DOT.
Notice.
The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) announces its findings on the Noise Compatibility Program submitted by the City of Westfield under the provisions of Title I of the Aviation Safety and Noise Abatement Act of 1979. On June 14, 2017 the New England Region Airports Division Manager approved the Noise Compatibility Program under Part 150. On December 22, 2015, the FAA had determined the noise exposure maps submitted by the City of Westfield were in compliance with applicable requirements of Part 150.
The effective date of the FAA's approval of the Westfield-Barnes Regional Airport noise compatibility program is June 14, 2017.
Richard Doucette, Federal Aviation Administration, New England Region, Airports Division, ANE-600, 1200
49 U.S.C. 47501-47510; 14 CFR part 150.
This notice announces that the FAA has given its overall approval to Westfield-Barnes Regional Airport noise compatibility program, effective June 14, 2017.
Under Section 104(a) of the Aviation Safety and Noise Abatement Act of 1979 (hereinafter the Act), an airport operator who has previously submitted a noise exposure map may submit to the FAA a noise compatibility program which sets forth the measures taken or proposed by the airport operator for the reduction of existing non-compatible land uses and prevention of additional non-compatible land uses within the area covered by the noise exposure maps.
The Act requires such programs to be developed in consultation with interested and affected parties including local communities, government agencies, airport users, and FAA personnel.
Each airport noise compatibility program developed in accordance with Federal Aviation Regulation (FAR), Part 150 is a local program, not a federal program. The FAA does not substitute its judgment for that of the airport proprietor with respect to which measures should be recommended for action. The FAA's approval or disapproval of FAR Part 150 program recommendations is measured according to the standards expressed in Part 150 and the Act, and is limited to the following determinations:
(a) The noise compatibility program was developed in accordance with the provisions and procedures of FAR Part 150;
(b) Program measures are reasonably consistent with achieving the goals of reducing existing non-compatible land uses around the airport and preventing the introduction of additional non-compatible land uses;
(c) Program measures would not create an undue burden on interstate or foreign commerce, unjustly discriminate against types or classes of aeronautical uses, violate the terms of airport grant agreements, or intrude into areas preempted by the federal government; and
(d) Program measures relating to the use of flight procedures can be implemented within the period covered by the program without derogating safety, adversely affecting the efficient use and management of the navigable airspace and air traffic control systems, or adversely affecting other powers and responsibilities of the Administrator as prescribed by law.
Specific limitations with respect to FAA's approval of an airport noise compatibility program are delineated in FAR Part 150, Section 150.5. Approval is not a determination concerning the acceptability of land uses under Federal, state, or local law. Approval does not by itself constitute a FAA implementing action. A request for Federal action or approval to implement specific noise compatibility measures may be required, and an FAA decision on the request may require an environmental assessment of the proposed action.
Approval does not constitute a commitment by the FAA to financially assist in the implementation of the program nor a determination that all measures covered by the program are eligible for grant-in-aid funding from the FAA under the Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982. Where Federal funding is sought, requests for project grants must be submitted to the FAA Regional Office in Burlington, Massachusetts.
The City of Westfield previously submitted to the FAA noise exposure maps and associated documentation produced during the noise compatibility planning study. The Westfield-Barnes Regional Airport noise exposure maps were determined by FAA to be in compliance with applicable requirements on December 22, 2015. Notice of this determination was published in the
The Westfield-Barnes Regional Airport study contains a proposed noise compatibility program comprised of actions designed for implementation by airport. The City of Westfield requested that the FAA evaluate and approve this material as a noise compatibility program as described in Section 104(b) of the Act. The FAA began its review of the program on March 13, 2017, and was required by a provision of the Act to approve or disapprove the program within 180 days (other than the use of new flight procedures for noise control). Failure to approve or disapprove such a program within the 180-day period shall be deemed to be an approval of such a program.
The submitted program contained several changes to noise mitigation measures in the Noise Compatibility Program. Four measures were not recommended for approval and the FAA concurred. Three measures were recommended but the FAA disapproved those measures. One substantive change was recommended and approved by the FAA. This change allows for voluntary acquisition of residential properties located in the 65DNL noise contour. The FAA completed its review and determined that the procedural and substantive requirements of the Act and FAR Part 150 have been satisfied. The New England Region Airports Division Manager therefore approved the overall program on June 14, 2017. The Record of Approval, as well as other evaluation materials and the documents comprising the submittal, are available for review at the FAA office listed above and at the administrative offices of Westfield-Barnes Regional Airport.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT)
Notice
This notice contains a summary of a petition seeking relief from specified requirements of Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations. The purpose of this notice is to improve the public's awareness of, and participation in, the FAA's exemption process. Neither publication of this notice nor the inclusion or omission of information in the summary is intended to affect the legal status of the petition or its final disposition.
Comments on this petition must identify the petition docket number and must be received on or before July 31, 2017.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2017-0569 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Clarence Garden (202) 267-7489, Office of Rulemaking, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591.
This notice is published pursuant to 14 CFR 11.85.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT)
Notice
This notice contains a summary of a petition seeking relief from specified requirements of Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations. The purpose of this notice is to improve the public's awareness of, and participation in, the FAA's exemption process. Neither publication of this notice nor the inclusion or omission of information in the summary is intended to affect the legal status of the petition or its final disposition.
Comments on this petition must identify the petition docket number and must be received on or before July 31, 2017.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2017-0612 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Clarence Garden (202) 267-7489, Office of Rulemaking, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591.
This notice is published pursuant to 14 CFR 11.85.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Request for public comments.
Notice is being given that the FAA is considering a request from the Town of Southbridge, MA, to dispose of a 4.9 acre parcel of airport land. The parcel, located on the southwest side of the airport, is segregated by Barefoot Road and not contiguous with the main airport parcel.
The 4.9 acre parcel is located adjacent to the Town owned landfill and is not suited for aeronautical use as a wetland and Barefoot Road lie between the airport proper and the 4.9 acre parcel. The disposal of this property will have
The property has a fair market value of $130,000. The Town installed a new sewer line and pump station to serve the airport terminal building and restaurant at a value of $844,000 and as such, the in-kind services substantiates the fair market value of the land to be transferred to the Town.
Comments must be received on or before August 10, 2017.
You may send comments using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Interested persons may inspect the request and supporting documents by contacting the FAA at the address listed under
Mr. Jorge E. Panteli, Compliance and Land Use Specialist, Federal Aviation Administration New England Region Airports Division, 1200 District Avenue, Burlington, Massachusetts 01803. Telephone: 781-238-7618.
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Receipt of petition.
Michelin North America, Inc. (MNA), has determined that certain BFGoodrich gForce Rival S summer performance tires do not fully comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) No. 139,
The closing date for comments on the petition is August 10, 2017.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments on this petition. Comments must refer to the docket and notice number cited in the title of this notice and be submitted by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
• Comments may also be faxed to (202) 493-2251.
Comments must be written in the English language, and be no greater than 15 pages in length, although there is no limit to the length of necessary attachments to the comments. If comments are submitted in hard copy form, please ensure that two copies are provided. If you wish to receive confirmation that comments you have submitted by mail were received, please enclose a stamped, self-addressed postcard with the comments. Note that all comments received will be posted without change to
All comments and supporting materials received before the close of business on the closing date indicated above will be filed in the docket and will be considered. All comments and supporting materials received after the closing date will also be filed and will be considered to the fullest extent possible.
When the petition is granted or denied, notice of the decision will also be published in the
All comments, background documentation, and supporting materials submitted to the docket may be viewed by anyone at the address and times given above. The documents may also be viewed on the Internet at
DOT's complete Privacy Act Statement is available for review in a
This notice of receipt of MNA's petition is published under 49 U.S.C. 30118 and 30120 and does not represent any agency decision or other exercise of judgment concerning the merits of the petition.
S5.2
. . .
(d) Its load rating shall be that specified either in a submission made by an individual manufacturer, pursuant to S4, or in one of the publications described in S4 for its size designation, type and each appropriate inflation pressure. If the maximum load rating for a particular tire size is shown in more than one of the publications described in S4, each tire of that size designation shall have a maximum load rating that is not less than the published maximum load rating, or if there are differing maximum load ratings for the same tire size designation, not less than the lowest published maximum load rating.
In support of its petition, MNA submitted the following reasoning:
MNA concluded by expressing the belief that the subject noncompliance is inconsequential as it relates to motor vehicle safety, and that its petition to be exempted from providing notification of the noncompliance, as required by 49 U.S.C. 30118, and a remedy for the noncompliance, as required by 49 U.S.C. 30120, should be granted.
NHTSA notes that the statutory provisions (49 U.S.C. 30118(d) and 30120(h)) that permit manufacturers to file petitions for a determination of inconsequentiality allow NHTSA to exempt manufacturers only from the duties found in sections 30118 and 30120, respectively, to notify owners, purchasers, and dealers of a defect or noncompliance and to remedy the defect or noncompliance. Therefore, any decision on this petition only applies to the subject tires that MNA no longer controlled at the time it determined that the noncompliance existed. However, any decision on this petition does not relieve equipment distributors and dealers of the prohibitions on the sale, offer for sale, or introduction or delivery for introduction into interstate commerce of the noncompliant tires under their control after MNA notified them that the subject noncompliance existed.
49 U.S.C. 30118, 30120: delegations of authority at 49 CFR 1.95 and 501.8.
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA), DOT.
List of applications for special permits.
In accordance with the procedures governing the application for, and the processing of, special permits from the Department of Transportation's Hazardous Material Regulations, notice is hereby given that the Office of Hazardous Materials Safety has received the application described herein. Each mode of transportation for which a particular special permit is requested is indicated by a number in the “Nature of Application” portion of the table below as follows: 1—Motor vehicle, 2—Rail freight, 3—Cargo vessel, 4—Cargo aircraft only, 5—Passenger-carrying aircraft.
Comments must be received on or before August 10, 2017.
Record Center, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration U.S. Department of Transportation Washington, DC 20590.
Comments should refer to the application number and be submitted in triplicate. If confirmation of receipt of comments is desired, include a self-addressed stamped postcard showing the special permit number.
Ryan Paquet, Director, Office of Hazardous Materials Approvals and Permits Division, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, PHH-30, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001, (202) 366-4535.
Copies of the applications are available for inspection in the Records Center, East Building, PHH-30, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington DC or at
This notice of receipt of applications for special permit is published in accordance with Part 107 of the Federal hazardous materials transportation law (49 U.S.C. 5117(b); 49 CFR 1.53(b)).
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA), DOT.
List of applications for modification of special permits.
In accordance with the procedures governing the application for, and the processing of, special permits from the Department of Transportation's Hazardous Material Regulations (49 CFR part 107, subpart B), notice is hereby given that the Office of Hazardous Materials Safety has received the application described herein. Each mode of transportation for which a particular special permit is requested is indicated by a number in the “Nature of Application” portion of the table below as follows: 1—Motor vehicle, 2—Rail freight, 3—Cargo vessel, 4—Cargo aircraft only, 5—Passenger-carrying aircraft.
Comments must be received on or before July 26, 2017.
Record Center, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC 20590.
Comments should refer to the application number and be submitted in triplicate. If confirmation of receipt of comments is desired, include a self-addressed stamped postcard showing the special permit number.
Ryan Paquet, Director, Office of Hazardous Materials Approvals and Permits Division, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, PHH-30, 1200 New Jersey Avenue Southeast, Washington, DC 20590-0001, (202) 366-4535.
Copies of the applications are available for inspection in the Records Center, East Building, PHH-30, 1200 New Jersey Avenue Southeast, Washington DC or at
This notice of receipt of applications for special permit is published in accordance with Part 107 of the Federal hazardous materials transportation law (49 U.S.C. 5117(b); 49 CFR 1.53(b)).
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA), DOT.
Notice of actions on special permit applications.
In accordance with the procedures governing the application for, and the processing of, special permits from the Department of Transportation's Hazardous Material Regulations (49 CFR part 107, subpart B), notice is hereby given that the Office of Hazardous Materials Safety has received the application described herein.
Comments must be received on or before August 10, 2017.
Record Center, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration U.S. Department of Transportation Washington, DC 20590.
Comments should refer to the application number and be submitted in triplicate. If confirmation of receipt of comments is desired, include a self-addressed stamped postcard showing the special permit number.
Ryan Paquet, Director, Office of Hazardous Materials Approvals and Permits Division, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, East Building, PHH-30, 1200 New Jersey Avenue Southeast, Washington, DC 20590-0001, (202) 366-4535.
Copies of the applications are available for inspection in the Records Center, East Building, PHH-30, 1200 New Jersey Avenue Southeast, Washington DC or at
This notice of receipt of applications for special permit is published in accordance with Part 107 of the Federal hazardous materials transportation law (49 U.S.C. 5117(b); 49 CFR 1.53(b)).
Departmental Offices, U.S. Department of the Treasury.
Notice.
The Department of the Treasury will submit the following information collection requests to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, on or after the date of publication of this notice. The public is invited to submit comments on these requests.
Comments should be received on or before August 10, 2017 to be assured of consideration.
Send comments regarding the burden estimate, or any other aspect of the information collection, including suggestions for reducing the burden, to (1) Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for Treasury, New Executive Office Building, Room 10235, Washington, DC 20503, or email at
Copies of the submissions may be obtained from Jennifer Leonard by emailing
44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.
Office of the Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense (Civilian Personnel Policy) (DASD (CPP)), DoD.
Proposed notice of consolidation, modification, and republication as amended of a Personnel Demonstration Project Plan.
The DoD, with the approval of the Office of Personnel Management (OPM), received authority to conduct a personnel demonstration project within DoD's civilian acquisition workforce and among those supporting personnel assigned to work directly with it. The purpose of this notice is to consolidate the original AcqDemo project plan and, as appropriate, the still relevant interventions described in the six subsequent amendments and one notice of intent as listed in Appendix A into a single document for better understanding and ease of use; record the modifications made to existing demonstration project initiatives as a result of experience gained from their use; describe additional personnel management initiatives undertaken to generate further improvement of and increased efficiencies in support for the DoD acquisition workforce; and republish the AcqDemo Project Plan as amended and as updated for corrections, deletions, additions, and clarifications.
DoD will consider written comments if received no later than August 10, 2017.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:
•
•
DoD: Scott Wortman, Program Manager, Civilian Acquisition Workforce Personnel Demonstration Project, 9820 Belvoir Road, Ft. Belvoir, VA 22060, 703-805-5050; DoD: Ms. Megan Maciejewski, Defense Civilian Personnel Advisory Service, Human Resources Operational Programs and Advisory Services, Staffing Policy Division, 4800 Mark Center Drive, Suite 05F16, Alexandria, VA 22350-1100, 571-372-1538.
The AcqDemo Project was established under the authority of the Secretary of Defense, with the approval of OPM. Subject to the authority, direction, and control of the Secretary, the Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics (USD(AT&L)) carries out the powers, functions, and duties of the Secretary concerning the DoD acquisition workforce (AWF). Title 10 United States Code (U.S.C.) Chapter 87 describes general authorities and responsibilities, defense acquisition positions, Acquisition Corps, education and training, and general management provisions applicable to the Defense AWF. The purpose of the AcqDemo, as stated in 10 U.S.C. Chapter 87, Section 1762, is “to determine the feasibility or desirability of one or more proposals for improving the personnel management policies or procedures that apply with respect to the acquisition workforce of the [DoD] and supporting personnel assigned to work directly with the acquisition workforce.”
This demonstration project was originally authorized under Section 4308 of the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) for Fiscal Year (FY) 1996 (Pub. L. 104-106, 110 Stat. 669; 10 United States Code Annotated (U.S.C.A.) 1701 note), as amended by section 845 of NDAA for FY 1998 (Pub. L. 105-85, 111 Stat.1845); Section 813 of NDAA for FY 2003 (Pub. L. 107-314, 116 Stat. 2609); and Section 1112 of NDAA for FY 2004 (Pub. L. 108-136, 117 Stat. 1634). The NDAA for FY 2004 authorized the National Security Personnel System (NSPS) and most AcqDemo employees converted to the NSPS in 2006. Section 1113 of NDAA for FY 2010 (Pub. L. 111-84, 123 Stat. 2190) repealed the NSPS and directed conversion of all NSPS employees to their previous pay system by January 1, 2012. All NSPS employees formerly in AcqDemo were transitioned back to AcqDemo during the month of May 2011. On January 7, 2011, the original demonstration project authority was repealed and codified at 10 U.S.C. 1762 pursuant to Section 872 of the Ike Skelton NDAA for FY 2011 (Pub. L. 111-383, 124 Stat. 4300, 4302). With the enactment of Section 872 of the Ike Skelton NDAA for Fiscal Year (FY) 2011, Public Law 111-383, Congress extended the authority for AcqDemo until September 30, 2017, and increased the total number of persons who may participate in the project from 95,000 to 120,000. Congress further extended the authority for AcqDemo to December 31, 2020, in Section 846 of NDAA for FY 2016 (Pub. L. 114-92). Through Section 867 of NDAA for FY 2017 (Pub. L. 114-328), Congress provided that the Secretary of Defense shall exercise the authorities granted to the OPM under 5 U.S.C. 4703 for purposes of the demonstration project.
OPM approved and published the final project plan for the AcqDemo on January 8, 1999, in 64
The project was initially designed in the 1997-1999 timeframe by a Process Action Team under the authority of then-Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition and Technology with the participation of and review by DoD and the OPM. The purpose of the project is to enhance the quality, professionalism, and management of the DoD acquisition workforce through improvements in the efficiency and effectiveness of the human resources management system. The project interventions strive to support DoD's efforts to “create a professional, agile, and motivated workforce that consistently makes smart business decisions, acts in an ethical manner, and delivers timely and affordable capabilities to the warfighter.”
The original AcqDemo Project Plan included streamlined hiring and appointment authorities; a Voluntary Emeritus Program; broadbanding; simplified classification; combined classification and appraisal criteria into six factors; revised reduction-in-force procedures; a contribution-based compensation and appraisal system; academic degree and certification
Since its implementation in early 1999, the AcqDemo interventions have confirmed that a human resources system tailored to the mission and needs of the AWF increases workforce satisfaction with the personnel management system, while providing quality acquisition products to DoD customers as evidenced by the 2006 AcqDemo Summative Evaluation
The June 2006 Summative Evaluation Report stated: “AcqDemo had a positive impact on overall workforce quality by enabling managers to compete with the private sector for the best talent available and make timely job offers to potential employees. When AcqDemo procedures were fully implemented, hiring timeliness was significantly improved. AcqDemo succeeded in retaining `high contributors' and increasing the separation rates of `low contributors' without damaging employees' overall sense of fairness. AcqDemo resulted in high levels of customer satisfaction, and both employees and supervisors realized the benefits of AcqDemo flexibilities in responding to customer requirements quickly. Finally, a variety of data indicated that there was a positive shift in workforce satisfaction with the AcqDemo personnel management system.”
Since the return of employees from NSPS in May 2011, there continues to be strong evidence that the initiatives implemented under the AcqDemo are effective:
(1) Component acquisition leaders' feedback on effectiveness of AcqDemo programs on recruitment and retention has been positive.
(2) Senior Leader interviews were positive on the outcomes of programs but suggested processes may need to be tweaked,
(3) Additional organizations are seeking to join AcqDemo.
(4) Analysis
(5) Results from the 2015 OPM Federal Employee Viewpoint Survey (FEVS) indicated that 87% of the 2015 AcqDemo FEVS responses were better than the 2014 AcqDemo FEVS responses.
(6) Interview and survey data suggest that many aspects of AcqDemo are positively perceived,
(7) Survey respondents reported being more optimistic about opportunities for promotion and were more likely to believe that their organization is retaining the highest-performing employees among their peers in the organizations selected for comparison.
(8) A 2016 independent research report
(9) The 2016 OPM FEVS Employee Engagement Index questions, which best exemplify “an employee's sense of purpose,” and the New Inclusive Intelligence (IQ) Index questions, which “center on behaviors that help create an inclusive environment,” show continued year after year improvement from 2014 through 2016 and consistently higher positive responses than the DoD and overall Federal workforce across all subcomponents. The top three AcqDemo 2016 positive items reflect sense of pride in work and are shown below with their respective percentage of positive responses:
(a) When needed I am willing to put in the extra effort to get a job done. (95.2%)
(b) Pay raises depend on how well employees perform their jobs. (39.8%)
(c) How satisfied are you with your opportunity to get a better job in your organization? (37.9%)
This information is a testament to the success of AcqDemo as a valuable human resources management tool in the efforts of the USD(AT&L) to emphasize and achieve broader and stronger workforce professional and technical qualifications, abilities, and capabilities for all sixteen DoD acquisition career fields. With the extension of the AcqDemo authority until December 31, 2020, the Department now has an additional opportunity to better adjust AcqDemo to the emergent qualifications associated with the myriad, complex defense acquisition situations with timely workforce development and more efficient, agile, and effective processes and procedures. New as well as modified flexibilities in human resources management activities can be tested and adjusted for maximum effectiveness in support of the USD(AT&L) “principle that continuous improvement is the best approach to improving the performance of the defense acquisition enterprise.”
The DoD AcqDemo Program Office will post this amendment on the Program Office's Web site at
AcqDemo is an acquisition-based alternative human resource management pay and personnel system that provides managers and organizations with increased flexibilities in recruitment, staffing, classification, performance management, compensation, and employee development. The purpose of the project is to enhance the quality, professionalism, and management of the DoD AWF through improvements in the efficiency, effectiveness, and agility of the human resources management system. This project not only provides a system that retains, recognizes, and rewards employees for their contributions, but also supports their personal and professional growth as acquisition specialists and professionals. In addition, this demonstration project provides managers, at the lowest practical level, the authority, control, and flexibility they need to achieve effective workforce management, quality acquisition processes, and superior products.
The AcqDemo Project was established under the authority of the Secretary of Defense (SECDEF), with the approval of OPM. Subject to the authority, direction, and control of the SECDEF, the USD(AT&L) carries out the powers, functions, and duties of the SECDEF concerning the DoD AWF. The USD(AT&L) is authorized to establish policies and procedures, in coordination with the Under Secretary of Defense for Personnel and Readiness (USD(P&R)), for the effective management of the acquisition, technology, and logistics workforce in the DoD, which includes management and oversight of the DoD AcqDemo. To assist in this endeavor, the USD(AT&L) chartered the DoD Civilian Acquisition Workforce Personnel Demonstration Project Program Office in September 1999. The Office of Human Capital Initiatives was chartered by the USD(AT&L) in November 2015, and the Director designated as the senior official responsible for the AcqDemo program. The Director, Human Capital Initiatives, is responsible for oversight, policy, direction, design and centralized management of the AcqDemo. Subject to the authority, direction, and control of the Director, Human Capital Initiatives, the AcqDemo Program Manager is responsible for the centralized management of the DoD AcqDemo Project. The Program Manager also has authority to establish and chair an Executive Council comprised of a representative from each DoD Component, Agency, and Field Activity with organizations and/or teams participating in the AcqDemo Project (hereafter referred to as Participating Organizations) plus USD(P&R) and/or USD(AT&L) representatives serving in an advisory role as appropriate. Each Participating Organization has authority to manage and oversee AcqDemo implementation and operation within overarching USD(AT&L), HCI, and/or AcqDemo Program Office policy and guidance.
It is envisioned that each Participating Organization, to include subordinate AcqDemo participating organizations and/or teams, shall establish a Personnel Policy Board (PPB). The PPB is the body to manage, evaluate, and make policy and procedural changes for its respective organization within the parameters of the AcqDemo Project Plan published in the
(a) Overseeing the civilian pay budget;
(b) Addressing issues associated with two or more pay systems (
(c) Determining the composition of the CCAS pay pool in accordance with the established guidelines and statutory constraints;
(d) Reviewing operation of the organization's CCAS pay pools;
(e) Providing guidance to pay pool managers;
(f) Administering funds to CCAS pay pool managers;
(g) Reviewing hiring and promotion salaries;
(h) Monitoring award pool distribution by organization and acquisition workforce (AWF) employees vs. non-AWF employees; and
(i) Assessing the need for and making changes to local demonstration project procedures and policies when needed to further define specific interventions to ensure standard application across the participating AcqDemo organization(s) and/or team(s).
Modifications to the AcqDemo Project Plan must be made from time to time as experience is gained, results are analyzed, and conclusions are reached on how the various flexibilities are working individually and within the overall project. Minor policy and procedural modifications of this published AcqDemo project plan within already existing waivers may be made by the Director, Human Capital Initiatives, with delegation to the Program Manager, and published in internal issuances and AcqDemo Memorandums and/or at
The DoD AcqDemo Program Office is responsible for preparing and/or issuing implementation, operational, sustainment, and other internal guidance such as AcqDemo Memoranda, Operating Procedures, and/or DoDIs regarding the AcqDemo provisions to Participating Organizations. This internal guidance, which can be found at
For actions taken under the auspices of the demonstration project, the legal authority code Z2W, Public Law 111-383, will be used. For all other actions, the nature of action codes (NOAC) and legal authority codes prescribed by OPM and/or DoD will continue to be used unless revised or new codes are
1. Scope of Acquisition Organizations. The DoD has numerous civilian acquisition organizations and teams in the Departments of the Army, the Navy (including the Marine Corps), and the Air Force as well as several Defense agencies and field activities. These organizations and teams are located not only across the United States but also in various foreign countries. Various elements of these organizations may be included in AcqDemo if they request to participate in AcqDemo, meet the eligibility requirements, are coordinated with the USD(P&R), and approved by the USD(AT&L).
2. Request to Participate in AcqDemo. As a demonstration project, AcqDemo is subject to audit, evaluation, and reporting requirements as Department leaders consider expanding participation in AcqDemo and the merits of undertaking modified and installing new initiatives. Therefore, to assist in the effective management of the project, it is necessary to establish and utilize a formal application and approval process for organizations and teams desiring to participate in AcqDemo. The broad parameters of this process are described below with finite content requirements to be issued by the DoD AcqDemo Program Office using various internal DoD issuances such as AcqDemo Memorandum, AcqDemo Operating Procedures, and/or DoDIs. As experience is gained using this process, analysis is conducted, and conclusions reached, minor modifications may be made by the DoD AcqDemo Program Office.
3. Calls for Additional Participation. The AcqDemo Program Office may establish a regular schedule or periodically announce opportunities for interested acquisition organizations to apply for approval to participate in AcqDemo. Out-of-cycle participation requests will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis. During the demonstration project authority period, limited expansion of the project may be determined valuable by the USD(AT&L). In these cases, plans for such expansion will be coordinated with the USD(P&R) prior to execution.
4. Eligibility Requirements. Organizational and team participation in AcqDemo is voluntary. For an interested organization or team to be approved to participate, the following conditions must be met:
(a) At least one-third of the workforce selected to participate in the demonstration project consists of members of the acquisition workforce (civilian employees occupying positions coded as meeting the requirements of the Defense Acquisition Workforce Improvement Act (DAWIA) of 1990 as amended);
(b) At least two-thirds of the workforce participating in the demonstration project consists of members of the acquisition workforce and supporting personnel assigned to work directly with the acquisition workforce;
(c) Positions are classified to an approved occupational series; and
(d) The organization or team request is coordinated through the chain of command, to include the USD(P&R), for approval by USD(AT&L) for participation in the AcqDemo Project. Following receipt of appropriate coordination and approvals for the requesting organization to participate in AcqDemo, the AcqDemo Program Office staff will initiate appropriate notification to the requesting Military Department or DoD Component and USD(P&R). In addition, any organization approved to participate will notify affected employees, labor organizations, and other appropriate stakeholders.
5. Application Process. The organization or team seeking approval to participate in AcqDemo would follow the process steps listed below:
(a) Complete the following preliminary activities:
(1) Review the AcqDemo design with the Participating Organization's DoD AcqDemo Executive Council Representative, if applicable, and DoD AcqDemo Program Office officials;
(2) Informally coordinate concurrence of their participation within its component leadership for any enterprise planning impacts; and
(3) Assess the acceptance level of the workforce with participation, views of stakeholders such as local bargaining union leadership (if applicable), and consider any other local climate and/or operational issues that would impact effective implementation of the project.
(b) Gather and include the required information described below in an application packet:
(1) Complete DoD Component, DoD Agency, or DoD Field Activity address.
(2) Identification of the acquisition-related mission of the population requesting participation, including a brief discussion of the major functions performed.
(3) Requesting organizations are encouraged to provide any applicable local workforce challenges being encountered that are not covered in 64 FR 1426-1492 and indicate how it is anticipated that AcqDemo could help address such challenges.
(4) Workforce Demographic Data.
(5) Identification of occupational series that need to be added.
(6) A statement of confirmation that applicable Within-Grade Increase (WGI) buy-in conversion costs, if applicable, have been estimated and do not present an adverse financial impact on payroll budgeting and execution.
(7) Communication plan, as available.
(8) Desired conversion date for candidate population.
(c) Route the application package through its command channels to the Service Acquisition Executive and the Assistant Secretary for Manpower and Reserve Affairs (M&RA) for the Military Departments or the appropriate equivalent authority for other DoD components for appropriate review and endorsement to the DoD AcqDemo Program Manager. The AcqDemo Program Office staff will review the application package for compliance with required information and eligibility requirements and facilitate coordination of eligibility with USD(P&R), Defense Civilian Personnel Advisory Services (DCPAS) and participation approval with USD(AT&L). The AcqDemo Program Manager will then ensure the approval decisions are implemented, with quarterly updates provided to USD(P&R) and USD(AT&L).
Appendix B provides two tables containing lists of organizations that have been determined to be eligible to participate. Table 1 of Appendix B provides a list of those organizations that were determined to be eligible to participate as of July 1, 2002. Table 1A of Appendix B contains a list of new or realigned organizations whose eligibility to participate in AcqDemo was approved by the DoD in calendar year 2014 and by OPM in calendar year 2015.
1. Covered Workforce. Section 872 of the Ike Skelton NDAA for FY 2011 increased the number of employees who may participate in AcqDemo from 95,000 to 120,000 at any one time. The scope of AcqDemo workforce coverage for the DoD-wide critical acquisition function gives primary consideration to the number and diversity of occupations within (1) the acquisition workforce; and (2) the supporting personnel assigned to work directly with the acquisition workforce. This coverage encompasses acquisition-related duties
Additionally, in determining the scope of the demonstration project, DoD human resources management design goals and priorities for the entire civilian workforce were considered. While the intent of this project is to provide DoD activities with increased control and accountability for their covered workforce, the decision was made to restrict development efforts initially to positions in the GS and GM pay plans. Employees covered under the Performance Management and Recognition System Termination Act (pay plan code GM) are GS employees and are covered under the demonstration project. The AcqDemo currently includes employees who previously held positions under the GS or GM pay plan codes or under one of the National Security Personnel System pay plan codes or under other pay systems. Employees and positions in other personnel systems and pay plans may be converted into AcqDemo as a result of reorganizations, restructuring, realignment, consolidation, Base Realignment and Closure decisions, legislative dictates, or other organizational changes as determined appropriate by the AcqDemo Program Manager. Students and recent graduates hired through the Pathways Programs may be included as determined by Participating Organizations. Excluded from coverage of this project at this time are Senior Executive Service, Senior Level, Scientific and Technical, Federal Wage System, and Administratively Determined positions. Also excluded from the project are (1) positions allocated to a Physicians and Dentist Pay Plan, either GP or GR; (2) positions covered by the Defense Civilian Intelligence Personnel System (10 U.S.C. chapter 83); (3) positions covered by or to be included in one of the Science and Technology Reinvention Laboratory (STRL) personnel demonstration projects (Section 342(b) of the NDAA for FY 1995, Pub. L. 103-337 (10 U.S.C. 2358), as amended); (4) primary or secondary law enforcement officer (LEO) positions (5 U.S.C. 5541(3)); and (5) administrative law judge positions. To determine if an organization and series are included, locate the organization in Appendix B, either in Table 1 or Table 1A, and then find the job series in Appendix C.
2. Current Participating Employees. Table 1 provides a breakout of the AcqDemo actual population as of July 29, 2016, by Participating Organizations including number of employees by career path, broadband level, and bargaining unit representation. Of the 33,639 employees, 6.45% or 2,171 are represented by labor unions. The American Federation of Government Employees and the National Federation of Federal Employees represent the largest number of employees. The International Association of Fire Fighters, International Federation of Professional and Technical Engineers, and Laborers' International Union of North America represent the remainder of AcqDemo bargaining unit employees.
1. Written Agreements. Employees within a unit to which a labor organization is accorded exclusive recognition under 5 U.S.C. chapter 71, shall not be included as part of the demonstration project unless the exclusive representative and the agency have entered into a written agreement covering participation in and implementation of this project. In order to ensure that the integrity of the acquisition demonstration project is maintained, parties may not change the design and intent of any of the project initiatives during negotiations. DoD has authority to operate only ONE project with the initiatives applying to all Participating Organizations. Revisions to initiatives may only be made in accordance with Section I.B.3 of this project plan.
The parties may use mediation or any other mutually acceptable means to resolve disputes over the implementation of the project with respect to unit employees. Neither party may request the assistance of the Federal Service Impasses Panel to resolve such disputes. Either labor or management may unilaterally withdraw from negotiations over the application of this demonstration project to bargaining unit members at any time up until final agreement approval, without such action being considered an unfair labor practice under 5 U.S.C. 7116, for refusing to negotiate in good faith.
Written agreements addressing the initial implementation of the demonstration project to bargaining unit members of Participating Organizations are subject to agency head review and approval within DoD prior to implementation. Thus, agreements will be reviewed as provided in 5 U.S.C. 7114(c).
2. Subsequent Negotiations. Once a written agreement is reached and approved allowing for the local implementation of the project, all subsequent negotiations during the life of the project shall be subject to binding impasse procedures under 5 U.S.C. 7119.
a. The broadbanding system replaces the current GS fifteen-grade structure. The fifteen GS grades are arranged into three or four broadband levels within a career path in accordance with recognized advancement expected within the occupations assigned to the career path. Broadband level pay ranges were derived from base pay rates under 5 U.S.C. 5303 of the banded GS grades. The lowest basic pay rate of any given broadband level is that for step 1 of the lowest GS grade in that broadband level. Likewise, the highest basic pay rate of any given broadband level is that for step 10 of the highest GS grade in that broadband level. There is a natural overlap in basic pay ranges in the GS grades that also occurs in the broadband system. Once employees move into the demonstration project, GS grades as well as WGIs and quality step increases will no longer apply and promotions will be less frequent. Movement through a broadband level will be based on employee appraisals under the CCAS; movement to a higher broadband level will be by competitive or non-competitive promotion; and voluntary or involuntary movement to a lower broadband level by a change to a lower broadband level personnel action.
b. There are three distinct career paths where AcqDemo occupations with similar characteristics are grouped together to facilitate advancement, pay progression, and more competitive recruitment of quality candidates at differing rates. The career paths are designated as Business Management and Technical Management Professional, Pay Plan NH; Technical Management Support, Pay Plan NJ; and Administrative Support, Pay Plan NK. The occupations placed within each of these career paths are listed in Appendix C. The three career paths and their associated broadband levels compared to GS grades are shown in Figure 1, Career Paths and Broadband Structure.
c. The broadband levels represent basic pay only and will be labeled I, II, III, or IV. Comparison to the GS base pay table is used in setting the minimum and maximum basic pay limits of the broadband levels. As the rates of the GS are increased for any annual across-the-board GS pay increase, the minimum and maximum basic pay rates of the broadband levels will also increase. Basic pay rates for employees are established within the minimum and maximum basic pay range for their position's broadband level. Section C, Pay Administration, offers more detail on how to set pay within a broadband level.
Since employees' pay progression through a broadband level depends on their contribution to the organization's mission and accomplishment of higher level, broader scope, and/or more difficult work assignments, there will be no scheduled WGIs or scheduled across-the-board GS increases for employees covered by the broadbanding system. Advancement to a higher broadband level is typically through merit promotion or competitive recruitment procedures. Movement to a lower broadband level may be voluntary or involuntary. Special salary rates will no longer be applicable to demonstration project employees. Employees will be eligible for the locality pay of their geographical area with the exception of those employees stationed at an overseas location.
The AcqDemo Project will continue to use the occupational series designators and position titles consistent with those authorized by DoD and/or OPM to identify positions. The current AcqDemo occupational series will be placed into appropriate career paths as shown in Appendix C. Appendix C has been updated to remove those series cancelled by OPM, to provide current series titles, to include additional series, and to move existing series to different or additional career paths. Other occupational series may be added or current series revised or deleted as a result of fluctuations in mission requirements or future DoD or OPM modifications to occupational series. Titling practices consistent with those
a. General. Under the demonstration project, a standard set of three classification levels and appraisal factors has been developed for each career path—Factor 1. Job Achievement and/or Innovation; Factor 2. Communication and/or Teamwork; and Factor 3. Mission Support. These factors comprised of expected contribution criteria and broadband level descriptors and discriminators, as aligned to the three career paths and their broadband levels, will be used for broadband level classification and employee contribution assessment. The employee contribution assessment includes both a determination of an Overall Contribution Score (OCS) and a performance appraisal level for each factor. While the basic classification and appraisal factors, descriptors, and discriminators cannot be changed, the factors with the addition of an employee's contribution plan are fundamental to the success of an acquisition organization and capture the critical content and expectations for positions in the three career paths—Business Management and Technical Management Professional, Technical Management Support, and Administrative Support.
b. Expected Contribution Criteria. The AcqDemo utilizes baseline expected contribution criteria prepared for each of the three factors. These criteria are applicable to all contributions at all broadband levels under the appropriate factor. The criteria form the basis from which specific contribution expectations, standards, goals, or objectives are developed for an employee's contribution plan for the classification level of work in the employee's position. These criteria may only be modified by the DoD AcqDemo Program Office.
c. Factors. The factors are derived from the Office of Personnel Management,
(1) Descriptors. Descriptors are narrative statements that are written at increasing levels of complexity, scope, and value of position and employee contribution. They are meant to correspond with the broadband levels, and their associated ranges of basic pay, for classification and appraisal purposes. While the descriptors indicate a position classification and/or contribution level appropriate at the upper end of each broadband level, a broadband may actually contain an array of positions with varying levels of work, responsibilities, and value. These attributes range from just above the upper end of the next lower broadband level to an employee's position to the upper end of the employee's broadband level as defined by an organization's position management structure needed to accomplish its mission. Descriptors are not to be used individually to determine position classification or assess contributions, but rather are to be considered as a group to derive a single evaluation of each factor.
(2) Discriminators. The discriminators refine the descriptors. For example, the Communication and/or Teamwork factor has four discriminators (oral, written, contribution to team, and effectiveness), which are the same for all broadband levels. The discriminators help to define the type and complexity of work; degree of responsibility; and scope of contributions that need to be ultimately accomplished to reach the highest basic pay potential within a broadband level for an employee's position and contributions. The discriminators are often times included in the duties portion of the Position Requirements Document to clarify the generic descriptors as to type and level of work, and in contribution expectations, standards, goals, and/or objectives included in an employee's contribution plan to foster contributions at the appropriate level and value for the position within its broadband level and to support the organization's strategic goals and objectives needed to meet its mission.
(3) Summary. The three factor evaluations when taken as a whole result in either a classification determination of the broadband level for the position or an OCS and performance appraisal for an employee's contribution assessment depending on the action being addressed. This structure in turn would be used to set the stage for determination of position classification, contribution assessment, and ultimately compensation decisions. The definitions for the career paths and corresponding broadband levels within them are found in Appendix D. The classification levels with descriptors, discriminators, and appraisal factors can be found in Appendix E.
Under the AcqDemo, Heads of Participating Organizations (or equivalent) will have delegated classification authority and may re-delegate this authority to subordinate management levels to a level not lower than one management level above the first-line supervisor of the position under review, except in the case of those employees reporting directly to the Head of the Participating Organization or equivalent. First-line supervisors will provide classification recommendations. Individuals knowledgeable and experienced in classification methodology, to include Human Resources Specialists, may provide ongoing consultation and guidance to managers and supervisors throughout the classification process.
Under the demonstration project's classification system, a position requirements document (PRD) combines the position information; staffing requirements; factors, descriptors, and discriminators; expected contribution criteria for the assigned broadband level; and position evaluation statement into a single document. The AcqDemo Program Office has developed fillable templates for each career path broadband level to aid supervisors in producing a PRD. These templates may be found on the AcqDemo Web site at:
Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA) exemption or non-exemption determinations will be made consistent with criteria found in 5 CFR part 551. All employees are covered by the FLSA unless they meet criteria for exemption. Positions will be evaluated as needed by comparing the duties and responsibilities assigned, the broadband level descriptors for each broadband
Each position under the demonstration project will have a designated maximum broadband level. This maximum broadband level will be identified as the top broadband level within a career path for a particular position and the broadband level to which an incumbent, selected competitively or through merit promotion for a lower broadband level, may be advanced without further competition. These broadband levels will be based upon the full performance levels of positions before conversion into AcqDemo. After conversion a newly created or re-described AcqDemo position may be assigned a different maximum broadband level based on the AcqDemo organization's position management structure, change in mission, reorganization, and similar factors. Maximum broadband levels may vary based upon occupation or career path. An employee's basic pay will be capped at the maximum rate for the designated broadband level until the employee has been promoted into the next higher broadband level.
An employee may appeal the occupational series, title, or broadband level of his or her own position at any time. An employee may not appeal the accuracy of the position requirements document; the demonstration project classification criteria; the pay-setting criteria; the propriety of a salary schedule; or matters grievable under an administrative or negotiated grievance procedure or an alternative dispute resolution procedure.
An employee must formally raise the areas of concern to supervisors in the immediate chain of command, either orally or in writing. If an employee is not satisfied with the supervisory response, he/she may appeal to the Head of his/her organization. If the employee is not satisfied with the supervisory response, he/she may then appeal to his/her organization's Component or Agency level in accordance with their instructions. If the employee is not satisfied with the Component or Agency decision, the employee may appeal to the DoD appellate level. Appellate decisions rendered by DoD will be final and binding on all administrative, certifying, payroll, disbursing, and accounting officials of the Department. The evaluation of classification appeals under this demonstration project is based upon the demonstration project classification criteria. Case files will be forwarded for adjudication through the civilian personnel/human resources office providing personnel service and will include copies of appropriate demonstration project criteria. Time periods for case processing under 5 CFR 511.605 apply.
One of the goals of the DAWIA Program is to create well-trained, multi-skilled professionals who can effectively manage multi-million-dollar programs. Hiring restrictions and complex processes unduly increase hiring timelines, exhaust valuable resources, and unnecessarily detract attention from the acquisition mission. Managers must be able to compete with academia and the private sector for the best talent and be able to make timely job offers to potential employees who display the experience, education, competencies, knowledge, skills, abilities, and motivation to be successful in the highly dynamic DoD acquisition environment. The program has statutory and regulatory requirements necessitating substantial education, training and experience, special certifications, and continuous learning designed to create a cadre of highly skilled acquisition professionals ready for assignment to the DoD's most senior acquisition positions.
The position management structure for the DAWIA Program contains three categories of AWF members and positions that may be found in each of the acquisition career fields. The largest category is comprised of persons assigned to developmental and mid-level acquisition positions. The next category encompasses Critical Acquisition Positions which are senior acquisition positions with significant responsibility, primarily involving supervisory or management duties in acquisition systems. The top level of positions, Key Leadership Positions, require special USD(AT&L) attention, have significant leadership responsibilities, are held by personnel in the most demanding acquisition positions, and are critical to the success of the DoD acquisition program.
To maintain an adequate complement of trained AWF members in each of the position categories and career fields, the DoD establishes hiring strategies and goals that are published in its biennial Human Capital Strategic Workforce Plan. A recent Government Accountability Office (GAO)
a. Competitive and Excepted Appointing Authorities. Under this demonstration project, there are two primary tenure existing competitive service appointment options used in the competitive service and excepted service: Permanent and temporary time-limited (which includes temporary and term (or term-like in the excepted service)). The permanent option consists of the existing career-conditional and career appointments (and equivalent appointments in the excepted service). The temporary limited option may be used to fill a short-term position,
b. Modified Term Appointment Option.
(1) The modified term option is based on the existing term appointment. A modified term appointment is expected to last longer than one year but not to exceed five years unless a one-year
(2) Reassignment. A Participating Organization may place a modified term employee in any other modified term position provided the employee meets the qualifying requirements of that position. However, such reassignment will not serve to extend the appointment beyond the original term appointment time period. The minimum eligibility requirements for the position will be determined according to OPM's Operating Manual
(3) Conversion to Career-Conditional Appointment. Employees hired under the modified term appointment authority are in a temporary status but may be eligible for conversion to career-conditional appointments or career appointments if applicable. To be converted, the employee must: (a) Have been selected for the term position under competitive procedures, with the announcement specifically stating that the individual(s) selected for the term positions(s) may be eligible for conversion to career-conditional appointment at a later date; (b) have served two years of continuous service in the term position; and (c) have been considered to have adequate contributions for two appraisal cycles (including the current appraisal cycle) immediately preceding conversion. Service under a modified term appointment immediately prior to a permanent appointment shall count toward the probationary period requirements described in 10 U.S.C. 1599e.
(4) Benefits and Appeal Rights. Benefits and appeal rights are the same as those currently afforded term employees.
Hiring managers of Participating Organizations are encouraged to use a variety of sources for their targeted recruitment and outreach efforts for both permanent and time-limited positions in the competitive and excepted services, including: Colleges/universities with degree programs that meet acquisition position requirements, job fairs, virtual career fairs, professional organizations, alumni associations, USAJOBS and non-Federal employment Web sites, employee referrals, contractors, and separating or retiring military members. Short-term or long-term job announcements may be posted for current and/or projected vacancies, multiple vacancies, broadband levels, and/or geographic locations as appropriate based upon the availability of qualified candidates and the type of position being filled. Hiring managers have, in consultation with their Human Resources Offices, the option of making on-the-spot tentative job offers at job fairs and other recruiting events when using a noncompetitive or direct hiring authority. These offers are contingent upon meeting appropriate public notice requirements, clearing local priorities to include Priority Placement Program, Reemployment Priority List, and Interagency Career Transition Assistance Plan, and meeting any other requirements (
For external government hiring, an applicant's basic eligibility for a position will be determined using OPM's Operating Manual,
a. Qualifications. Minimum eligibility requirements will be those corresponding to the lowest GS grade referenced in the broadband level of the position being filled. For internal government hiring, qualifying experience is defined as one year at the next lower broadband level in AcqDemo or an equivalent career path and broadband level in a different pay banding system; or one GS grade or equivalent level lower than the lowest GS grade referenced in the AcqDemo broadband level of the position being filled; or a combination of both this AcqDemo and GS experience.
b. Assessments. For assessment purposes, selective placement factors may be established in accordance with OPM's Operating Manual
a. General Principles. When exercising the AcqDemo external hiring authorities, Participating Organizations will adhere to all applicable authorities and the following principles:
(1) A highly qualified workforce is critical to the Department's acquisition mission.
(2) Recruitment efforts should be designed to attract diverse candidates who are representative of all segments of society.
(3) Merit factors shall be the basis for selecting individuals for positions. All personnel programs and practices shall be administered in accordance with DoD Directive 1020.02E, “Diversity Management and Equal Opportunity in the DoD”.
(4) The criteria in 5 U.S.C. 2108 and 5 U.S.C. 2108a for determining the preference eligibility of each applicant shall apply to AcqDemo without change. DoD AcqDemo Program Office and Participating Organizations' procedures shall ensure that, at a minimum:
(a) Selecting officials treat veterans' preference eligibility as a positive factor when making a selection from external recruitment sources or where veterans'
(b) When making final selections, any candidates with veterans' preference should be considered for appointments if they are found to best meet mission requirements.
(c) If a non-preference eligible candidate is selected over a veteran considered to best meet mission requirements, the reasons for non-selection of any veteran considered to best meet mission requirements must be documented in writing. Non-selection documentation must be made part of the permanent selection record. Reasons for non-selection will be provided to the veteran candidate by the servicing human resources office if requested by the veteran. Participating Organizations may establish a higher level review and/or approval process above the selecting official if appropriate.
(5) Displaced employee procedures shall be adhered to when using this authority.
(6) Participating Organizations must ensure transparency, accountability, and auditability in hiring processes.
b. Direct Hire Appointments for the Business and Technical Management Professional Career Path. The Head of a Participating Organization may appoint qualified candidates possessing at least a baccalaureate degree required by OPM or DoD qualification standards covering acquisition positions and/or qualified candidates for those positions involving 51% or more of time in direct support of acquisition positions in a critical acquisition career field classified to the Business and Technical Management Professional, NH, career path, without regard to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. chapter 33, subchapter I (other than sections 3303, 3308, and 3328 of such title).
c. Veteran Direct Hire Appointments for the Business and Technical Management Professional and Technical Management Career Paths. The Head of a Participating Organization may appoint qualified veteran candidates to acquisition positions in a critical acquisition career field and to those positions involving 51% or more of time in direct support of an acquisition position classified to either the Business and Technical Management Professional, NH, career path or to the Technical Management Support, NJ, career path, without regard to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. chapter 33, subchapter I (other than sections 3303 and 3328 of such title). The term “veteran” has the meaning given that term in 38 U.S.C. 101.
d. Acquisition Student Intern Appointments. The Head of a Participating Organization, without regard to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. chapter 33, subchapter (other than sections 3303 and 3328 of such title), may appoint candidates enrolled in a program of undergraduate or graduate instruction at an institution of higher education leading to either:
(1) A baccalaureate degree in a course of study required by OPM or DoD qualification standards for an acquisition position in a critical acquisition career field; or (2) A degree the completion of which (including any additional essential credit hours or related experience in an acquisition-related field as defined by DoD internal issuances) provides competencies, knowledge, skills, etc., directly linked to an acquisition position's requirements (selective placement or quality ranking factors) for one of the critical acquisition career fields.
An “institution of higher education” for this purpose has the same meaning as that term is defined in Section 101 and 102 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001). Appointments under this authority may be made using a term appointment authority or the Pathways appointment authority.
e. Scholastic Achievement Appointment. This demonstration project establishes a Scholastic Achievement Appointment that provides the authority to appoint candidates with degrees to acquisition positions with positive education requirements without regard to the provisions of subchapter I of chapter 33 of title 5, U.S.C. (other than sections 3303 and 3328 of such title). This authority allows for competitive appointment to acquisition positions classified to either the NH-II or NH-III broadband level of the Business and Technical Management Professional career path. Candidates may be appointed under this procedure if:
(1) They have at least a baccalaureate degree required by OPM or DoD qualification standards, or a degree the completion of which (including any additional essential credit hours or specialized experience in an acquisition-related field as identified by DoD internal issuances) provides competencies, knowledge, skills, etc., directly linked to an acquisition position's requirements for one of the critical acquisition career fields plus any selective factors, quality ranking factors, and/or DAWIA certification requirements stated in a vacancy announcement;
(2) the candidate has a cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.25 or better (on a 4.0 scale) in those courses in those fields of study that are specified in the OPM Qualification Standards for the occupational series and an overall undergraduate GPA of at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale; and
(3) the appointment is into a permanent or term position at a pay level within the NH-II broadband level basic pay range. Appointments may also be made to the NH-III broadband level on the basis of graduate education and/or experience, but with the requirement of a GPA of at least 3.5 on a scale of 4.0 for graduate courses in the field of study required for the occupation.
f. Simplified Hiring Processes. The goal of the simplified hiring processes is to enable AcqDemo Participating Organizations to expedite the hiring and appointment of qualified persons to acquisition positions as well as to direct support positions in any of the sixteen acquisition career fields using the approaches described below:
(1) A name request may be submitted to expedite the appointment of a qualified candidate identified through a Participating Organization's targeted recruitment actions.
(2) A certificate of eligibles may be developed from qualified applicants to a vacancy announcement who have been evaluated or rated under an appropriate assessment methodology such as the Administrative Careers with America examination, USA Hire, or OPM category rating procedures.
(3) This demonstration project established a streamlined AcqDemo Delegated Examining-Category Rating process. This process may be used to fill both acquisition positions and those in direct support of acquisition positions covered by this demonstration project.
An applicant's basic eligibility will be determined using OPM's Operating Manual
Candidates who meet the basic minimum eligibility qualifications will be further evaluated based on knowledge, skills, and abilities which are directly linked to the positions(s) to be filled. Based on this assessment, candidates will be placed in one of the quality groups,
Selecting officials should be provided with a reasonable number of qualified candidates from which to choose. All candidates in the highest group will be certified. If there is an insufficient number of candidates in the highest group, candidates in the next lower group may then be certified; should this process not yield a sufficient number, groups will be certified sequentially until a selection is made or the qualified pool is exhausted. When two or more groups are certified, candidates will be identified by quality group (
(4) Rule of Many. When there are no more than 25 applicants for an acquisition position or a direct support position in any career field, all eligible applicants regardless of veterans' preference may be referred. Veterans' preference eligibility will be determined when making final selections. When making final selections, any candidates with veterans' preference should be considered for appointments if they are found to best meet mission requirements.
(a) Eligibility and Program Criteria. Under the demonstration project, Heads of Participating Organizations have the authority to offer voluntary assignments in Participating Organizations and to accept the gratuitous services of the following individuals:
1—AcqDemo retired or separated civilian employees who served in either DAWIA-covered positions or positions in direct support to DAWIA-coded positions (for the Voluntary Emeritus Program, hereinafter referred to as AcqDemo employees) and
2—Non-AcqDemo DoD retired or separated civilian employees and former military members who worked in DAWIA-covered positions.
Voluntary Emeritus Program assignments are not considered employment by the Federal Government (except as indicated below). Thus, such assignments do not affect a former civilian employee's entitlement to buy-outs or severance payments based on earlier separation from Federal Service. This program may not be used to replace or substitute for work performed by civilian employees occupying regular acquisition positions required to perform the mission of the Participating Organization.
The Voluntary Emeritus Program will ensure continued quality acquisition by allowing experienced, former civilian and military DoD acquisition professionals who served in DAWIA-covered positions and former AcqDemo employees to accept retirement incentives with the opportunity to retain a presence in the acquisition community. The program will be beneficial during manpower reductions as program managers, engineers, other skilled acquisition professionals and former AcqDemo employees who provided direct support to acquisition professionals to accept retirement and return to provide a continuing source of corporate knowledge and valuable on-the-job training or mentoring to less experienced employees.
To be accepted into the Voluntary Emeritus Program, a volunteer must be recommended to the decision-making authority by one or more acquisition managers familiar with the skills that the volunteer offers to the organization. Acquisition managers at any level may initiate the decision process, however the decision-making documentation must be routed through the senior acquisition manager of the organization where the volunteer will be assigned, in route to the Head of the Participating Organization making the decision. No one who applies is entitled to an emeritus position. The decision-making authority must document the decision process for each applicant (whether accepted or rejected) and retain the documentation throughout the assignment. Documentation of rejections will be maintained for two years.
To ensure success and encourage participation, the volunteer's Federal retirement pay (whether the retirement pay is based upon military or civilian service) will not be affected while the volunteer is serving in emeritus status. Retired or separated AcqDemo employees, non-AcqDemo DoD civilian employees and military members who served in DAWIA-coded positions may accept an emeritus position without a “break in service” or mandatory waiting period.
Voluntary Emeritus Program volunteers will not be permitted to monitor contracts on behalf of the Government but may participate on any contract if no conflict of interest exists. The volunteer may be required to submit a financial disclosure form annually and will not be permitted to participate on any contracts where a conflict of interest exists. The same rules that currently apply to source selection members will apply to volunteers.
(b) Agreement Requirements. An agreement will be established among the volunteer, the decision-making authority, and the Human Resources Office. The agreement must be finalized before the assumption of duties and shall include:
1—A statement that the service provided is gratuitous, does not constitute an appointment in the Civil Service, is without compensation or other benefits except as provided for in the agreement itself, and that, except as provided in the agreement regarding work-related injury compensation, any and all claims against the Government
2—A statement that the volunteer will be considered a Federal employee for the purposes of:
a—Subchapter I of 5 U.S.C. chapter 81 (using the formula established in 10 U.S.C. 1588 for determination of compensation) (work-related injury compensation);
b—28 U.S.C. chapter 171 (tort claims procedure);
c—5 U.S.C. 552a (records maintained on individuals); and
d—18 U.S.C. chapter 11 (conflicts of interest).
3—The volunteer's work schedule;
4—Length of agreement (defined by length of project or time defined by weeks, months, or years);
5—Support provided by the activity (travel, administrative, office space, supplies, etc.);
6—A one-page statement of duties and experience;
7—A statement specifying that no additional time will be added to a volunteer's service credit for such purposes as retirement, severance pay, and leave as a result of being a member of the Voluntary Emeritus Program;
8—A provision allowing either party to void the agreement with ten days' written notice; and
9—The level of security access required by the volunteer (any security clearance required by the position will be managed by the Participating Organization and may or may not result in a delay in setting the volunteer's reporting date).
5. Expanded Initial Probationary Period. The original AcqDemo expanded initial probationary period covering periods of training beyond 1 year has been eliminated and replaced by the provisions of 10 U.S.C. 1599e (NDAA 2016 (Pub. L. 114-92), section 1105, Required Probationary Period for New Employees of the Department of Defense). 10 U.S.C. 1599e requires a two-year probationary period for “. . . any individual appointed to a permanent position within the competitive service at the Department of Defense . . .” Use of this provision will be required for Participating Organizations.
a. Expanded Supervisory and/or Managerial Probationary Periods. New supervisors, that is, those who have not previously completed a civil service supervisory probationary period, will be required to complete a one-year probationary period for the initial appointment to a supervisory position. An additional supervisory probationary period of one year may be required when an employee is officially assigned to a different supervisory position that constitutes a major change in supervisory responsibilities from any previously held supervisory position,
b. Internal AcqDemo Assignment Process. Today's environment of downsizing and workforce transition mandates that the organization have maximum flexibility to assign individuals. The AcqDemo waivers to title 5 U.S.C. and title 5 CFR enable organizations to have the maximum flexibility under the broadbanding structure to assign an employee within broad descriptions, consistent with the needs of the organization and the individual's qualifications. Employees may receive subsequent organizational assignments to projects, tasks, or functions within their broadband level requiring the same occupational series, level and area of expertise, knowledge, skills, abilities, competencies, qualifications, and DAWIA certification, as appropriate, as their current position and typically without change in their rate of basic pay. For instance, a technical expert can be assigned to any project, task, or function requiring similar technical expertise. Likewise, a manager could be assigned to manage any similar function or organization consistent with that individual's qualifications. Assignments generally may be accomplished as Realignments using Nature of Action Code 790 and do not constitute a position change. However, if the assignment results in an occupational series change; broadband level change; change to competencies, knowledge, skills, or abilities; change in acquisition certification levels; change in official duty station; change to a different agency; or a change in CCAS pay pools, a different Nature of Action Code, an official SF-50, and/or Defense Civilian Personnel Data System (DCPDS) data field updates may be required by the OPM
c. Expanded Detail and Temporary Promotion Authority. Current regulations require that temporary promotions and details for more than 120 days to higher broadband level positions than an employee currently holds or previously held must be made competitively. Under the demonstration project, AcqDemo Participating Organizations would be able to effect temporary promotions and details to higher broadband level positions than AcqDemo employees currently hold or previously held without competition as long as the temporary promotion, detail, or a combination of a detail and temporary promotion does not exceed one year within a 24-month period to positions within the demonstration project. If any detail and/or temporary promotion is needed beyond one year, competition is required. In addition, renewing the detail or temporary promotion in 120-day or other short-term renewals is waived under this demonstration project.
d. Exceptions to Competition. The following actions are exceptions from competitive procedures:
(1) Non-competitive Movements Involving Promotion:
(a) Promotion, re-promotion, reassignment, change to a lower broadband level, transfer, or reinstatement to an AcqDemo position in a broadband level having a referenced GS grade or level of work and no greater promotion potential than the GS grade or level of work and promotion potential of the position a reinstatement candidate held or an employee currently holds or previously held on a permanent basis in the competitive service.
(b) Promotion without current competition when the employee was appointed through competitive procedures to a position with a documented GS career ladder position or target pay band/broadband level or promotion potential equivalent to a referenced GS grade or level of work in a higher broadband level than what would be the AcqDemo broadband level appropriate for the employee's current position.
(c) A temporary promotion or detail of an AcqDemo employee to a position in a higher broadband level not to exceed one year in a 24-month period.
(d) A promotion resulting from the correction of an initial classification error or the issuance of a new classification standard.
(2) Examples of Other Non-Competitive Movements
(a) Movement is to a position in a broadband level having a referenced GS grade or level of work equal to that of the employee's current position and no promotion potential. For example: Employee's current position is a GS-318-7 without promotion potential and the employee is moving to an NK-318-II position which contains the GS-7 as the highest grade and offers no promotion potential; or
(b) Movement is to a position in a broadband level having a referenced range of GS grades or levels of work containing that of the employee's current position with no potential to a higher broadband level. For example: Employee's current position is a GS-1102-12 with potential to a full performance level of GS-1102-13 and the employee is moving to an NH-1102-III position which contains both the referenced GS-12 and the referenced full performance level of GS-13 without further promotion potential to a higher referenced GS grade found in the NH-IV broadband level; or
(c) Referenced GS grade or level of work or potential of the new position is no greater than the GS grade or level of work of a position previously held by the employee on a permanent basis in the competitive service. For example: Employee held a competitive service GS-855-7 position with potential to GS-855-11 from May 1, 2012 to April 30, 2014 and is returned to an NH-855-II position on July 6, 2015 which contains the range of referenced GS grades (GS-7 through 11) and levels of work without potential to a higher referenced GS grade found in the NH-III broadband level; or
(d) Movement is to an AcqDemo position from a different demonstration project with referenced GS grades of selectee's current pay banded position split between two AcqDemo broadband levels without further promotion potential. For example: Employee's current position is an Engineering Technician, Pay Band DT-IV (includes referenced GS grades 11 and 12). Candidate being considered for either an AcqDemo NJ-802-III position containing referenced GS grades 9 and 11 or an NJ-802-IV position containing referenced GS grades 12 and 13. Candidate could be placed non-competitively in either NJ position as both broadband levels contain one of the referenced GS grades.
(3) A position change permitted by demonstration project reduction-in-force procedures.
(4) Consideration of a candidate not given proper consideration in a prior competitive promotion action under the demonstration project.
(5) Conversion of an AcqDemo employee from a modified term appointment to a permanent appointment in the same broadband level and occupational family as the modified term position.
(6) Addition of supervisory duties within the assigned broadband level.
(7) Reclassification to include impact of person in the job or an accretion of duty promotion.
(8) Any other non-competitive action as determined by the Participating Organizations.
(1) Employee Separations Primarily on the Basis of Performance. For any RIF of civilians covered by the AcqDemo within DoD, the determination as to which employees will be separated from employment will be made primarily on the basis of performance.
(2) Title 10 U.S.C. 1597. AcqDemo Participating Organizations, in accordance with 10 U.S.C. 1597, may not implement any involuntary reduction or furlough of civilians and may not implement any substantial reduction of contract operations or contract employment (involving 100 or more people) during a fiscal year, until the expiration of the 45-day period beginning on the date that the Component for the Participating Organization submits to Congress a report setting forth the reasons such reductions or furloughs are required and a description of any change in workload or position requirements that will result from same.
(3) Coordination with the Office of the USD(P&R). DoD Components of Participating Organizations will coordinate with the Office of the USD(P&R) (ATTN: Office of the Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense for Civilian Personnel Policy) regarding any proposed involuntary reduction or furlough of civilians or any substantial reduction of contract operations or contract employment (involving 100 or more people) during a fiscal year. The coordination process must occur before any notification to an employee or member of the public regarding such action, release of information to an employee or the public, or notification to a Member or Committee of Congress, or their staffs, or other executive branch agencies.
(4) Minimizing the need for RIF as a result of Workforce Reshaping. The Heads of Participating Organizations will consider and employ every reasonably available option, consistent with applicable policies and procedures, to mitigate the size of a proposed RIF, including job changes or retraining, the use of voluntary early retirement authority or voluntary separation incentive payments, hiring freezes, termination of temporary employees, reductions in work hours, curtailment of discretionary spending, and other pre-RIF placement activities for employees eligible for placement assistance and referral programs.
(5) RIF Procedures. If a RIF becomes nessesary, RIF procedures will be used when an employee faces separation or downgrading due to lack of work, shortage of funds, reorganization, insufficient personnel ceiling, the exercise of re-employment or restoration rights, or furlough for more than 30 calendar or more than 22 discontinuous days. Generally, AcqDemo RIF shall be conducted according to the provisions of 5 CFR part 351, except as otherwise specified below:
(a) Competitive Areas. A competitive area establishes the boundaries within which employees compete for retention under AcqDemo RIF regulations. AcqDemo competitive areas may be refined beyond a given component or part of a component at a given geographic location. Generally, the geographic area of coverage will be the local commuting area. Once the geographic area is determined, additional factors will be introduced to ensure that there is sufficient flexibility within the competitive area to effect such reassignments and reallocations of work as necessary to carry out the mission of the organization with minimal disruptions. Typically, these additional factors could include such items as career path (pay plan), specific broadband level(s) within a career path, and occupational series. Additional factors may include lines of business, product lines, organizational units, funding lines, and/or functional area, or a combination of these elements and must include all AcqDemo project employees within the defined competitive area. For each defined RIF competitive area, AcqDemo and non-AcqDemo employees must be placed in separate RIF competitive areas. The RIF competitive areas will be established no fewer than 90 days in advance of any planned effective date of an AcqDemo RIF. All AcqDemo project employees
(b) Master Retention List. Competitive service employees and excepted service employees are placed on separate Master Retention Lists which are established in accordance with this FRN. A Master Retention List contains the names and position information for all competing employees in the RIF competitive area ranked by tenure group category and within each category by three retention factors,
1—Tenure Group Change. Tenure Groups I and II, as defined in 5 CFR 351.501(b) for competitive service and 5 CFR 351.502(b) for excepted service, have been combined into a new Tenure Group I for the competitive service and a new Tenure Group I for the excepted service. Tenure group III remains the same and will be listed below any Tenure Group I categories. Under AcqDemo, the conversion to permanent appointment of term employees (Tenure Group III) previously selected through competitive procedures, and who otherwise meet conditions required for such conversion, may be converted to permanent appointments (Tenure Group I), provided such conversions are effective not less than 90 days prior to the effective date of the RIF.
a—Competing employees within a competitive area are listed on a master retention list in one of two tenure groups: Tenure Group I includes all permanent career and career-conditional employees and Tenure Group III includes employees on Term Appointments. Tenure Group I is divided into three categories: Tenure Group I employees who have 12 months or more of assessed performance; Tenure Group I employees who have less than 12 months of assessed performance; and Tenure Group I employees who received an unacceptable performance appraisal as their most recent rating of record. Tenure Group III employees are also divided into three categories: Tenure Group III employees who have 12 months or more of assessed performance; Tenure Group III employees who have less than 12 months or more of assessed performance; and Tenure Group III employees who received an unacceptable performance appraisal as their most recent rating of record.
b—Periods of Assessed Performance. For purposes of AcqDemo RIF, employees are placed in one of two assessed performance categories: employees with a period of assessed performance of less than 12 months and employees with a period of assessed performance of 12 months or more. An employee's period of assessed performance for RIF purposes will be the sum of the months of assessed performance associated with the employee's performance appraisals within the most recent four-year period preceding the “cutoff date” established for the RIF. Periods of time in a rating cycle for which an employee's performance was not assessed are not included in the employee's period of assessed performance. For example, if an employee receives a rating of record after serving 10 months of a 12-month appraisal cycle, the employee's period of assessed performance is “10 months” for that rating cycle.
(d) Retention Factors.
1—Average Annual Rating of Record. The average annual rating of record is the primary retention factor in determining which employees shall be separated from employment.
a—Rating of Record Criteria. A rating of record may be issued only in accordance with the AcqDemo appraisal cycle, other approved appraisal periods under AcqDemo, another DoD performance management program, or a performance management system used by another federal agency with which an employee was formerly employed. Ratings of record may not be issued solely for purposes of documenting performance in advance of a RIF. An employee's average annual rating of record for RIF purposes is the average of the ratings of record averages drawn from the two most recent annual CCAS ratings or other official ratings of record received by the employee within the four-year period preceding the “cutoff date “established for the RIF, except when the employee's most recent rating of record is “unacceptable.” When the most recent rating of record is “unacceptable,” only that rating of record will be considered for purposes of RIF. Other rating of record exceptions include the following situations:
i. Employees serving as fulltime union representatives or on a prolonged absence due to a work-related injury discussed in Section II.D.2(h)(5); and
ii. Employees who were absent for military service referred to in Section II.D.2(h)(6).
b—“Cutoff Date.” The “cutoff date” is the date after which no new rating of record will be considered for purposes of the RIF. The “cutoff date” established will be at least 60 days prior to the date of the issuance of RIF notices.
c—CCAS Ratings of Record. The CCAS average annual rating of record is the average of the averages obtained for each of the two most recent CCAS ratings of record (if less than two, the actual rating of record average) that determined the final performance appraisal level for each of the two most recent annual ratings of record in the four-year period preceding the “cutoff date” established for the RIF. The averages for the two CCAS ratings of record would be totaled and the sum divided by two to determine the average annual rating of record for RIF retention. The resulting quotient will be rounded to the nearest tenth of a decimal point. If the hundredths decimal is less than 0.05, the tenths decimal does not change. If the hundredths decimal is equal to or greater than 0.05, the tenths decimal is increased by “.1”.
d—Non-CCAS Ratings of Record. An employee may have a non-CCAS rating from another Federal organization as one or both of the two most recent ratings of record within the most recent four-year period preceding the RIF “cutoff date.” In this instance, the average annual rating of record will be determined by converting the employee's two non-CCAS ratings (if less than two, the actual rating) to the corresponding numeric rating, regardless of performance summary level pattern (for example: Highly Successful—Level 4; Pass—Level 3;
e—Employees without a Rating. Presumptive status ratings 1, 2, and 3 assigned pursuant to Section II.D.6.h will not be used for RIF purposes. In the event of a RIF, employees with less than 12 months of assessed performance within the most recent four-year period prior to a RIF “cutoff date” will be placed at the bottom of Tenure Group I—Less than 12 months of Assessed Performance.
f—CIP. Employees under a CIP are listed on the master retention list in their appropriate tenure group category until a decision is reached. If the decision is that the employees have improved to a fully successful level, the employees will continue to compete in their appropriate tenure group category with other employees whose average ratings of record are above unacceptable. If the decision results in an unacceptable rating of record, the employees are listed in Tenure Group 1—Current Unacceptable Rating of Record according to their retention standing and compete only within this tenure group
g—Unacceptable Ratings of Record. If an employee's most recent annual or other official rating of record,
2—Veterans' Preference. Competing employees are placed in a veterans' preference subgroup in accordance with the definitions in 5 CFR 351.501(c). The three veterans' preference subgroups are: AD (30% disabled veteran); A (a veteran who is eligible for veterans' preference for purposes of RIF, but is not eligible for placement in the AD category); and B (an employee not eligible for veterans' preference for purposes of RIF.)
3—Length of Service (DoD SCD-RIF). The DoD service computation date includes all creditable service under 5 CFR 351.503(a) and (b). Each AcqDemo Participating Organization is responsible for establishing the DoD SCD-RIF applicable to each employee competing for retention under this process. Additional service credit for outstanding and fully successful performance appraisals will not be calculated in the DoD SCD-RIF.
(e) Displacement. The AcqDemo RIF process has a single round of competition which replaces the traditional two-round (bump and retreat) process. Displacement is limited to an employee's current career path, broadband level, and one broadband level below that is within the employee's career path. Broadband level I employees would displace within their current broadband level I. Preference eligible employees with a compensable service connected disability of 30 percent or more may displace within the two broadband levels below their present broadband level within their career path not to exceed the equivalent of 5 GS grades below the employee's present GS grade-level equivalent. Broadband level I preference eligible employees with a compensable service connected disability of 30 percent or more can displace within their current broadband level. Offer of assignment shall be to the position that requires no reduction or the least possible reduction in broadband. Where more than one such position exists, the employee must be offered the position encumbered by the employee with the lowest retention standing.
(f) Qualifications for Assignment. An employee is qualified to displace another employee on the retention list if he or she meets the designated standards and requirements in 5 CFR 351.702, including DAWIA certification, if applicable, for the position. (However, statutory waivers shall continue to apply.) Recency of experience may be used, when appropriate, to determine an employee's proper placement. The “undue disruption” standard currently outlined in 5 CFR 351.203 will serve as the criteria to determine if an employee is fully qualified.
(g) Pay Retention. Employees covered by the demonstration are not eligible for grade retention. Pay retention will be granted to employees downgraded by reduction in force whose rate of basic pay exceeds the maximum basic pay range of the broadband level to which assigned. Such employees will be entitled to retain the rate of basic pay received immediately before the reduction, not to exceed 150% of the maximum salary of the lower broadband level.
(h) Appeals. Under the demonstration project, all employees affected by a reduction-in-force action, other than a reassignment, maintain the right to appeal to the Merit Systems Protection Board (MSPB) if they believe the process/procedures were not properly applied.
(i) Vacant Positions. Prior to RIF, employees may be offered a vacant position in the same broadband as the highest broadband available by displacement. Employees may also be offered placement into vacant positions for which management has waived the qualifications requirements. When an AcqDemo Participating Organization chooses to fill a vacancy with an employee who will be released from his/her position, the organization must consider the relative retention standing of all released employees. The vacant position must be offered to the released employee with the highest retention standing before offering a position to a released employee with a lower retention standing. If the employee is not placed into a vacant position and cannot be made an offer of assignment via displacement, the employee shall be separated.
(j) Interim RIF Process. In the event a RIF is necessary after the final FRN is published but before a rating of record with an average score can be established for employees in the competitive area pursuant to this FRN, the USD(P&R) may approve an interim RIF process.
AcqDemo inspires the use of a compensation strategy that utilizes all available and appropriate compensation tools to attract and retain an agile, highly-skilled, professional acquisition workforce and the supporting personnel assigned to work with that workforce. Organizations executing the DoD acquisition mission need talent with very specific skills, knowledge, and certifications. To be successful in this mission also demands a commitment to providing the warfighter with state-of-the-art effective and reliable weapon
The DoD AcqDemo Program Office will issue policy and guidance on pay setting. Participating Organizations are encouraged, through their Personnel Policy Boards to issue internal guidance and/or criteria to further define their compensation policy and processes based upon funding levels; qualifications and experience of selectees; market conditions; difficulty of position; organizational level of position; etc., to ensure standard application. Copies of an organization's internal pay setting guidance are to be provided to the AcqDemo Program Office.
Modifications to the AcqDemo pay administration guidance, processes, and/or procedures may be made by the DoD AcqDemo Program Manager as experience is gained, economic conditions change, results are analyzed, and conclusions are reached. Any supplemental policies, guidance, and procedures on pay setting (and modifications to those policies, guidance, and procedures) issued by the DoD AcqDemo Program Office and Participating Organizations will adhere to the pay administration provisions and waivers in this
A primary goal of AcqDemo is to compensate employees appropriately for their individual and organizational contribution to the mission of their organization and the value of their position. This goal promotes greater compensation for those who are the highest contributors; encouragement for the lowest contributors to improve; and appropriate compensation for all levels of contribution in between. Equal with the need to appropriately recognize and compensate employee contribution is the need to effectively manage the compensation levels of the AcqDemo organizational positions. Although each position contained within a broadband level could have access to the complete range of pay options, it does not mean that all jobs within that broadband level should be compensated at the top rate of basic pay of the broadband level. Instead, management decisions should be made about the appropriate compensation value of the organization's position management structure, based on factors such as level of effort, required skills and/or certifications, and labor market conditions. Once made, management should seek to maintain that level of compensation, unless changes occur in the stated compensation factors. Total pay set above or below the target basic pay is contingent upon the employee's overall contribution to the mission. This approach challenges the organization to consider the value identified for each position when determining an appropriate level and means of compensation (basic pay adjustment and/or award) for individual compensation.
Although broadbanding makes available a broader range of compensation choices, basic pay adjustments known within AcqDemo as Contribution Rating Increase (CRI) adjustments, are not the sole means to compensate employees, and in some cases are not the recommended means. As the compensation value of organizational positions are identified, managers should consider utilizing appropriate means to preserve those values. Compensation methodologies include the assignment of a maximum OCS, to coincide with the identified compensation value. A CRI resulting from the assignment of an OCS assumes the level of contribution, and associated basic pay, is expected to continue at least at that level and will be reflected in the employee's Contribution Plan for future assessment cycles. These scores or values should be identified against PRDs, and then considered during hiring actions and in determining compensation means to recognize contribution assessments. Means to preserve the identified compensation values may include the establishment of control points or pay ranges within a broadband level. When compared to their counterparts in other compensation systems,
The calendar year aggregate limitation on pay under 5 U.S.C. 5307 and 5 CFR part 530, subpart B, of the rate payable for level I of the Executive Schedule applies to employees. In addition, the maximum rate of basic pay for each broadband level will be limited to the maximum rate of basic pay for the highest referenced grade covered by the broadband. Other than where a retained rate applies, basic pay rates will be limited to the maximum rate of basic pay payable for each broadband level.
AcqDemo will not utilize OPM derived special rates. Employees on special rates at the time of conversion of their organization into AcqDemo will have their pay protected under the provisions of Section II.F of this notice. New hires, reinstatement eligibles, and non-AcqDemo Federal civilian employees entering an AcqDemo position not as the result of a conversion will have pay set in accordance with Section II.C.9 of this notice.
a. Permanent or Temporary Promotion. A permanent or temporary promotion action occurs when a non-AcqDemo Federal employee or an AcqDemo employee is selected under competitive or merit promotion procedures for an AcqDemo position in a broadband level with a referenced GS grade or level of work in a higher broadband level than what would be appropriate for the Federal employee's current GS grade, or the AcqDemo employee's current broadband level, or a previously held position on a
b. Temporary Promotion Basic Pay Adjustment Guidelines.
(1) Upon Termination. When a temporary promotion is terminated, an employee's pay entitlements will be re-determined based on the employee's permanent position of record with appropriate adjustments to reflect any CCAS ratings,
(2) When Made Permanent. If a temporary promotion is made permanent immediately after the temporary promotion ends, the temporary promotion is converted to a permanent promotion without a change in basic pay. If there is any period of time between the end of an employee's temporary promotion and the beginning of a permanent promotion, the employee must be returned to his/her permanent position and his/her permanent position's rate of basic pay recomputed as if the employee had never been temporarily promoted. Also, at the organization's discretion and if eligible, pay may be set in the permanent position based on a rate received under the temporary promotion if that would yield a higher basic pay rate. However, the higher basic pay rate may not exceed the basic pay range of the new broadband level. Whatever method is used, the resulting rate is the basis for any subsequent promotion.
a. Calculation. Retained pay under AcqDemo is the combined basic pay and locality pay compared to the maximum rate of the highest applicable rate range that applies to the highest referenced GS grade included in the broadband level of an employee's new position. If the retained rate is greater than the maximum rate of the highest applicable rate range for the new position, an employee continues to be entitled to the existing retained rate. If the retained rate is equal to or less than the maximum rate of the highest applicable rate range for the new position, the payable rate of basic pay is converted to the employee's new AcqDemo basic pay rate and appropriate locality pay, and retained pay terminates.
b. Pay Adjustments. Employees on retained pay in the demonstration project are to be treated as GS employees and will receive pay adjustments in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 5363 and 5 CFR part 536 except under the following provisions: (1) Pay retention provisions do not apply to conversions from General Schedule special rates to demonstration project pay, as long as total pay is not reduced; (2) pay retention provisions do not apply to movements to a lower broadband level as a result of not receiving the general increase due to a contribution assessment, either annual or interim, of “Unacceptable” for the most recent contribution appraisal cycle; and (3) provide that an employee on pay retention whose most recent annual or interim contribution assessment is “Unacceptable” may have the 50 percent of the amount of the increase in the maximum rate of basic pay payable for the broadband level of the employee's position reduced or denied. An employee receiving retained pay is not eligible for a CCAS contribution rating increase, since such increases are limited by the maximum basic pay rate for the employee's broadband level. Depending upon the employee's CCAS assessment, employees on retained pay may be eligible to receive a CCAS contribution award.
c. Promotion from Retained Pay. When an employee on retained pay is promoted to a higher broadband level, the employee's basic pay upon promotion will be set in the higher broadband level: (1) Not to exceed 20 percent of the maximum basic pay of the employee's existing broadband level as determined by AcqDemo internal policies, or (2) at the employee's existing retained rate, whichever is greater. The final basic pay should align with the position's value (its target basic pay) and the employee's expected contribution in the position.
d. Adverse Action or Contribution-based Reduction in Pay to Include Change to Lower Broadband Level and/or Change in Career Path. An employee may receive an involuntary reduction in broadband level with or without a reduction in basic pay; an involuntary reduction in basic pay within his/her existing broadband level and career path; and/or an involuntary move to a new position in a different career path due to an adverse or contribution-based action. Involuntary reductions in pay will result in a basic pay level consistent with an employee's demonstrated contribution level. For involuntary change to lower broadband level, the employee's basic pay will be reduced by a percentage determined by Participating Organizations, but will be set no lower than the minimum basic pay of the broadband level to which assigned. Employees placed into a lower broadband due to an adverse or contribution-based action are not entitled to pay retention.
e. Change to Lower Broadband Level/Change in Career Path, Other than by Adverse or Contribution-based Action. If an employee is subject to an involuntary change to a lower broadband level/change in career path by other than an adverse or contribution-based action, such as a reclassification of his/her position, the employee is entitled to pay retention if all conditions in title 5 U.S.C. 5363 and 5 CFR part 536, subparts A and C are met.
f. Reduction-in-Force (RIF) Action (including Employees Who are Offered and Accept a Vacancy at a Lower Broadband Level or in a Different Career Path). The employee is entitled to pay retention in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 5363 and 5 CFR part 536, subpart A.
The GS base rates may be adjusted each January under the provisions in 5 U.S.C. 5303. Under AcqDemo, the minimum and maximum basic pay rate of each broadband level will be adjusted at the same time as this GPI. The amount of the increase calculated for an organization's AcqDemo employees will be based on the amount of any GPI and is allocated for use in that organization's pay pool fund and disbursed to
All employees will be entitled to the locality pay authorized for their official worksite in accordance with 5 CFR part 531, subpart F, if eligible. In addition, the locality-adjusted pay of any employee may not exceed the rate for Executive Level IV. Geographic movement within the demonstration project will result in the employee's locality pay being recomputed using the newly applicable locality pay percentage, which may result in a higher or lower locality pay and thus, a higher or lower adjusted basic pay. This adjustment is not an adverse action.
a. New Hires. For new hires who are receiving their first Federal government appointment as a civilian employee, initial basic pay will be set within the basic pay range for the broadband level of the position for which hired at a level consistent with the individual's qualifications and the level of work and contribution expected for the position at the time of hire. Other considerations in determining starting basic pay are available labor market conditions relative to special qualifications requirements, scarcity of qualified applicants, programmatic urgency, and education/experience of new selectees.
b. Reinstatement Eligible Hires. For reinstatement eligibles, initial basic pay will be set within the basic pay range for the broadband level of the position for which hired giving consideration to the various criteria mentioned for new hires from outside the AcqDemo. AcqDemo Highest Previous Rate (HPR) as defined in Section II.C.13 and AcqDemo internal guidance may provide an appropriate tool for establishing basic pay in this instance. Reinstatement eligibility refers to the ability for those individuals who previously held a career or career-conditional appointment to apply for jobs in the competitive Federal service open to status applicants.
c. Non-AcqDemo Federal Civilian Employees Voluntarily Joining AcqDemo. Federal employees entering into the AcqDemo from the GS or other pay systems not as the result of a conversion will be moved into a career path and broadband level with basic pay set in accordance with AcqDemo guidance and reflective of the duties and responsibilities of the AcqDemo position and an individual's qualifications. AcqDemo HPR may provide an appropriate tool for establishing basic pay in this instance. The move will be described using the appropriate nature of action,
(a) GS Employees. Individual GS employees who enter the project voluntarily by permanent lateral transfer, reassignment, or realignment to an AcqDemo position in a broadband level containing a referenced GS grade the same as the employee's current GS grade and no greater promotion potential than the GS grade or level of work and promotion potential of the position the employee currently holds may be subject to the same pay setting rules as those GS employees entering the demonstration project upon initial conversion of their organization. These rules provide an adjustment to an employee's basic pay for a WGI and/or non-competitive career ladder promotion buy-in, if eligible. Eligibility criteria will be defined in implementing issuances. In any case, the employee's basic pay shall not exceed the basic pay range of the new broadband level.
(b) Non-GS Employees. Federal employees in other pay systems,
Current AcqDemo authorities do not contain provisions for Temporary Reassignments NTE to, from, or within AcqDemo. However, if a component or agency has established a Temporary Reassignment NTE Nature of Action Code, it may be used to move non-AcqDemo employees into AcqDemo, move AcqDemo employees out of AcqDemo to a non-AcqDemo organization, and move AcqDemo employees within AcqDemo, but no WGI Buy-in or Career Ladder Promotion Buy-in is authorized for any of these personnel actions.
a. Movement within a Broadband Level. The movement of an employee's basic pay in relation to the minimum and maximum basic pay range for his/her position's broadband level is determined by the assessment of the employee's contributions through the CCAS, Section II.D, or Accelerated Compensation for Developmental Positions (ACDP), Section II.C.11.
b. Change to Lower Broadband Level or Different Career Path. When an employee accepts a voluntary change to a lower broadband level or a different career path, basic pay may be set at any point within the broadband level to which assigned, except that the new basic pay will not exceed the employee's current basic pay or the maximum basic pay of the broadband level to which assigned, whichever is lower. Upon request for or acceptance of a change to a lower broadband level or different career path, the employee will be required to provide a written statement acknowledging voluntary acceptance and understanding of the influence of such a move on pay and benefits. This paragraph does not apply to promotion actions.
a. AcqDemo will implement ACDP to provide recognition for employees in DAWIA-coded positions classified to Broadband Levels I, II, and III of the Business and Technical Management Professional Career Path who:
(1) Are participating in formal training programs, internships, or other developmental capacities; and
(2) Have demonstrated successful or better growth and development in the attainment of job-related competencies; and
(3) Have demonstrated effective accomplishment of a level of work higher than that represented by an AcqDemo employee's Expected Overall Contribution Score (set by current basic pay) under CCAS.
b. Standards by which ACDP increases will be provided and development criteria by which additional basic pay increases may be given will be established in combination with the CCAS and documented in internal business rules, policies, and procedures.
c. ACDPs may be awarded twice per CCAS appraisal cycle but not sooner than six months after the effective date of an ACDP for a basic pay increase ranging from 0% not to exceed a 10% increase and a growth in the employee's Overall Contribution Score. The amount
d. ACDPs will not be funded from pay pool allocations. A general O&M budget allocation or equivalent for civilian salaries, as appropriate, would be used to cover ACDP basic pay increases. Defense Acquisition Workforce Development Funds (DAWDF) may be an additional source of funds for ACDPs.
a. Supervisory and team leader cash differentials may be used by Heads of Participating Organizations as an additional tool to incentivize and compensate supervisors and team leaders as defined by the OPM
(1) Organizational level and scope, difficulty, and value of position warrants additional compensation;
(2) Supervisory and/or team leader positions are extremely difficult to fill; or
(3) Salary inequities may exist between the supervisor's or team leader's and non-supervisory/non-team leader subordinates' basic pay.
b. A supervisory cash differential may not exceed 10 percent of basic pay and a team leader cash differential may not exceed 5 percent of basic pay. A cash differential is not paid from pay pool funds; is not included as part of basic pay for entitlement calculations (
c. Payment criteria to be considered in determining the amount of the cash differential will be outlined in internal implementing issuances and will contain considerations such as the needs of the organization to attract, retain, and motivate high-quality supervisors and team leaders; budgetary constraints; years and quality of related experience and current level of compensation; length of the assignment and difficulty of the supervisory or team leader duties; organizational level of the position; and impact on the organization.
d. The cash differentials are not automatic by virtue of holding a supervisory or team leader position. They will be used selectively, not routinely, to compensate only those supervisors and/or team leaders who fully meet the criteria. The contribution of supervisors and team leaders to the mission of their organization will be assessed separately under the CCAS.
AcqDemo HPR may be considered in setting pay in placement actions authorized under rules that are consistent with those found in 5 CFR 531.221 through 531.223 as described in AcqDemo internal policy and guidance. Use of AcqDemo HPR will be at the discretion of the Head of the Participating Organization and subject to policies established by the organization's senior leaders and/or Personnel Policy Board. AcqDemo HPR allows a Participating Organization to set pay for an AcqDemo employee at a rate above the rate that would be established using normal AcqDemo rules, based on a higher rate of basic pay the employee received previously in another Federal job. The AcqDemo HPR may be used for reemployment, transfer, reassignment, promotion, demotion, change in type of appointment, termination of a critical position pay authority under 5 CFR part 535, movement from a non-GS pay system, or termination of grade or pay retention under 5 CFR part 536.
The participating AcqDemo organizations may make full use of the recruitment, retention, and relocation incentive payments under 5 U.S.C. 5753 and 5754; OPM's regulations at 5 CFR part 575, subparts A-C; and any supplemental policy guidance.
To provide additional flexibility in motivating and rewarding individuals and groups, some portion of the performance award budget will be reserved for special acts and other categories as they occur. Awards may include, but are not limited to, special acts, patents, invention awards, suggestions, and on-the-spot. The funds available to be used for traditional title 5 U.S.C. awards are separately allocated within the constraints of the organization's budget. The Service Acquisition Executives of AcqDemo Participating Organizations will have the authority to grant special act awards to covered employees not to exceed $25,000 in accordance with the criteria established by DoD, Component, or Agency instructions.
The purpose of the CCAS is to provide an equitable and flexible method for appraising and compensating the DoD civilian acquisition workforce and its supporting personnel. It is central to the objectives of the DAWIA and Better Buying Power 3.0 which emphasize continuing efforts to increase the productivity, efficiency, and effectiveness of the Department's many acquisition, technology, and logistics efforts and the professionalism of the acquisition workforce. CCAS integrates classification, contribution, and compensation into a cohesive management system that recognizes level of difficulty, scope, and value of an employee's position; impact of contribution results on strategic goals, objectives, and organizational mission accomplishment; and appropriate compensation in recognition of the value of an employee's contribution and position. CCAS allows for more employee involvement in the contribution/performance appraisal process, increases communication between supervisors and employees, promotes a clear accountability of contribution by each employee, facilitates employee progression tied to organizational contribution, and provides an understandable basis for basic pay changes. Most of the funds previously allocated for performance-based awards will be reserved for distribution under the CCAS system based on employee contribution.
CCAS is a contribution-based appraisal system that goes beyond a performance-based rating system. That is, it emphasizes and measures the value and effectiveness of the employee's
a. Annual Cycle. The annual appraisal cycle begins on October 1 and ends on September 30 of the following year. In the event a management decision is made to terminate the demonstration project or the management of an AcqDemo Participating Organization directs conversion of its employees out of AcqDemo to a different pay and/or personnel system, the annual appraisal cycle may be condensed so that a closeout appraisal or a closeout appraisal and a payout may be completed as determined appropriate. Section II.F.3.b provides additional operating details for situations of this type.
b. Assessment Criteria. An employee's contribution is assessed by using the same set of three factors, descriptors, and discriminators used for classification of positions to appropriate broadband levels as discussed in Section II.A.3. Classification Level and Appraisal Factors. Taken together, these factors, descriptors, and discriminators capture the critical content of jobs in each career path that is relevant to the success of a DoD acquisition organization. Each factor has multiple levels of increasing contribution corresponding to the broadband levels. Each factor also contains descriptors and discriminators for each respective level within the relevant career path. The descriptors are written so that all factors are considered critical and are weighted equally. However, if pay pool panel members/managers agree that some factors are more important than others to effectively accomplish the organization's mission, they may adjust the factor weights. The factors, descriptors, and discriminators may not be modified. The three factors with their descriptors and discriminators are located in Appendix E. In conjunction with the contribution factor assessment is an overall assessment of the quality of performance in achieving contribution results. A set of generic performance appraisal quality levels is provided in Table 2. A written Contribution Plan containing an employee's goals, objectives, and expected contribution in relation to each factor should be developed collaboratively by the supervisor and the employee working together to have a clear understanding of what is needed for the employee to satisfactorily and effectively contribute to the organization's mission. The supervisor is responsible for ensuring completion of the plan.
c. Appraisal Eligibility. To be eligible for an appraisal, employees must be under CCAS on September 30 and have served under CCAS for 90 calendar days or more immediately preceding September 30 before they may receive an annual contribution assessment. If on October 1, the employee has served under CCAS for less than 90 calendar days prior to the end of the cycle, the rating official shall wait for the subsequent annual cycle to assess the employee. The first CCAS appraisal must be rendered within 15 months of when an employee enters the demonstration project. Employees who have served under CCAS for less than 90 calendar days immediately preceding the end of the rating cycle shall not receive contribution rating increases or contribution awards for that cycle. However, their basic pay shall be increased by the amount and at the time of the next General Schedule pay increase as adjusted by 5 U.S.C. 5303.
(1) Contribution Planning Meeting. At the beginning of the annual appraisal period, a supervisor and an employee plan how the employee will contribute to the mission of the organization during the appraisal cycle. This contribution planning meeting typically includes discussion of career path and broadband level, contribution factors, organizational mission, expected contribution criteria, Expected OCS (EOCS), contribution results, assessment of the quality of performance, and career development. Normally, new employees who join AcqDemo during an appraisal cycle should have their contribution plan established within 30 days, but will not have a CCAS OCS until after their first annual CCAS assessment process. However, until their contribution plan is formalized, they may determine their EOCS range by using the Expected Contribution Range (ECR) calculator found on the AcqDemo Web site at
(2) Pay Pool.
(a) Composition. A pay pool is a group of employees among whom the funding allocated to CCAS is distributed. This might be all the employees in a division or directorate, or employees involved in the same type of work,
1—Is based on the organizational structure and should include a range of salaries and contribution levels;
2—Should be large enough to constitute a reasonable size,
3—Should be large enough to include a second level of supervision, since the CCAS process uses a group of supervisors in the pay pool to determine OCS and recommended basic pay adjustments; and
4—May have the pay pool manager as a member of the pay pool. However, the pay pool manager shall not directly influence or participate in the determination of his/her own contribution assessments, recommend his/her own individual basic pay levels, or establish the amount of his/her own individual basic pay levels. Also, the supervisors within the pay pool shall not directly influence or participate in the determination of their own contribution assessments, recommend their own individual basic pay levels, or establish the amount of their own individual basic pay levels.
(b) Pay Pool Panel Process. The CCAS pay pool panel process is designed to validate the evaluation of contribution
(c) Funding. The funding allocation to be included in the pay pool will be computed based on the salaries of the employees in the pay pool as of the last calendar day of the CCAS appraisal period. The amount of funding available within a pay pool will be based on a balancing of appropriate factors, including the following: (1) General Pay Increase; (2) historical spending for WGI, quality step increases, and promotions between grades encompassed in the same broadband level; (3) awards (performance-based awards as defined in 5 U.S.C. 4505(a)); (4) labor market conditions and the need to recruit and retain a skilled workforce to meet the business needs of the organization; (5) the fiscal condition of the organization; and (6) guidance from the AcqDemo Program Office. The USD(P&R) may, at his/her discretion, adjust the minimum funding levels set forth in this paragraph to take into account factors such as the Department's fiscal condition, guidance from the Office of Management and Budget, and equity in circumstances when funding is reduced or eliminated for GS pay raises or awards. The pay pool funding allocation includes three forms of compensation:
1—General Pay Increase (GPI). The GPI is the across-the-board basic pay increase authorized by law or the President for the GS under 5 U.S.C. 5303. The funds allocated for the GPI that are not awarded may be transferred to either the CRI Fund or the Contribution Award (CA) Fund or divided among them barring any higher authority restrictions.
2—CRI Fund. The CRI fund includes what are WGIs, quality step increases, and promotions between grades encompassed in the same broadband level. The maximum CRI funding allocation will be set each year by the DoD AcqDemo Program Manager with a minimum funding of not less than 2.0 percent of the activity's total basic pay budget. This figure will be adjusted by the DoD AcqDemo Program Manager as necessary to maintain cost discipline over the life of the demonstration project. The amount of funding available to each pay pool is determined annually by the Personnel Policy Board, or equivalent. CRI funds not awarded may be transferred to the CA fund based on DoD AcqDemo Program Office Guidance. In the event of an out-of-cycle payout, this funding floor may be suspended.
3—CA Fund. The CA Fund includes what were formerly performance awards and will be used for awards given under the CCAS process. The CA funding allocation will be set at not less than 1.0 percent of an activity's total adjusted basic pay budget. A minimum of 10% of the CA fund is withheld to be used for other awards not related to the CCAS process,
e. Feedback during the Appraisal Cycle. Ongoing supervisor (or designated rating official) and employee discussion during the appraisal cycle of specific work assignments, objectives, contribution expectations, strengths, weaknesses, and the employee's contribution results, and assessment of the quality of performance within the CCAS framework is essential. This must include discussion of any inadequate contribution and quality of performance in one or more of the factors. Approximately midway through each appraisal cycle, the supervisor will meet with the employee to discuss progress and make a notation of that discussion.
f. Evaluation at the Conclusion of the Appraisal Cycle. The CCAS, using a holistic approach, provides a process that evaluates the scope of work, level of difficulty, value of position and contributions, performance rating levels, and quality of an employee's efforts in achieving contribution results. This methodology fosters consistency and equity in contribution assessments.
(a) Contribution Scores. Rating officials use the Integrated Pay Schedule design to assess the contribution level of work against the employee's current compensation level indicated by the employee's EOCS. Each factor will receive two types of scores, the categorical score assigned by the rating official, and a numerical score assigned during the pay pool panel process. At the end of the annual appraisal period, the rating official determines preliminary categorical scores. The categorical score is determined by comparing an employee's contribution results to the set of descriptors and discriminators for a particular factor and broadband level as a group and selecting the most appropriate categorical score level shown in Table 2 below. The numerical score is selected by a pay pool panel following further refinement and rank ordering of the categorical scores. The panel selects the numerical score from the range of scores associated with the specific categorical score selected as representative of an employee's overall contribution. The numerical scores that may be available for use in the assessment process depend upon the value of an employee's position as developed through the organization's position management structure and compensation strategy. Table 2 shows the structure for the broadband and very high score levels and their associated categorical scores and numerical score ranges for each career path. Very high scores are available to recognize an employee for exemplary contributions and overall quality of performance the results of which are substantially beyond what was expected and warrant a score exceeding the top score for the highest broadband level in the employee's career path. Very high scores for factors may only be assigned to employees holding a position in Level IV of the Business and Technical Management Professional Career Path, Level IV of the Technical Management Support Career Path, or Level III of the Administrative Support Career Path.
(b) Contribution Scoring Process. The process for scoring a factor begins by assessing an employee's contributions and his/her results during the appraisal cycle in relation to his/her contribution plan, the factor descriptors, discriminators, and expected contribution criteria for the broadband level of the employee's position; and the assessment of quality of performance. At the end of the appraisal cycle, the rating official meets with his/her employees, requesting them to summarize the impact and quality of their contributions against the factor descriptions, expected contribution criteria, and the objectives and expectations described in their contribution plans. From employees' input, clients' feedback, his/her own knowledge, and other sources, the rating official assigns, from the appropriate career path broadband or very high score level for the employee's position, a preliminary categorical score. This step is repeated for each of the three factors.
During the pay pool panel process, panel members will assign a numerical score from the numerical score range appropriate for the chosen categorical score for each factor by considering contributions (documented and addressed by panel members) against the factor level descriptors and discriminators, expected contribution criteria, the contribution plan, the quality of performance criteria, and the impact of the contributions on the organization. If the employee's contributions are awarded a very high score, the score must be one of the three numerical scores assigned to the very high score level for the employee's career path. At the discretion of the Pay Pool Manager, different weights may be applied to the factors to produce a weighted average, provided that the weights are applied uniformly across the pay pool and employees are advised in advance,
(a) Appraisal Criteria. 10 U.S.C. 1597(f) requires the determination of which DoD employees shall be separated from employment in a reduction in force to be made primarily on the basis of performance. In order to comply with 10 U.S.C. 1597(f), the CCAS has been modified to embrace the quality of performance an employee demonstrates in achieving his/her expected contribution results through an assessment of performance under each of the three contribution factors. Three performance appraisal levels are provided as shown in Table 3 below together with generic quality criteria. The performance level to be assigned to each contribution factor should reflect an employee's characteristic level of performance during the appraisal cycle as compared to the CCAS factor descriptors and discriminators, expected contribution criteria, an employee's contribution plan, and the impact of the quality of the contributions on the organization. A Participating Organization may supplement the generic criteria with additional standards that identify milestones, production, due dates, or other measureable aspects of success contributing to the accomplishment of the goals and objectives necessary to meet an organization's mission and are achievable during the appraisal cycle.
(b) Performance Appraisal Process. The quality of performance appraisal is conducted in conjunction with the contribution scoring process. As the rating official considers such items as the employee's self-assessment, clients' feedback, and personal observations in preparation for assigning preliminary CCAS categorical scores, he/she will also assess the quality of the employee's performance in achieving his/her contribution results under each of the three contribution factors. A preliminary performance appraisal level of either Level 5—Outstanding, Level 3—Fully Successful, or Level 1—Unacceptable from Table 3 will be assigned by the rating official to each of the three contribution factors. The three performance appraisal levels are averaged to calculate the annual rating of record. The resulting quotient will be rounded to the nearest tenth of a decimal point. If the hundredths and thousandths places of the decimal reflect forty-nine or less, they are dropped and the tenths place does not change. If the hundredths and thousandths places of the decimal is fifty or more, they are dropped and the tenths place is increased by “.1”. The final average will then reflect the employee's overall job performance during the appraisal cycle based on the rating criteria outlined in Table 4.
During the pay pool panel process, panel members will review the preliminary performance appraisal level justifications for the contribution factors and rating of record for all pay pool members for consistency and equity of application within the pay pool population before final approval. The average raw score of the three appraisal levels and the approved annual rating of record will be recorded in the Defense Civilian Personnel Data System. The annual rating of record will be recorded as a Level 5—Outstanding, Level 3—Fully Successful, or Level 1—Unacceptable.
g. Pay Pool Panel Responsibilities. The pay pool panel meets at key points in the assessment process,
The pay pool panel members are encouraged to include initial rating officials in the process to ensure equity and consistency in the scoring, ranking, and appraisal of all employees and establish local policies and procedures to guide the inclusion of these officials in a uniform manner. Together, with the Pay Pool Manager, the pay pool panel members determine a consistent approach to involving initial rating officials in the process.
Final approval of OCS, compensation adjustments, and ratings of record rests with the Pay Pool Manager, the individual within the organization responsible for managing the CCAS process. Rating officials will communicate the factor scores, OCS, quality of performance appraisal levels, average raw score, rating of record, and compensation adjustments to each employee and discuss the results after final approval by the Pay Pool Manager.
h. Special Circumstances affecting a CCAS Assessment. When an employee cannot be evaluated readily by the normal CCAS appraisal process due to special circumstances that take the individual away from normal duties or duty station (
(1) Use available observations and documentation to prepare an assessment and determine a recommended OCS and an appropriate CCAS overall assessment of the quality of performance appraisal level; or
(2) Assign a Presumptive—Status 1: New AcqDemo hires with less than the necessary time to receive an actual CCAS contribution assessment.
(3) Assign a Presumptive—Status 2: Presume the employee is contributing consistently with his/her EOCS representative of his/her basic pay level by recommending the EOCS for the OCS and Level 3—Fully Successful rating of record; or
(4) Assign a Presumptive—Status 3: Recommend the pay pool panel re-
(5) Assign a Presumptive—Status 4: Prolonged Absence Due to Work-related Injury or Full Time Union Representation Duties. A Presumptive—Status 4 may be used as a rating of record for purposes of RIF for those periods in which an employee did not receive a performance appraisal due to a prolonged absence resulting from a work-related injury approved for compensation pursuant to an Office of Workers' Compensation Program or while performing the duties of a full time union representative. Presumptive—Status 4 is limited to only periods of time for which the employee has no rating of record under any performance management system within the four-year period preceding the “cutoff date” established for the RIF. A Presumptive—Status 4 presumes the employee is contributing consistently with his/her EOCS representative of his/her basic pay level by recommending the EOCS for the OCS and an overall Level 3—Fully Successful rating of record.
(6) Assign a Presumptive—Status 5: Employees Absent for Military Service. Employees who are absent for military service will receive a CCAS assessment and be assigned a rating of record provided they have performed work under an approved contribution plan for a minimum of 90 calendar days. If an employee absent for military service has not performed work under an approved contribution plan for a minimum of 90 days and has no rating of record under any performance management system within the previous four-year period, the employee will be presumed to be contributing consistently with his/her EOCS representative of his/her basic pay level and will receive the rating of record most frequently given among the actual ratings of record in the same competitive area. Employees performing military service who do not meet the 90-calendar day requirement but have a rating of record under any performance management system within the four-year period preceding the RIF “cutoff date” will receive a CCAS rating of record consistent with this previous rating of record and will be assigned their most recent rating of record as the new CCAS rating of record for the appraisal cycle.
3. Integrated Pay Schedule. The CCAS Integrated Pay Schedule (IPS), Figure 2, is the foundation for the basic pay structure under the demonstration project. It provides a direct link between increasing levels of contribution and increasing basic pay. The IPS covers basic pay only and is the same for all AcqDemo employees, career paths, and positions regardless of geographical location. The appropriate locality pay is added following the determination of basic pay.
a. IPS Horizontal Axis. The horizontal axis of the IPS represents the OCS available through contribution appraisals. The OCS span from a score of zero to the maximum OCS of 100, with a notional “very high score” level
b. IPS Vertical Axis. The vertical axis of the IPS spans from the dollar equivalent of the lowest basic pay under the AcqDemo, GS-1, Step 1, to the dollar equivalent of the highest basic pay of GS-15, step 10. This encompasses the full basic pay range (excluding locality pay) available under AcqDemo.
c. Normal Pay Region (NPR). The goal of CCAS is to make basic pay consistent with the scope, level, and difficulty of an employee's position and the value of his/her contributions to the mission of the organization. Within the full basic pay range embodied in the IPS vertical axis, an NPR was developed around a Standard Pay Line (SPL) to provide a mechanism to determine appropriate compensation. The NPR represents the area of the IPS where basic pay and value and level of contributions and position are assumed to be properly related and appropriately compensated. This relationship is represented by the marker where an employee's basic pay and OCS intersect in relation to the NPR and the SPL, the reference line for OCS.
(1) SPL. The SPL begins at an OCS of zero and the basic pay of a GS-1, Step 1, and terminates at an OCS of 100 and the basic pay of a GS-15, Step 10. Changes in OCS correspond to a constant percentage change in basic pay along the SPL. The constant percentage change (or SPL factor) used to arrange OCS evenly along the SPL in 100 increments, where 100 is the range of OCS points, can be thought of as approximately a +2 percentage change in basic pay associated with a one score change in the OCS. The SPL factor for calendar year 2017 can be computed from the GS-15, Step 10 pay and the GS-1, Step 1 pay. The SPL factor for calendar year 2017 is 1.0200426. The SPL factor normally changes on an annual basis with any General Schedule base pay increase granted to the Federal civilian workforce.
(2) NPR. Employees whose annual OCS plotted against their basic pay falls on or within the upper and lower rails of the NPR are considered to be in the “Normal Pay” Region for basic pay adjustments and eligible for either a performance rating of record of Level 5—Outstanding or Level 3—Fully Successful. The upper and lower rails encompass an area of ±8.0 scores, or ±8.0 percent from the SPL in terms of basic pay or approximately ±4.0 in terms of scores, relative to the SPL. Given these constraints, the formulae for the NPR SPL and upper and lower rails found in Figure 2 are:
d. Overcompensated Region. Employees whose annual OCS when plotted against their basic pay falls above the upper rail of the NPR into the “overcompensated” region are considered overpaid for their level of contribution and compensation adjustments, and “unacceptable” for their contribution assessment. Typically, employees who are scored above the upper rail into the overcompensated region are not meeting contribution and performance expectations and will be placed on a CIP.
e. Undercompensated Region. Employees whose annual OCS when plotted against their basic pay falls below the lower rail of the NPR into the “undercompensated” region are considered underpaid for their level of contribution and position, in the “Undercompensated” Category for
f. Relation to Career Paths. The IPS and the NPR are the same for all the career paths. What varies among the career paths are the beginnings and endings of the broadband levels. The minimum and maximum numerical OCS values and associated basic pay for each broadband level by career path are provided in Table 5. These minimum and maximum breakpoints represent the lowest and highest GS base pay for the grades banded together and, therefore, the minimum and maximum basic pay possible under AcqDemo for each broadband level.
4. Compensation Adjustments. After the initial assignment into the CCAS, employees' yearly contributions and performance will be determined by the CCAS contribution assessment process described above, and their OCS versus their current rate of basic pay will be plotted on the IPS graph (Figure 3) to determine their compensation category. The marker at the intersection of the OCS vertical straight line with the current basic pay horizontal straight line respective to the Participating Organization's choice of target line,
a. Compensation Categories. Employees fall into one of the three compensation categories: Overcompensated, appropriately compensated, or undercompensated.
Depending on the category into which an employee's marker falls, he/she may be eligible for one to three forms of additional compensation. The pay pool panel has the option of awarding the employee up to and including the full General Pay Increase (as authorized by law or the President), a CRI (an increase in basic pay and/or a CRI carryover lump sum payment for the CRI basic pay amount that exceeds a control point in or the maximum basic pay of an employee's broadband level) and/or a contribution award (a lump-sum payment that does not affect basic pay). In general, those employees whose marker plots in the undercompensated region of the IPS may receive greater percentage basic pay increases than those whose marker plots in the overcompensated region of the IPS. Employees on retained rate in the demonstration project will generally receive pay adjustments in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 5363 and 5 CFR part 536; however, the normal retained rate increase granted in connection with a general pay increase may be reduced or denied for an employee with an OCS above the upper rail and a performance appraisal of Level 1—Unacceptable. An employee receiving a retained rate is not eligible for a contribution rating increase, since such increases are limited by the maximum salary rate for the employee's broadband level. Over time, people will migrate closer to the standard pay line and receive basic pay appropriate for their level of contribution and position. An outline of compensation eligibility by contribution category is given in Table 6.
b. Local Policy.
c. Documentation. Basic pay adjustments and cash awards will be documented by a SF-50, Notification of Personnel Action. The performance appraisal level is uploaded into DCPDS at the same time as the pay adjustments and cash awards. For historical and analytical purposes, the CCAS Appraisal Form, to include the contribution plan, employee self-assessment, supervisor annual assessment, effective date of CCAS assessments, annual performance appraisal level, contribution rating level, actual basic pay increases, amounts contributed to the pay pool, and applicable “bonus” amounts, will be maintained for each demonstration project employee. Each Participating Organization shall provide for maintenance of contribution-related records for their employees for a minimum of four years, as required in 5 CFR 293.402 and 404.
5. CIP Process.
a. Regulatory Coverage. This section applies to reassignment, reduction in broadband level with or without a reduction in pay; reduction in pay with or without a reduction in broadband level; or removal of demonstration project employees based solely on inadequate contribution. Inadequate contribution is identified by the employee's annual CCAS contribution assessment resulting in an OCS falling above the upper rail of the NPR (which normally occurs at either a −3 or −4 OCS or greater negative number) and an unacceptable rating of record, or the deterioration of an employee's contribution during the appraisal year such that, if rated, the employee would receive an OCS score above the upper rail of the NPR and an unacceptable performance appraisal level on at least one of the three contribution appraisal factors; or by a combination of these results. An inadequate contribution assessment in any one contribution factor at any time during the appraisal period is considered grounds for the initiation of a CIP that may result in reassignment, reduction in pay, or removal action, hereafter referred to as contribution-based actions. The following procedures replace those established in 5 U.S.C. 4303 pertaining to reductions in grade or removal for unacceptable contribution except with respect to appeals of such actions. As is currently the situation for contribution-based actions taken under 5 U.S.C. 4303, inadequate contribution-based actions shall be sustained if the decision is supported by substantial evidence and the Merit Systems Protection Board shall not have mitigation authority with respect to such actions. The separate statutory authority to take inadequate contribution-based actions under 5 U.S.C. chapter 75, as modified in the waiver section of this notice (Section VII), remains unchanged by these procedures.
b. CIP. When a supervisor determines during or at the end of the appraisal period that an employee is not completing work assignments adequately, the supervisor must make a determination as to whether the employee is contributing inadequately in one or more of the contribution factors and/or quality of performance levels. All contribution factors are considered critical elements. A determination of inadequate contribution must be made by comparing the employee's contribution to the expected contribution criteria in the appraisal factors as well as the contribution expectations established in the employee's CCAS Contribution Plan covering the factors and fully successful performance.
If an employee's annual CCAS assessment or a contribution assessment during the appraisal year results in the need for a CIP, the supervisor must inform the employee, in writing, that he/she will be placed on a CIP and that, unless the employee's contribution increases such that the OCS would be scored in the NPR, contribution would be considered fully successful, and this level of effort is sustained, he/she may be subject to one of the previously listed contribution-based actions. If an employee is placed on a CIP near the end of the appraisal cycle, the CIP may not extend past October 31, with a decision rendered no later than November 15.
When the rating official informs the employee of possible contribution-based actions that may occur, the rating official will afford the employee a reasonable opportunity to demonstrate acceptable contribution and/or performance with regard to identifiable factors. A CIP must provide the employee this opportunity to demonstrate adequate contribution. The CIP will state the preliminary factor scores above the upper rail, how the employee's contribution and/or performance are inadequate, what improvements are required, recommendations on how to achieve adequate contribution and/or performance, assistance that the agency shall offer to the employee in improving inadequate contribution, and consequences of failure to improve. Additionally, the CIP will normally include a clarification (or further clarification) of the meaning of terms used in the employee's specific responsibilities and assignments described under the appraisal factors.
Once an employee has been afforded a reasonable CIP opportunity to demonstrate adequate contribution and/or performance but fails to do so and receives an unacceptable rating of record based on the CIP, a reassignment, reduction in broadband level with or without a reduction in pay, reduction in pay with or without a reduction in broadband level, or removal action may be proposed in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 4303 and related OPM regulations under 5 CFR part 432. This unacceptable rating of record will be considered an official rating of record for RIF purposes whether it is issued during an appraisal cycle or as an annual rating of record. If it is an employee's most recent/current rating of record in the four-year period preceding a RIF, the employee would be listed on the Master Retention List in the category Tenure Group I—Current Unacceptable Performance Appraisal.
If the employee's contribution increases to an adequate level and is again determined to deteriorate in any factor within two years from the beginning of the opportunity period, actions may be initiated to effect a contribution-based action with no additional opportunity to improve. If an employee has contributed adequately for two years from the beginning of a CIP opportunity period, and the employee's overall contribution once again declines to an inadequate level, the employee will be afforded an additional opportunity to demonstrate
An employee who is subject to a proposed contribution-based action is entitled to a 30-day advance notice of the proposed action that identifies specific instances of inadequate contribution by the employee on which the action is based. The employee will be afforded a reasonable time to answer the notice of proposed action orally and/or in writing.
A decision to pursue a contribution-based action on an employee for inadequate contribution may be based only on those instances of inadequate contribution that occurred during the two-year period ending on the date of issuance of the proposed action. The employee will be issued written notice at or before the time the action will be effective. Such notice will specify the instances of inadequate contribution by the employee on which the action is based and will inform the employee of any applicable appeal or grievance rights.
c. Inadequate Contribution under 5 U.S.C. 7512. Employees may also be removed or reduced in broadband level based on inadequate contribution (which inherently addresses performance) under the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 7512.
d. Procedural and Appeal Rights. All procedural and appeal rights set forth in the applicable statute and related OPM regulations will be afforded to demonstration project employees reassigned, removed, or reduced in level for inadequate contribution.
e. Documentation. All relevant documentation concerning a contribution-based action that is based on a determination of inadequate contribution will be preserved and made available for review by the affected employee or a designated representative in accordance with the employee's DoD Component policy for records management. At a minimum, the records, in accordance with 5 CFR 432.107, will consist of a copy of the notice of proposed action; the written answer of the employee or a summary when the employee makes an oral reply; and the written notice of decision and the reasons thereof, along with any supporting material including documentation regarding the opportunity afforded the employee to demonstrate adequate contribution.
6. CCAS Grievance Procedures.
a. Bargaining Unit Employees. Bargaining unit employees who are covered under a collective bargaining agreement may grieve CCAS pay determinations and performance appraisal levels under the grievance-arbitration provisions of the agreement. The negotiated grievance procedure shall be the sole and exclusive procedure for resolving such grivances. If an employee is in a bargaining unit in which grievances over appraisal scores have been excluded from the negotiated grievance procedure, the employee may use the administrative grievance procedure (5 CFR part 771) with supplemental instructions described in paragraph b below.
b. Administrative Grievance Procedures. Employees not included in a bargaining unit may grieve the contribution assessment which includes the OCS and performance appraisal levels received under the CCAS using procedures established under the appropriate Administrative Grievance Procedures (5 CFR part 771). Under these procedures, the employee's grievance will first be considered by the rating official who reviews and submits a recommendation to the pay pool panel. The pay pool panel may accept the rating official's recommendation or reach an independent decision. In the event that the pay pool panel's decision is different from the rating official's recommendation, appropriate justification will be provided. The pay pool panel's decision is final unless the employee requests reconsideration by the next higher official to the Pay Pool Manager. That official would then render the final decision on the grievance.
Trained and educated personnel are a critical resource in an acquisition organization. This demonstration supports the concept that well-developed training and development programs are essential to improving the performance of AWF individuals and those employees in direct support positions to the AWF, thus raising the overall level of performance of the AWF as well as serving as a valuable tool for recruiting and retaining motivated employees. AWF members have a continuous learning (CL) requirement to ensure maintenance of currency in their career field. They must earn a minimum of 80 CL points every two years. Some have specific education and/or statutory requirements depending on their career field. In addition, all acquisition positions have certification requirements whereby AWF members must become certified in their primary career field at the level required within 24 months of assignment. Currently, DAWIA authorizes degree and certificate training for acquisition-coded positions. This demonstration extends that authority and expands its coverage to the acquisition direct support positions included in the project. It also provides authorization at the local level to administer and pay for these degree and certificate training programs. This authorization will facilitate continuous attainment of advanced, specialized knowledge essential to the AWF and its direct support employees. It also provides a capability to assist in the recruiting and retaining of personnel critical to the present and future requirements of the AWF.
A Participating Organization may require an employee who participates in training to continue to work in that organization for at least three times the length of the training period. The service obligation begins when the training is completed. Funding for this training, while potentially available from numerous sources (including DAWDF for employees in acquisition-coded positions), is the responsibility of the Participating Organization.
Organizations participating in the acquisition demonstration project will have the authority to grant sabbaticals without application to higher levels of authority. These sabbaticals will permit employees to engage in study or work experience that contributes to their development and effectiveness. The sabbatical provides opportunities for employees to acquire knowledge and expertise that cannot be acquired in the standard working environment. These opportunities should result in enhanced employee contribution. The spectrum of available activities under this program is limited only by the constraint that the activity contribute to the organization's mission and to the employee's development. The program can be used for training with industry or on-the-job work experience with public, private, or nonprofit organizations. It enables an employee to spend time in an academic or industrial environment or to take advantage of the opportunity to devote full-time effort to technical or managerial research.
The acquisition demonstration project sabbatical program will be available to all demonstration project employees who have seven or more years of Federal service. Each sabbatical will be of three to twelve months' duration and must result in a product, service, report, or study that will benefit the acquisition community as well as increase the employee's individual effectiveness. Requests for a sabbatical must be made
Employees approved for a paid sabbatical must sign a service obligation agreement to continue in service in the covered organizations for a period of three times the length of the sabbatical. The service obligation begins when the training is completed. Sabbaticals approved prior to the effective date of this FRN are not subject to the service obligation requirement. If an employee voluntarily leaves the covered organizations before the service obligation is completed he/she is liable for repayment of expenses incurred by the covered organizations that are associated with training during the sabbatical. Expenses do not include salary costs. The delegated sabbatical approving management official of the Participating Organization has the authority to waive this requirement.
3. Student Intern Relocation Incentive. Recruitment of students is often limited to the local commuting area of the employing organization as college students frequently cannot afford to relocate to accept student intern job offers in a commuting area different from that of the college/university they are attending or their permanent home residence. To alleviate this barrier and to further Better Buying Power 3.0 initiatives to recruit the next generation of high performers to sustain and promote professionalism in the acquisition workforce, the Head of the Participating Organization may approve relocation incentives for new student interns and relocation incentives to student interns whose worksite is in a different geographic location than that of the college/university enrolled or their permanent home residence each time the student interns return to duty at their official worksites.
a. Conversion from the GS Pay System. An employee who is converted into AcqDemo with his/her organization will have an automatic conversion from his/her permanent GS grade rate of pay of record at time of conversion into the new broadband system. Initial entry into the AcqDemo for covered employees will occur through a full employee protection approach that ensures each employee's initial placement into a broadband level without loss of pay.
(1) WGI Buy-Ins. Rules governing WGIs within each Participating Organization will remain in effect until an employee's conversion date. Implementation of the AcqDemo broadbanding pay structure eliminates the WGI increments of the current GS pay structure. To facilitate conversion and employee acceptance of the new system, eligible employees will receive a basic pay increase for that portion of their next WGI corresponding to the weeks of service in-step they have completed up to the effective date of their conversion so that they will not feel they are losing pay or a pay entitlement accrued under the GS system.
Employees on a Performance Improvement Plan (PIP) will remain in their current system until the conclusion of the PIP and a decision is rendered. If the PIP results in a current rating of record of satisfactory performance or better, the employees will be eligible for a WGI buy-in upon conversion. Employees will not be eligible for the WGI buy-in if their current rating of record is unacceptable at the time of conversion. Employees at step 10, or receiving retained pay at the time of conversion will not be eligible for a WGI buy-in.
(2) Career-Ladder Promotion Buy-Ins. For those GS employees in career-ladder promotion programs who are scheduled to be promoted to a higher grade and whose performance is at least fully successful, basic pay will be increased by a prorated share of the current value of the next scheduled promotion increase based upon the actual number of weeks the employee has completed towards the next scheduled promotion as of the employee's conversion date. No WGI buy-in will be made if the employee's pay is adjusted for a promotion that would be effective before the next scheduled WGI.
(3) Special salary rates. Special salary rates will no longer be applicable to demonstration project employees. Employees on special salary rates at the time of conversion will receive a new basic rate of pay computed by dividing their highest adjusted rate of basic pay (
(4) Employees on Term and Temporary Appointments. (a) Employees serving under term appointments at the time of conversion to the demonstration project will be converted to a modified term appointment provided they were hired for their current positions under competitive procedures. These employees will be eligible for conversion to career or career-conditional appointments in the competitive service provided they:
1—Have served two years of continuous service in the term position;
2—Were selected for the term position under competitive procedures; and
3—Are contributing at an adequate contribution level, or meeting fully successful performance objectives, or their equivalent, in non-AcqDemo performance management systems.
Converted term employees who do not meet these criteria may continue on their term appointment up to the not-to-exceed date established under their current appointment. Extensions of term appointments for employees who do not meet the above criteria may be granted after conversion in accordance with the provision of this regulation.
(b) Employees serving under temporary appointments when their organization converts to the demonstration project will be converted and may continue on their temporary appointment up to their established, current not-to-exceed date.
Extensions of temporary appointments after conversion may be granted in accordance with 5 CFR 213.104 for excepted service employees and 5 CFR part 316, subpart D, for competitive service employees.
(5) Probationary Periods.
(a) Initial Probationary Period. Employees who have completed an initial probationary period prior to conversion to AcqDemo will not be required to serve a new initial probationary period. Employees who are serving an initial probationary period upon conversion to AcqDemo will serve the time remaining on their initial probationary period and may have their initial probationary period extended in accordance with DoD and demonstration project regulations and implementing issuances.
(b) Supervisory Probationary Periods. Employees transitioning to AcqDemo who are serving a supervisory
(6) Retained Pay. If the employee's rate of basic pay exceeds the maximum rate of basic pay for the broadband level corresponding to the employee's GS grade, the employee will remain at that broadband level and will receive a retained rate. The retained rate will be the total of the employee's basic pay and locality or special pay.
b. Conversion from Other Personnel Pay Systems. Employees who enter this demonstration project from other personnel pay systems (
2. Non-AcqDemo Federal Employees Voluntarily Joining AcqDemo. Federal employees entering into the AcqDemo from the GS or other pay systems not as the result of a conversion will be moved into a career path and broadband level with basic pay set in accordance with AcqDemo guidance and reflective of the duties and responsibilities of the AcqDemo position and an individual's qualifications. Highest previous rate as defined in Section II.C.13 and AcqDemo internal guidance may provide an appropriate tool for establishing basic pay in this instance. The move will be described using the appropriate nature of action,
a. Effect of Reorganizations. 10 U.S.C. 1762(d) provides that an AcqDemo organization that loses, due to reorganization, the one-third, two-thirds personnel demographic eligibility required for continued inclusion in AcqDemo may continue to participate in the AcqDemo project. Continued participation may be contingent upon such items as the amount of reduction in the number and/or kinds of positions to be counted for the one-third, two-thirds demographic eligibility requirement; degree of personnel involvement in an organization with an acquisition mission to acquire necessary supplies, equipment, and services to support the warfighter and DoD support staff; scope of direct support to an acquisition workforce organization or closely related functional area; and/or the primary personnel system utilized by the gaining organization.
AcqDemo organizations affected by reorganization, realignment, consolidation, or other organizational changes that may impact the one-third, two-thirds personnel demographic eligibility requirement are to contact the AcqDemo Program Manager expeditiously to discuss the workforce changes in relation to continued AcqDemo participation. The AcqDemo Program Manager will decide the additional information that needs to be included in the organization's request for continued participation. The organization will submit a request for continued participation in accordance with the DoD AcqDemo Program Office's internal implementing guidance. The AcqDemo Program Office will review the rationale for and the data supplied in support of continued participation; conduct periodic audits of the participating organizations' populations as appropriate; and request additional details or formal documentation as needed. Based on an assessment of the information provided, the AcqDemo Program Manager will approve or disapprove the participation including any pertinent comments.
b. Conversion to a Different Pay and/or Personnel System. Prior to a management directed conversion of any AcqDemo organization and its employees to a different pay and/or personnel system, a CCAS closeout appraisal may be accomplished and an out-of-cycle payout may be made. CCAS closeout and payout procedures would be followed except that funding levels for out-of-cycle payouts may be reduced on a pro rata basis if the period between the previous CCAS payout and the out-of-cycle payout was less than one year. Funding that corresponds to the general pay increase shall not form part of the pay pools for any out-of-cycle payouts. After making the out-of-cycle payout, conversion of employees covered by this demonstration project to another pay and/or personnel system shall be accomplished in accordance with the gaining system's implementing issuances.
c. Employee returns to the GS System. If a demonstration project employee is moving to a GS position, or if the project ends and each project employee must be converted back to the GS system, the following procedure will be used to translate the employee's project broadband level to an equivalent GS grade and the employee's demonstration rate of pay to an equivalent GS rate of pay. The equivalent GS grade and GS rate of pay must be determined before movement or conversion out of the demonstration project and any accompanying geographic movement, promotion, or other simultaneous action. For conversions upon termination of the project and for lateral assignments, the equivalent GS grade and rate will become the employee's actual GS grade and rate after leaving the demonstration project (before any other action). For transfers, promotions, and other actions to the GS system, the equivalent GS grade and pay rate will be used by the gaining personnel office in applying the GS pay administration rules applicable in connection with the employee's movement out of the project (
d. Employee moves to a Non-GS System. An equivalent GS grade and pay rate is determined for an employee who leaves AcqDemo for a position in a non-GS system using the same calculation as when an employee moves to a GS position. The losing organization will ensure documentation of an employee's equivalent GS grade and pay rate in the remarks section of the official SF-50 used to move the employee from the AcqDemo organization. It is the responsibility of the gaining organization to establish the level of the employee's new position and the appropriate pay under the pay system for that organization. The equivalent GS grade and pay
e. Determining an Equivalent GS Grade. Each broadband level in this demonstration project encompasses two or more grades. An employee is determined to have a GS-equivalent grade corresponding to one of those grades according to the following rules:
(1) The employee's adjusted rate of basic pay under the demonstration project, which includes any locality payment, is compared with the step four rate in the highest applicable GS rate range. For this purpose, a GS rate range includes a rate range in:
(a) The GS base schedule;
(b) The locality rate schedule for the locality pay area in which the position is located; or
(c) The appropriate special rate schedule for the employee's occupational series, as applicable. If the series is a two-grade-interval series, only odd-numbered grades are considered below GS-11.
(2) If the employee's adjusted demonstration project rate of pay equals or exceeds the applicable step four rate of the highest GS grade in the broadband, the employee is converted to that grade.
(3) If the employee's adjusted demonstration project rate of pay is lower than the applicable step four rate of the highest grade, the adjusted rate is compared with the step four rate of the second-highest grade in the employee's broadband. If the employee's adjusted rate equals or exceeds the step four rate of the second-highest grade, the employee is converted to that grade.
(4) This process is repeated for each successively lower grade in the broadband until a grade is found in which the employee's adjusted demonstration project rate of pay equals or exceeds the applicable step four rate of the grade. The employee is then converted at that grade. If the employee's adjusted rate of pay is below the step four rate of the lowest grade in the broadband, the employee is converted to the lowest grade.
(5) Exception: An employee will not be converted to a lower grade than the grade held by the employee immediately preceding a conversion, lateral assignment, or lateral transfer into the demonstration project, unless, since that time the employee has undergone a reduction in broadband level or reduction in pay based upon an adverse action, a contribution-based action, a reduction-in-force action, or a voluntary change to lower broadband level.
(6)
f. Determining an Equivalent GS Rate of Pay. An employee's pay within the equivalent GS grade is set by converting the employee's demonstration project rate of pay to a GS rate of pay in accordance with the following rules:
(1) The pay conversion is done before any geographic movement or other pay-related action that coincides with the employee's movement or conversion out of the demonstration project.
(2) An employee's adjusted rate of basic pay under the demonstration project (including any locality payment) is converted to a GS rate on the highest applicable rate range for the converted GS grade. For this purpose, a GS rate range includes a rate range in:
(a) The GS base schedule,
(b) An applicable locality rate schedule, or
(c) An applicable special rate schedule.
(3) If the highest applicable GS rate range is a locality pay rate range, the employee's adjusted demonstration project rate is converted to a GS locality rate of pay. If this rate falls between two steps in the locality-adjusted schedule, the rate of pay must be set at the higher step. The converted GS unadjusted rate of basic pay would be the GS base rate corresponding to the converted GS locality rate (
(4) If the highest applicable GS rate range is a special rate range, the employee's adjusted demonstration project rate is converted to a special rate. If this rate falls between two steps in the special rate schedule, the rate must be set at the higher step. The converted GS unadjusted rate of basic pay will be the GS rate corresponding to the converted special rate (
g. Retained Pay. If an employee is receiving a retained rate under the demonstration project, the employee's GS-equivalent grade is the highest referenced grade encompassed in his/her broadband level. The employee's GS-equivalent rate of pay will equal the employee's retained rate.
h. WGI-Equivalent Increase Determination.
Service under the demonstration project is potentially creditable for WGI waiting period purposes under 5 CFR 531.405(b) upon conversion back to the GS pay system. An equivalent increase under 5 CFR 531.407(b) is considered to occur at the time of an AcqDemo:
(1) Promotion to a higher broadband level, including a zero basic pay increase (unless the promotion is cancelled and the employee's rate of basic pay is redetermined as if the promotion had not occurred),
(2) CCAS basic pay increase (including a zero increase). The date of the last equivalent increase, based on the opportunity to receive a CCAS basic pay increase, is the first day of the first pay period beginning on or after January 1.
(3) WGI buy-in and/or Career Ladder promotion buy-in granted immediately upon movement to the AcqDemo from another pay system.
(4) ACDP basic pay adjustment.
(5) Use of HPR when basic pay is set at a rate above the rate that would be established using normal AcqDemo pay setting rules.
i. Quality of Performance. The most recent CCAS annual or interim rating of record will be provided for use by the gaining activity.
1. Introduction. The key to the success or failure of the proposed demonstration project will be the training provided. This training provides not only the necessary knowledge and skills to carry out the proposed changes, but will also lead to participant commitment to the program.
2. Roles and Responsibilities.
a. AcqDemo Program Office. Training for new organizations wishing to convert to the demonstration project will be provided by the DoD AcqDemo Program Office to supervisors, employees, and the administrative staff responsible for assisting managers in effecting the changeover and operation of the new system. The Program Office will be responsible for providing policy notifications as they occur.
b. Participating Organizations. Sustainment training will be the responsibility of the participating organization.
3. Conversion Training.
a. Subject Matter. The elements to be covered in the orientation portion of this training will include:
(1) A description of the personnel system;
(2) How employees are converted into and out of the system;
(3) The pay adjustment and/or bonus process;
(4) The new position requirements document;
(5) The new classification system; and
(6) The Contribution-based Compensation and Appraisal System.
b. Target Audiences.
(1) Supervisors. The focus of this project on management-centered personnel administration, with increased supervisory and managerial personnel management authority and accountability, demands thorough training of supervisors and managers in the knowledge and skills that will prepare them for their new responsibilities. Training will include detailed information on the policies and procedures of the demonstration project, as well as skills training in using the classification system, position requirements document, and contribution evaluation software.
(2) Human Resources/Pay Pool Administrative Staff. Human Resources Specialists and Pay Pool Administrative Officers will play a key role in advising, training, and coaching supervisors and employees in implementing the demonstration project. This staff will receive training in the procedural and technical aspects of the project.
(3) Employees. In the months prior to implementation, the demonstration project team and Participating Organization training and career development offices will provide workforce training through various media. This training is intended to inform the workforce of project features and to prompt the development of local procedures and processes to implement the changes.
Demonstration-authorizing legislation (5 U.S.C. 4703) mandates evaluation of the demonstration project to assess the effects of project features and outcomes. In addition, the project will be evaluated to determine the feasibility of application to other Federal Agencies. The overall Program Management evaluation will consist of two components—internal and external evaluation. The internal evaluation will be ongoing and accomplished by the staff of the AcqDemo Program Office, to include contracted resources, and the results reviewed by the Executive Council. The main purpose of the internal evaluation is to determine the effectiveness of the personnel system in meeting the needs of the Defense Acquisition Workforce.
External evaluations will be conducted on a regular basis as prescribed by the Secretary. The Secretary may designate an independent evaluator to conduct the external assessments with the results overseen by the Undersecretary of Defense (Acquisition, Technology & Logistics)/Human Capital Initiatives; and the Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense (Civilian Personnel Policy).
The evaluations are conducted to determine the effectiveness of the personnel system changes implemented. To the extent possible, strong direct or indirect relationships will be established between the demonstration project features, outcomes, mission-related changes, and personnel system effectiveness criteria. The evaluation approach uses an intervention impact model that specifies each personnel system change as an intervention, the expected effects of each intervention, the corresponding measures, and the data sources for obtaining the measures. Appendix F presents the Intervention Impact Evaluation Model to be used for this demonstration project for initiatives affecting title 5 U.S.C. and title 5 CFR.
The Demonstration Project has been extended by statute three times as indicated below:
1. Section 813 of the Bob Stump NDAA for FY 2003 (Pub. L. 107-314, 116 Stat. 2609) extended the authority to conduct the AcqDemo until September 30, 2012;
2. Section 872 of the Ike Skelton NDAA for FY 2011 (Pub. L. 111-383, 124 Stat. 4300, 4302) extended the authority to conduct the AcqDemo Program until September 30, 2017; and
3. Section 846 of the NDAA for FY 2016 (Pub. L. 114-92) extended the termination date for the AcqDemo Project to December 31, 2020.
The AcqDemo Project requires a cost-disciplined approach to maintain cost control. While this approach does not require cost neutrality, it does require a continued comparison with the Government-wide system to ensure an effective balance between cost, and personnel management benefits such as improved organizational communication, and greater recognition of higher contributors, leading to increased retention rates and savings in turnover costs and loss of skills. This cost-disciplined approach also requires Participating Organizations to consider and implement a logical and effective compensation management strategy, aimed at providing the appropriate level of compensation for the contribution expended in accomplishing work at an assigned level.
To promote cost accountability, project and pay pool managers are required to consider both the short- and long-term implications of pay-related decisions on payroll and benefit costs, including decisions regarding the size of pay pools and policies on developmental and promotion pay increases. To support decision making and evaluations, annual data will be collected on key cost-related matters, including spending on CRIs, developmental increases, and promotion pay increases (expressed as a percentage of total basic payroll, on both a project-wide and individual pay pool basis).
The funding parameters for contribution increases in the out-years will be determined as part of the annual project evaluation process, as well as giving consideration to any funding limitations impacting the Department. Annual funding guidance will then be reported by the Program Manager to the AcqDemo Executive Council. As part of the evaluation of the project by Participating Organizations, the AcqDemo Program Management Office, and DoD, the basic pay costs (including average basic pay, average starting salaries, overall and by employee subcategories) under the demonstration project will be tracked and compared to the basic pay costs under similar demonstration projects and under a simulation model that replicates GS spending. These evaluations will balance costs incurred against benefits gained, so that both fiscal responsibility and project success are given appropriate weight.
One of the major goals of the demonstration project is to streamline the personnel processes to increase efficiency, effectiveness, agility, and cost discipline. Automation must play an integral role in achieving that goal. Without the necessary automation to support the interventions proposed for the demonstration project, optimal benefits cannot be realized. In addition, adequate information to support decision making must be available to managers if line management is to assume greater authority and responsibility for human resources management. Automation to support the demonstration project is required at the DoD level to facilitate processing and reporting of demonstration project personnel actions, and may be ultimately required by the Participating Organizations to assist in processing a variety of personnel-related actions in order to facilitate management processes, evaluation of interventions, and decision making. The DCPDS is the DoD's authoritative personnel data
In addition to the authorities granted by 10 U.S.C. 1762 and 5 U.S.C. 4703, the following are waivers of law and regulation that will be necessary for implementation and sustainment of the demonstration project. In due course, additional laws and regulations may be identified for a waiver request. The following waivers and adaptations of certain title 5 U.S.C. and title 5 CFR provisions are required only to the extent that these statutory and regulatory provisions limit or are inconsistent with the actions contemplated under this demonstration project. Nothing in this plan is intended to preclude the demonstration project from adopting or incorporating any law or regulation enacted, adopted, or amended after the original effective date, January 8, 1999, of this demonstration project.
Chapter 71, to the extent its provisions (
This demonstration project was originally authorized under section 4308 of the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) for Fiscal Year (FY) 1996 (Public Law (Pub. L.) 104-106, 110 Stat. 669; 10 United States Code Annotated (U.S.C.A.) 1701 note), as amended by section 845 of NDAA for FY 1998 (Pub. L. 105-85, 111 Stat. 1845); section 813 of NDAA for FY 2003 (Pub. L. 107-314, 116 Stat. 2609); section 1112 of NDAA for FY 2004 (Pub. L. 108-136, 117 Stat. 1634); and section 1113 of NDAA for FY 2010 (Pub. L. 111-84, 123 Stat. 2190) repealed the National Security Personnel System and directed conversion of all NSPS employees to their previous pay system by January 1, 2012. All NSPS employees formerly in AcqDemo were transitioned back to AcqDemo during the month of May 2011. On January 7, 2011, the original demonstration project authority was repealed and codified at 10 U.S.C. 1762 pursuant to section 872 of the Ike Skelton NDAA for FY 2011 (Pub. L. 111-383, 124 Stat. 4300, 4302). Through Section 867 of NDAA for FY 2017 (Pub. L. 114-328), Congress provided that the Secretary of Defense shall exercise the authorities granted to the OPM under 5 U.S.C. 4703 for purposes of the demonstration project.
OPM approved and published the final project plan for the AcqDemo on January 8, 1999, in 64 FR 1426-1492. Since that time, six amendments have been approved and published, and one notice of intent to amend published by OPM:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
As a result of the success of the AcqDemo classification, contribution appraisal, and compensation strategies and the desire of the USD (AT&L) to increase participation to more evenly balance the workforce among Participating Organizations for evaluation, the organizations listed in Table 1A either applied in calendar year 2014 and have been approved to participate in the AcqDemo, or are currently in Table 1 but require an update to their listed organizational alignment.
Includes professional and management positions in science, engineering, medicine, and business management. These positions often have positive degree requirements.
Level I. Includes student trainees. Education and employment must be part of a formal student employment program. Specific, clear and detailed instructions and supervision are given. The level of education and experience completed is a major consideration in establishing the level of on-the-job training and work assignments.
Level II. This is the entry or developmental stage, preparing employees for the full and independent performance of their work. Specific, clear, and detailed instructions and supervision are given upon entry; recurring assignments are carried out independently. Conducts successive activities with objectives and priorities identified by supervisor or team leader; assistance given on new or unusual projects or situations. Finished work is reviewed to ensure accuracy and technical soundness.
Level III. This is the advanced developmental/target career level of this career path. Employee plans and carries out assignments independently; conceives and defines solutions to highly complex problems; analyzes, interprets, and reports findings of projects; and guides technical and programmatic work of team members in comparable junior grades. Completed work and reports are reviewed for feasibility, compatibility with other work or effectiveness in meeting requirements or expected results.
Level IV. Professionals at this level are experts within their functional areas; heads of branches or divisions; or key program administrators. Conducts or directs activities or assists higher levels on challenging and innovative program development with only general guidance on policy, resources and planning; develops solutions to highly complex problems requiring various disciplines; responsible for fulfilling program objectives. Results are authoritative and impact programs or the well-being of substantial numbers of people.
Includes nonprofessional positions that support science and engineering activities through application of various skills in areas such as the following: Engineering, physical, chemical, biological, medical, and mathematical sciences.
Level I. This includes trainees who develop technical support knowledge through actual work experience. Performs repetitive tasks using knowledge of standardized procedures and operations. Receives specific, clear and detailed instruction and supervision. Completed work is reviewed for technical soundness.
Level II. Technicians at this level require a practical knowledge of standard procedures in a technical field. Skill in applying knowledge of basic principles, concepts, and methodology of occupational and/or technical methods is required. Carries out prescribed procedures and relies heavily on precedent methods. Work is reviewed for technical adequacy and accuracy, and adherence to instructions.
Level III. This is the advanced developmental level of this career path, requiring extensive training or experience. Work requires some adapting of existing precedents or techniques. Receives outline of objectives desired and description of operating characteristics and theory involved. Completed assignments are reviewed for compliance with instructions, adequacy, judgment, and satisfaction of requirements.
Level IV. Technicians at this level are considered to have professional level knowledge of a specific field. Receives general guidance on overall objectives and resources. Conceives, recommends, and tests new techniques or methods. Completed work is reviewed for overall soundness and compliance with overall project objectives.
Includes clerical, secretarial and assistant work in nonscientific/engineering occupations.
Level I. This entry level, which includes student trainees as well as others with some experience, requires a fundamental knowledge of clerical/administrative field. Developmental assignments may be given which lead to duties at a higher group level. Performs repetitive tasks; specific, clear, and detailed instruction and supervision; with more experience utilizes knowledge of standardized procedures and operations. Assistance is given on new or unusual projects. Completed work is reviewed for technical soundness.
Level II. This is the journey level that requires knowledge of standardized rules, procedures or operations requiring considerable training. General guidance is received on overall objectives and resources. Completed assignments may be reviewed for overall soundness or meeting expected results.
Level III. This is the senior level that requires knowledge of extensive procedures and operations requiring extensive training. Receives general guidance on overall resources and objectives. Skilled in applying knowledge of basic principles, concepts and methodology of administrative occupation and/or technical methods. Results are accepted as authoritative and normally without significant change.
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |